https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575905https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/402/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Mack Luettgenhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bf257a464c958d1ab6c67351d419dae2.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575905Sat, 29 Mar 2025 03:11:22 +0000Mack LuettgenMack Luettgenfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/402/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/402/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/v13-chronicle-of-a-trial-by-emmanuel-carrere--65203654https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: V13: Chronicle of a Trial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Rory Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A moving, hard-hitting account of the Paris attacks trial by France’s leading non-fiction writer On 13 November 2015, nine attackers wearing suicide bombs killed 130 people and left hundreds wounded at sites in and around Paris in the deadliest attack on French soil since the Second World War. V13 was the code name for the much-awaited trial of those who helped to carry out these attacks. Lasting nine months, from September 2021 to June 2022, it consisted of 14 defendants, 2,400 plaintiffs, 350 lawyers and a file 53 metres high. In V13, Emmanuel Carrère follows this landmark trial from its first day to its last, taking us behind the scenes to the lawyers, survivors, family members and the defendants. He assembles, in painstaking and subtle detail, a human portrait of the crime – a study of good and evil, and the philosophical journey through the borderlands between the two. Over the course of his career, Emmanuel Carrère has reinvented non-fiction writing. In a search for truth in all its guises, he dispenses with the rules of genre, fusing passion, curiosity and a profoundly humane intellect, making him one of the most distinctive and important literary voices today. ‘Forensic and troubling, deeply humane, utterly gripping, a book of singular importance for our times’ PHILIPPE SANDS ‘Brilliant. Clear-eyed, wise and compelling’ PAUL MURRAY © Emmanuel Carrère 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776471Thu, 14 Nov 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: V13: Chronicle of a Trial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Rory Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: V13: Chronicle of a Trial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Rory Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A moving, hard-hitting account of the Paris attacks trial by France’s leading non-fiction writer On 13 November 2015, nine attackers wearing suicide bombs killed 130 people and left hundreds wounded at sites in and around Paris in the deadliest attack on French soil since the Second World War. V13 was the code name for the much-awaited trial of those who helped to carry out these attacks. Lasting nine months, from September 2021 to June 2022, it consisted of 14 defendants, 2,400 plaintiffs, 350 lawyers and a file 53 metres high. In V13, Emmanuel Carrère follows this landmark trial from its first day to its last, taking us behind the scenes to the lawyers, survivors, family members and the defendants. He assembles, in painstaking and subtle detail, a human portrait of the crime – a study of good and evil, and the philosophical journey through the borderlands between the two. Over the course of his career, Emmanuel Carrère has reinvented non-fiction writing. In a search for truth in all its guises, he dispenses with the rules of genre, fusing passion, curiosity and a profoundly humane intellect, making him one of the most distinctive and important literary voices today. ‘Forensic and troubling, deeply humane, utterly gripping, a book of singular importance for our times’ PHILIPPE SANDS ‘Brilliant. Clear-eyed, wise and compelling’ PAUL MURRAY © Emmanuel Carrère 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-impeachment-power-the-law-politics-and-purpose-of-an-extraordinary-constitutional-tool-by-keith-e-whittington--65203562https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Power: The Law, Politics, and Purpose of an Extraordinary Constitutional Tool Author: Keith E. Whittington Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We are witnessing an unprecedented moment in American politics in which impeachments are increasingly common. In today's partisan environment, it is more vital than ever that government officials, scholars, and ordinary citizens understand what an impeachment can reasonably be expected to accomplish. In this incisive and accessible book, Keith Whittington provides needed clarity on the constitutional power of impeachment. Drawing insights from American and British history, congressional practice, and the language of the Constitution itself, Whittington shows how impeachment is a tool for checking abuses of elective office and defending constitutional norms. While we have come to associate impeachment with the presidency, it can be used to remedy gross misconduct by an array of officers of the federal government. Whittington cautions against abusing this immense and consequential power to settle political scores, demonstrating how it undermines the independence of the branches and makes Congress the seat of political power. A must-listen for the informed citizen, The Impeachment Power argues that impeachment is ultimately a political instrument and gives us the perspective we need to recognize when an impeachment might be useful and when we are better served by looking for alternative ways to solve our political problems.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804379Tue, 12 Nov 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Power: The Law, Politics, and Purpose of an Extraordinary Constitutional Tool Author: Keith E. Whittington Narrator: Mike Lenz Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Power: The Law, Politics, and Purpose of an Extraordinary Constitutional Tool Author: Keith E. Whittington Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We are witnessing an unprecedented moment in American politics in which impeachments are increasingly common. In today's partisan environment, it is more vital than ever that government officials, scholars, and ordinary citizens understand what an impeachment can reasonably be expected to accomplish. In this incisive and accessible book, Keith Whittington provides needed clarity on the constitutional power of impeachment. Drawing insights from American and British history, congressional practice, and the language of the Constitution itself, Whittington shows how impeachment is a tool for checking abuses of elective office and defending constitutional norms. While we have come to associate impeachment with the presidency, it can be used to remedy gross misconduct by an array of officers of the federal government. Whittington cautions against abusing this immense and consequential power to settle political scores, demonstrating how it undermines the independence of the branches and makes Congress the seat of political power. A must-listen for the informed citizen, The Impeachment Power argues that impeachment is ultimately a political instrument and gives us the perspective we need to recognize when an impeachment might be useful and when we are better served by looking for alternative ways to solve our political problems.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ultimate-hidden-truth-of-the-world-by-david-graeber--65203597https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Hidden Truth of the World Author: David Graeber Narrator: Savitri D, Jacques Servin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Drawn from more than two decades of pathbreaking writing, the iconic and bestselling David Graeber's most important essays and interviews. ‘The ultimate hidden truth of the world is that it is something that we make, and could just as easily make differently,’ wrote David Graeber. This new collection brings together the renowned anthropologist, author and activist’s most visionary essays, showing him imagining a new understanding of the past – and a future based on humans' fundamental freedom. Drawn from more than two decades of pathbreaking writing, and ranging across the biggest issues of our time – inequality, technology, the identity of ‘the West,’ democracy, art, power, anger, mutual aid and protest – Graeber’s essays challenge the old assumptions about political life. Despite converging political, economic, and ecological crises, our politics is still dominated by either ‘business as usual’ or nostalgia for a mythical past. Instead, Graeber shows himself to be a trenchant critic of the order of things, driven by a bold imagination and a passionate hope that our world can be different. The incisive, entertaining and urgent essays collected in The Ultimate Hidden Truth of the World make for essential reading. They are a profound reminder of Graeber's enduring significance as an inspiring and necessary thinker. © David Graeber 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803359Thu, 07 Nov 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Hidden Truth of the World Author: David Graeber Narrator: Savitri D, Jacques Servin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Hidden Truth of the World Author: David Graeber Narrator: Savitri D, Jacques Servin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Drawn from more than two decades of pathbreaking writing, the iconic and bestselling David Graeber's most important essays and interviews. ‘The ultimate hidden truth of the world is that it is something that we make, and could just as easily make differently,’ wrote David Graeber. This new collection brings together the renowned anthropologist, author and activist’s most visionary essays, showing him imagining a new understanding of the past – and a future based on humans' fundamental freedom. Drawn from more than two decades of pathbreaking writing, and ranging across the biggest issues of our time – inequality, technology, the identity of ‘the West,’ democracy, art, power, anger, mutual aid and protest – Graeber’s essays challenge the old assumptions about political life. Despite converging political, economic, and ecological crises, our politics is still dominated by either ‘business as usual’ or nostalgia for a mythical past. Instead, Graeber shows himself to be a trenchant critic of the order of things, driven by a bold imagination and a passionate hope that our world can be different. The incisive, entertaining and urgent essays collected in The Ultimate Hidden Truth of the World make for essential reading. They are a profound reminder of Graeber's enduring significance as an inspiring and necessary thinker. © David Graeber 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-deal-s-war-on-the-bill-of-rights-the-untold-story-of-fdr-s-concentration-camps-censorship-and-mass-surveillance-by-david-t-beito--65203713https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Deal’s War on the Bill of Rights: The Untold Story of FDR’s Concentration Camps, Censorship, and Mass Surveillance Author: David T. Beito Narrator: Michael Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This book is not mere history; it is an exposé. You won’t know which is more shocking: the lengths to which FDR and New Dealers like Senators (and future Supreme Court justices) Hugo Black and Sherman Minton went to suppress freedom of speech, privacy, and civil rights; or the degree to which these efforts have been concealed by pro-FDR and New Deal propagandists.”—Randy E. Barnett, Patrick Hotung Professor of Constitutional Law, Georgetown University Law Center Spying on citizens. Censoring critics. Imprisoning minorities. These are the acts of dictators, not American presidents…. Or are they? The legacy of President Franklin D. Roosevelt enjoys regular acclaim from historians, politicians, and educators. Lauded for his New Deal policies, leadership as a wartime president, cozy fireside chats, and groundbreaking support of the “forgotten man,” FDR, we have been told, is worthy of the same praise as men like Washington, Jefferson, and Lincoln…. But is that true? Does the father of today’s welfare state really deserve such generous approbation? Or is there a dark side to this golden legacy? The New Deal’s War on the Bill of Rights: The Untold Story of FDR’s Concentration Camps, Censorship, and Mass Surveillance unveils a much different portrait than the standard orthodoxy found in today’s historical studies. Deploying an abundance of primary source evidence and well-reasoned arguments, historian and distinguished professor emeritus David T. Beito masterfully presents a complete account of the real Franklin D. Roosevelt: a man who abused power, violated human rights, targeted dissidents, and let his crude racism imprison American citizens merely for being of Japanese descent. Read it, and discover how FDR: shamelessly censored critics of his administration, barred them from the public square, destroyed their careers, and even bankrupted them when possible; locked up Japanese-American citizens in concentration camps built on American soil; sowed the seeds of today’s out-of-control surveillance state; and much, much more… Here is an all too rare portrait of a man who changed the course of American history … not for the better. Read it, and you’ll never view the fireside president the same again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785588Tue, 05 Nov 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Deal’s War on the Bill of Rights: The Untold Story of FDR’s Concentration Camps, Censorship, and Mass Surveillance Author: David T. Beito...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Deal’s War on the Bill of Rights: The Untold Story of FDR’s Concentration Camps, Censorship, and Mass Surveillance Author: David T. Beito Narrator: Michael Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This book is not mere history; it is an exposé. You won’t know which is more shocking: the lengths to which FDR and New Dealers like Senators (and future Supreme Court justices) Hugo Black and Sherman Minton went to suppress freedom of speech, privacy, and civil rights; or the degree to which these efforts have been concealed by pro-FDR and New Deal propagandists.”—Randy E. Barnett, Patrick Hotung Professor of Constitutional Law, Georgetown University Law Center Spying on citizens. Censoring critics. Imprisoning minorities. These are the acts of dictators, not American presidents…. Or are they? The legacy of President Franklin D. Roosevelt enjoys regular acclaim from historians, politicians, and educators. Lauded for his New Deal policies, leadership as a wartime president, cozy fireside chats, and groundbreaking support of the “forgotten man,” FDR, we have been told, is worthy of the same praise as men like Washington, Jefferson, and Lincoln…. But is that true? Does the father of today’s welfare state really deserve such generous approbation? Or is there a dark side to this golden legacy? The New Deal’s War on the Bill of Rights: The Untold Story of FDR’s Concentration Camps, Censorship, and Mass Surveillance unveils a much different portrait than the standard orthodoxy found in today’s historical studies. Deploying an abundance of primary source evidence and well-reasoned arguments, historian and distinguished professor emeritus David T. Beito masterfully presents a complete account of the real Franklin D. Roosevelt: a man who abused power, violated human rights, targeted dissidents, and let his crude racism imprison American citizens merely for being of Japanese descent. Read it, and discover how FDR: shamelessly censored critics of his administration, barred them from the public square, destroyed their careers, and even bankrupted them when possible; locked up Japanese-American citizens in concentration camps built on American soil; sowed the seeds of today’s out-of-control surveillance state; and much, much more… Here is an all too rare portrait of a man who changed the course of American history … not for the better. Read it, and you’ll never view the fireside president the same again.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-price-of-power-how-mitch-mcconnell-mastered-the-senate-changed-america-and-lost-his-party-by-michael-tackett--65203706https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Power: How Mitch McConnell Mastered the Senate, Changed America and Lost His Party Author: Michael Tackett Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first definitive biography of Mitch McConnell, revealing an intimate look at the personal and political life of one of the most powerful senators in American history. In the long history of American government, few senators have wielded as much power as Kentucky’s Mitch McConnell. That’s no accident; he worked his entire life to cultivate his dominance. In The Price of Power, award-winning journalist Michael Tackett pulls back the curtain on one of the most influential figures to ever set foot in the American Senate, offering you an intimate, personal view of his life and career. Drawing on thousands of pages of archival materials, letters, and more than 100 interviews with associates, colleagues, and McConnell himself, Tackett pieces together the story of McConnell’s early life, his formative battle with polio as a young child, and details his forty-plus-year career as one of the Senate’s most impactful leaders. A lifelong Republican, McConnell was known as a pragmatic moderate legislator when he joined the Senate in 1985. Tackett traces his steady rightward drift, as McConnell’s politics evolved with his masterful ability to consolidate and wield power. But such success comes at a cost. The Trump years brought with them the rise of an almost unrecognizable Republican party, suffused with a reactive populism that even McConnell himself would struggle to control. Featuring expert reporting, unprecedented access, and never-before-published revelations, The Price of Power is an inside portrait of exactly that—what it takes to achieve power, maintain it, deploy it, and, finally, watch it slip out of your hands.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778245Tue, 29 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Power: How Mitch McConnell Mastered the Senate, Changed America and Lost His Party Author: Michael Tackett Narrator: Fred Sanders Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Power: How Mitch McConnell Mastered the Senate, Changed America and Lost His Party Author: Michael Tackett Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first definitive biography of Mitch McConnell, revealing an intimate look at the personal and political life of one of the most powerful senators in American history. In the long history of American government, few senators have wielded as much power as Kentucky’s Mitch McConnell. That’s no accident; he worked his entire life to cultivate his dominance. In The Price of Power, award-winning journalist Michael Tackett pulls back the curtain on one of the most influential figures to ever set foot in the American Senate, offering you an intimate, personal view of his life and career. Drawing on thousands of pages of archival materials, letters, and more than 100 interviews with associates, colleagues, and McConnell himself, Tackett pieces together the story of McConnell’s early life, his formative battle with polio as a young child, and details his forty-plus-year career as one of the Senate’s most impactful leaders. A lifelong Republican, McConnell was known as a pragmatic moderate legislator when he joined the Senate in 1985. Tackett traces his steady rightward drift, as McConnell’s politics evolved with his masterful ability to consolidate and wield power. But such success comes at a cost. The Trump years brought with them the rise of an almost unrecognizable Republican party, suffused with a reactive populism that even McConnell himself would struggle to control. Featuring expert reporting, unprecedented access, and never-before-published revelations, The Price of Power is an inside portrait of exactly that—what it takes to achieve power, maintain it, deploy it, and, finally, watch it slip out of your hands.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/myths-of-geography-eight-ways-we-get-the-world-wrong-by-paul-richardson--65203691https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/781980 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths of Geography: Eight Ways We Get the World Wrong Author: Paul Richardson Narrator: Orlando Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is geography really destiny? Our maps may no longer be stalked by dragons and monsters, but our perceptions of the world are still shaped by geographic myths. Myths like Europe being the center of the world. Or that border walls are the solution to migration. Or that Russia is predestined to threaten its neighbors. In his punchy and authoritative new book, Paul Richardson challenges recent popular accounts of geographical determinism and shows that how the world is represented often isn't how it really is—that the map is not the territory. Along the way we visit some remarkable places: Iceland's Thingvellir National Park, where you can swim between two continents, and Bir Tawil in North Africa, one of the world's only territories not claimed by any country. We follow the first train that ran across Eurasia between Yiwu in east China and Barking in east London,   and scale the US-Mexico border wall to find out why such fortifications don’t work.   Written with verve and full of quotable facts, Myths of Geography is a book that will turn your world upside down.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/781980Tue, 29 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/781980 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths of Geography: Eight Ways We Get the World Wrong Author: Paul Richardson Narrator: Orlando Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/781980 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths of Geography: Eight Ways We Get the World Wrong Author: Paul Richardson Narrator: Orlando Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is geography really destiny? Our maps may no longer be stalked by dragons and monsters, but our perceptions of the world are still shaped by geographic myths. Myths like Europe being the center of the world. Or that border walls are the solution to migration. Or that Russia is predestined to threaten its neighbors. In his punchy and authoritative new book, Paul Richardson challenges recent popular accounts of geographical determinism and shows that how the world is represented often isn't how it really is—that the map is not the territory. Along the way we visit some remarkable places: Iceland's Thingvellir National Park, where you can swim between two continents, and Bir Tawil in North Africa, one of the world's only territories not claimed by any country. We follow the first train that ran across Eurasia between Yiwu in east China and Barking in east London,   and scale the US-Mexico border wall to find out why such fortifications don’t work.   Written with verve and full of quotable facts, Myths of Geography is a book that will turn your world upside down.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-government-101-from-the-continental-congress-to-the-iowa-caucus-everything-you-need-to-know-about-us-politics-by-kathleen-sears--65203573https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805106 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Government 101: From the Continental Congress to the Iowa Caucus, Everything You Need to Know About US Politics Series: Part of Adams 101 Series Author: Kathleen Sears Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All you need to know about elections, politics, and government! Too often, textbooks turn the noteworthy details of government into tedious discourse that would put even the president to sleep. American Government 101 cuts out the boring explanations, and instead provides a hands-on lesson that keeps you engaged as you learn. From the backstory of the Constitution to the institution of the Electoral College, this primer is packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts to help you learn about how the government of the United States actually works. So whether you want to learn about how policies and laws are created, or just want to become a better-informed voter, American Government 101 has all the answers--even the ones you didn't know you were looking for.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805106Tue, 29 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805106 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Government 101: From the Continental Congress to the Iowa Caucus, Everything You Need to Know About US Politics Series: Part of Adams 101...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805106 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Government 101: From the Continental Congress to the Iowa Caucus, Everything You Need to Know About US Politics Series: Part of Adams 101 Series Author: Kathleen Sears Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All you need to know about elections, politics, and government! Too often, textbooks turn the noteworthy details of government into tedious discourse that would put even the president to sleep. American Government 101 cuts out the boring explanations, and instead provides a hands-on lesson that keeps you engaged as you learn. From the backstory of the Constitution to the institution of the Electoral College, this primer is packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts to help you learn about how the government of the United States actually works. So whether you want to learn about how policies and laws are created, or just want to become a better-informed voter, American Government 101 has all the answers--even the ones you didn't know you were looking for.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/science-and-politics-by-ian-boyd--65203567https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Politics Author: Ian Boyd Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The recent coronavirus pandemic proved that the time-old notion seems now truer than ever: that science and politics represent a clash of cultures. But why should scientists simply 'stick to the facts' and leave politics to the politicians when the world seems to be falling down around us? Drawing on his experience as both a research scientist and an expert advisor at the center of government, Ian Boyd takes an empirical approach to examining the current state of the relationship between science and politics. He argues that the way politicians and scientists work together today results in a science that is on tap for ideological (mis)use, and governance that fails to serve humanity's most fundamental needs. Justice is unlikely—perhaps impossible—while science is not a fully integrated part of the systems for collective decision-making across society. In Science and Politics, Boyd presents an impassioned argument for a series of conceptual and structural innovations that could resolve this fundamental tension, revealing how a radical intermingling of these (apparently contradictory) professions might provide the world with better politics and better science.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804381Tue, 29 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Politics Author: Ian Boyd Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Politics Author: Ian Boyd Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The recent coronavirus pandemic proved that the time-old notion seems now truer than ever: that science and politics represent a clash of cultures. But why should scientists simply 'stick to the facts' and leave politics to the politicians when the world seems to be falling down around us? Drawing on his experience as both a research scientist and an expert advisor at the center of government, Ian Boyd takes an empirical approach to examining the current state of the relationship between science and politics. He argues that the way politicians and scientists work together today results in a science that is on tap for ideological (mis)use, and governance that fails to serve humanity's most fundamental needs. Justice is unlikely—perhaps impossible—while science is not a fully integrated part of the systems for collective decision-making across society. In Science and Politics, Boyd presents an impassioned argument for a series of conceptual and structural innovations that could resolve this fundamental tension, revealing how a radical intermingling of these (apparently contradictory) professions might provide the world with better politics and better science.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/surveillance-a-very-short-introduction-by-david-lyon--65203609https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795888 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Lyon Narrator: Graham Mack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Surveillance permeates every aspect of our lives today. Every click on the keyboard, every call, text or email, every purchase, every contact with a doctor or the police or a government department, each time you walk under a video camera or pass through a security check, and in many other ways, you are recorded, identified, traced, and tracked. Who processes this free-flowing data, how, and with what consequences, is a critical question affecting everyone. Surveillance is not inherently good or bad but neither is it neutral. It urgently needs to be understood better because people's lives and life-chances depend on it. Today surveillance is central to doing business, meeting friends, organizing governance, maintaining security, and being entertained. Surveillance requires not just exploration and understanding but ethical guidance and political debate. How you get credit or welfare benefits or get on a no-fly list or are ranked as a consumer depends on surveillance. This Very Short Introduction investigates how surveillance makes people visible, how it grew to its present size and prevalence, how it came to rely on technologies of data-handling, and how it developed its own cultural features. Throughout, David Lyon also considers the ethics of surveillance, and explores its potential in prompting political struggles.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795888Thu, 24 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795888 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Lyon Narrator: Graham Mack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795888 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Lyon Narrator: Graham Mack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Surveillance permeates every aspect of our lives today. Every click on the keyboard, every call, text or email, every purchase, every contact with a doctor or the police or a government department, each time you walk under a video camera or pass through a security check, and in many other ways, you are recorded, identified, traced, and tracked. Who processes this free-flowing data, how, and with what consequences, is a critical question affecting everyone. Surveillance is not inherently good or bad but neither is it neutral. It urgently needs to be understood better because people's lives and life-chances depend on it. Today surveillance is central to doing business, meeting friends, organizing governance, maintaining security, and being entertained. Surveillance requires not just exploration and understanding but ethical guidance and political debate. How you get credit or welfare benefits or get on a no-fly list or are ranked as a consumer depends on surveillance. This Very Short Introduction investigates how surveillance makes people visible, how it grew to its present size and prevalence, how it came to rely on technologies of data-handling, and how it developed its own cultural features. Throughout, David Lyon also considers the ethics of surveillance, and explores its potential in prompting political struggles.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-lose-a-war-the-story-of-america-s-intervention-in-afghanistan-by-amin-saikal--65203593https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose a War: The Story of America's Intervention in Afghanistan Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Keval Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive, authoritative account of the West's failures in Afghanistan, from 9/11 to the fall of Kabul In 1958, Richard Nixon described Afghanistan as 'unconquerable.' On August 15, 2021, he was proven right. After twenty years of intervention, US and NATO forces retreated, enabling the Taliban to return to power. Tens of thousands were killed in the long, unwinnable war, and millions more were displaced—leaving the future of Afghanistan hanging in the balance. Leading expert Amin Saikal traces the full story of America's intervention, from 9/11 to the present crisis. After an initial swift military strike, the US became embroiled in a drawn-out struggle to change Afghanistan but failed to achieve its aims. Saikal shows how this failure was underlined by protracted attempts to capture Osama bin Laden, an inability to secure a viable government via 'democracy promotion' efforts, and lack of wider strategy in the 'war on terror.' How to Lose a War offers an insightful account of one of the US's most significant foreign policy failures—and considers its dire consequences for the people of Afghanistan.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803901Tue, 22 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose a War: The Story of America's Intervention in Afghanistan Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Keval Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose a War: The Story of America's Intervention in Afghanistan Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Keval Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive, authoritative account of the West's failures in Afghanistan, from 9/11 to the fall of Kabul In 1958, Richard Nixon described Afghanistan as 'unconquerable.' On August 15, 2021, he was proven right. After twenty years of intervention, US and NATO forces retreated, enabling the Taliban to return to power. Tens of thousands were killed in the long, unwinnable war, and millions more were displaced—leaving the future of Afghanistan hanging in the balance. Leading expert Amin Saikal traces the full story of America's intervention, from 9/11 to the present crisis. After an initial swift military strike, the US became embroiled in a drawn-out struggle to change Afghanistan but failed to achieve its aims. Saikal shows how this failure was underlined by protracted attempts to capture Osama bin Laden, an inability to secure a viable government via 'democracy promotion' efforts, and lack of wider strategy in the 'war on terror.' How to Lose a War offers an insightful account of one of the US's most significant foreign policy failures—and considers its dire consequences for the people of Afghanistan.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-the-big-lie-the-epidemic-of-political-liars-why-republicans-do-it-more-and-how-it-could-burn-down-our-democracy-by-bill-adair--65203644https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Big Lie: The Epidemic of Political Liars, Why Republicans Do it More, and How It Could Burn Down Our Democracy Author: Bill Adair Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill Adair, Pulitzer Prize winner, journalism professor, and founder of Politifact, presents an eye-opening and engaging history of political liars and a vision for how to make them stop. Bill Adair knows a lie when he hears one. Since 2008, the site he founded, PolitiFact, has been the go-to spot for media members and political observers alike to seek the truth in an increasingly deceitful world. Since the site’s launching, politics’ tenuous relationship with the truth has only gotten weaker—and weirder. In this groundbreaking book, Adair reveals how politicians lie and why. Relying on dozens of candid interviews with politicians, political operatives, and experts in misinformation, Adair reveals the patterns of lying, why Republicans do it more, and the consequences for our democracy. He goes behind the scenes to describe several episodes that reveal the motivations and tactics of the nation’s political liars, show the impact they have on people’s lives, and demonstrate how the problem began before Donald Trump and will continue after he’s gone. Adair examines how Republicans have tried to change the landscape to allow their lying by intimidating the news media, people in academia and government, and tech companies. An award-winning journalist and pioneer in political fact-checking, Adair is uniquely able to tell this story. With humor and insight, this remarkable book unpacks the sad state of our politics, but also, provides solutions to put an end to American political deceit once and for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777400Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Big Lie: The Epidemic of Political Liars, Why Republicans Do it More, and How It Could Burn Down Our Democracy Author: Bill Adair Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Big Lie: The Epidemic of Political Liars, Why Republicans Do it More, and How It Could Burn Down Our Democracy Author: Bill Adair Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill Adair, Pulitzer Prize winner, journalism professor, and founder of Politifact, presents an eye-opening and engaging history of political liars and a vision for how to make them stop. Bill Adair knows a lie when he hears one. Since 2008, the site he founded, PolitiFact, has been the go-to spot for media members and political observers alike to seek the truth in an increasingly deceitful world. Since the site’s launching, politics’ tenuous relationship with the truth has only gotten weaker—and weirder. In this groundbreaking book, Adair reveals how politicians lie and why. Relying on dozens of candid interviews with politicians, political operatives, and experts in misinformation, Adair reveals the patterns of lying, why Republicans do it more, and the consequences for our democracy. He goes behind the scenes to describe several episodes that reveal the motivations and tactics of the nation’s political liars, show the impact they have on people’s lives, and demonstrate how the problem began before Donald Trump and will continue after he’s gone. Adair examines how Republicans have tried to change the landscape to allow their lying by intimidating the news media, people in academia and government, and tech companies. An award-winning journalist and pioneer in political fact-checking, Adair is uniquely able to tell this story. With humor and insight, this remarkable book unpacks the sad state of our politics, but also, provides solutions to put an end to American political deceit once and for all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/palestine-a-socialist-introduction-by-brian-bean-sumaya-awad--65203604https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802276 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestine: A Socialist Introduction Author: Brian Bean, Sumaya Awad Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Palestine: A Socialist Introduction systematically tackles a number of important aspects of the Palestinian struggle for liberation, contextualizing it in an increasingly polarized world and offering a socialist perspective on how full liberation can be won. Through an internationalist, anti-imperialist lens, this book explores the links between the struggle for freedom in the United States and that in Palestine, and beyond. It examines both the historical and contemporary trajectory of the Palestine solidarity movement in order to glean lessons for today's organizers, and compellingly lays out the argument that, in order to achieve justice in Palestine, the movement has to take up the question of socialism regionally and internationally. Contributors include: Jehad Abusalim, Shireen Akram-Boshar, Omar Barghouti, Nada Elia, Toufic Haddad, Remi Kanazi, Annie Levin, Mostafa Omar, Khury Petersen-Smith, and Daphna Thier.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802276Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802276 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestine: A Socialist Introduction Author: Brian Bean, Sumaya Awad Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802276 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestine: A Socialist Introduction Author: Brian Bean, Sumaya Awad Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Palestine: A Socialist Introduction systematically tackles a number of important aspects of the Palestinian struggle for liberation, contextualizing it in an increasingly polarized world and offering a socialist perspective on how full liberation can be won. Through an internationalist, anti-imperialist lens, this book explores the links between the struggle for freedom in the United States and that in Palestine, and beyond. It examines both the historical and contemporary trajectory of the Palestine solidarity movement in order to glean lessons for today's organizers, and compellingly lays out the argument that, in order to achieve justice in Palestine, the movement has to take up the question of socialism regionally and internationally. Contributors include: Jehad Abusalim, Shireen Akram-Boshar, Omar Barghouti, Nada Elia, Toufic Haddad, Remi Kanazi, Annie Levin, Mostafa Omar, Khury Petersen-Smith, and Daphna Thier.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rust-belt-union-blues-why-working-class-voters-are-turning-away-from-the-democratic-party-by-lainey-newman-theda-skocpol--65203601https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rust Belt Union Blues: Why Working-Class Voters Are Turning Away from the Democratic Party Author: Lainey Newman, Theda Skocpol Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the heyday of American labor, the influence of local unions extended far beyond the workplace. Unions were embedded in tight-knit communities, touching nearly every aspect of the lives of members and their families and neighbors. They conveyed fundamental worldviews, making blue-collar unionists into loyal Democrats who saw the party as on the side of the working man. Today, unions play a much less significant role in American life. Lainey Newman and Theda Skocpol provide timely insight into the relationship between the decline of unions and the shift of working-class voters away from Democrats. Using western Pennsylvania as a case study, Newman and Skocpol argue that union members' loyalty to Democratic candidates was as much a product of the group identity that unions fostered as it was a response to the Democratic Party's economic policies. As the social world around organized labor dissipated, conservative institutions like gun clubs, megachurches, and other Republican-leaning groups took its place. Rust Belt Union Blues sheds new light on why so many union members have dramatically changed their party politics. It makes a compelling case that Democrats are unlikely to rebuild credibility in places like western Pennsylvania unless they find new ways to weave themselves into the daily lives of workers and their families.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798131Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rust Belt Union Blues: Why Working-Class Voters Are Turning Away from the Democratic Party Author: Lainey Newman, Theda Skocpol Narrator: Rachel Perry...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rust Belt Union Blues: Why Working-Class Voters Are Turning Away from the Democratic Party Author: Lainey Newman, Theda Skocpol Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the heyday of American labor, the influence of local unions extended far beyond the workplace. Unions were embedded in tight-knit communities, touching nearly every aspect of the lives of members and their families and neighbors. They conveyed fundamental worldviews, making blue-collar unionists into loyal Democrats who saw the party as on the side of the working man. Today, unions play a much less significant role in American life. Lainey Newman and Theda Skocpol provide timely insight into the relationship between the decline of unions and the shift of working-class voters away from Democrats. Using western Pennsylvania as a case study, Newman and Skocpol argue that union members' loyalty to Democratic candidates was as much a product of the group identity that unions fostered as it was a response to the Democratic Party's economic policies. As the social world around organized labor dissipated, conservative institutions like gun clubs, megachurches, and other Republican-leaning groups took its place. Rust Belt Union Blues sheds new light on why so many union members have dramatically changed their party politics. It makes a compelling case that Democrats are unlikely to rebuild credibility in places like western Pennsylvania unless they find new ways to weave themselves into the daily lives of workers and their families.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-by-bob-woodward--65203568https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two-time Pulitzer Prize winner Bob Woodward tells the revelatory, behind-the-scenes story of three wars—Ukraine, the Middle East and the struggle for the American Presidency. War is an intimate and sweeping account of one of the most tumultuous periods in presidential politics and American history. We see President Joe Biden and his top advisers in tense conversations with Russian president Vladimir Putin, Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Ukrainian president Volodymyr Zelensky. We also see Donald Trump, conducting a shadow presidency and seeking to regain political power. With unrivaled, inside-the-room reporting, Woodward shows President Biden’s approach to managing the war in Ukraine, the most significant land war in Europe since World War II, and his tortured path to contain the bloody Middle East conflict between Israel and the terrorist group Hamas. Woodward reveals the extraordinary complexity and consequence of wartime back-channel diplomacy and decision-making to deter the use of nuclear weapons and a rapid slide into World War III. The raw cage-fight of politics accelerates as Americans prepare to vote in 2024, starting between President Biden and Trump, and ending with the unexpected elevation of Vice President Kamala Harris as the Democratic nominee for president. War provides an unvarnished examination of the vice president as she tries to embrace the Biden legacy and policies while beginning to chart a path of her own as a presidential candidate. Woodward’s reporting once again sets the standard for journalism at its most authoritative and illuminating.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806333Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two-time Pulitzer Prize winner Bob Woodward tells the revelatory, behind-the-scenes story of three wars—Ukraine, the Middle East and the struggle for the American Presidency. War is an intimate and sweeping account of one of the most tumultuous periods in presidential politics and American history. We see President Joe Biden and his top advisers in tense conversations with Russian president Vladimir Putin, Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Ukrainian president Volodymyr Zelensky. We also see Donald Trump, conducting a shadow presidency and seeking to regain political power. With unrivaled, inside-the-room reporting, Woodward shows President Biden’s approach to managing the war in Ukraine, the most significant land war in Europe since World War II, and his tortured path to contain the bloody Middle East conflict between Israel and the terrorist group Hamas. Woodward reveals the extraordinary complexity and consequence of wartime back-channel diplomacy and decision-making to deter the use of nuclear weapons and a rapid slide into World War III. The raw cage-fight of politics accelerates as Americans prepare to vote in 2024, starting between President Biden and Trump, and ending with the unexpected elevation of Vice President Kamala Harris as the Democratic nominee for president. War provides an unvarnished examination of the vice president as she tries to embrace the Biden legacy and policies while beginning to chart a path of her own as a presidential candidate. Woodward’s reporting once again sets the standard for journalism at its most authoritative and illuminating.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-by-bob-woodward--65203559https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chosen by WATERSTONES as one of their BEST POLITICS BOOKS of 2024 Two-time Pulitzer prize winner Bob Woodward tells the revelatory, behind-the-scenes story of three wars – Ukraine, the Middle East and the struggle for the American presidency. War is an intimate and sweeping account of one of the most tumultuous periods in presidential politics and American history. We see President Joe Biden and his top advisers in tense conversations with Russian president Vladimir Putin, Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Ukrainian president Volodymyr Zelensky. We also see Donald Trump, conducting a shadow presidency and seeking to regain political power. With unrivalled, inside-the-room reporting, Woodward shows President Biden’s approach to managing the war in Ukraine, the most significant land war in Europe since World War II, and his tortured path to contain the bloody Middle East conflict between Israel and the terrorist group Hamas. Woodward reveals the extraordinary complexity and consequence of wartime back-channel diplomacy and decision-making to deter the use of nuclear weapons and a rapid slide into World War III. The raw cage-fight of politics accelerates as Americans prepare to vote in 2024, starting between President Biden and Trump, and ending with the unexpected elevation of Vice President Kamala Harris as the Democratic nominee for president. War provides an unvarnished examination of the vice president as she tries to embrace the Biden legacy and policies while beginning to chart a path of her own as a presidential candidate. Woodward’s reporting once again sets the standard for journalism at its most authoritative and illuminating.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805103Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chosen by WATERSTONES as one of their BEST POLITICS BOOKS of 2024 Two-time Pulitzer prize winner Bob Woodward tells the revelatory, behind-the-scenes story of three wars – Ukraine, the Middle East and the struggle for the American presidency. War is an intimate and sweeping account of one of the most tumultuous periods in presidential politics and American history. We see President Joe Biden and his top advisers in tense conversations with Russian president Vladimir Putin, Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Ukrainian president Volodymyr Zelensky. We also see Donald Trump, conducting a shadow presidency and seeking to regain political power. With unrivalled, inside-the-room reporting, Woodward shows President Biden’s approach to managing the war in Ukraine, the most significant land war in Europe since World War II, and his tortured path to contain the bloody Middle East conflict between Israel and the terrorist group Hamas. Woodward reveals the extraordinary complexity and consequence of wartime back-channel diplomacy and decision-making to deter the use of nuclear weapons and a rapid slide into World War III. The raw cage-fight of politics accelerates as Americans prepare to vote in 2024, starting between President Biden and Trump, and ending with the unexpected elevation of Vice President Kamala Harris as the Democratic nominee for president. War provides an unvarnished examination of the vice president as she tries to embrace the Biden legacy and policies while beginning to chart a path of her own as a presidential candidate. Woodward’s reporting once again sets the standard for journalism at its most authoritative and illuminating.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/oligarchy-in-america-power-justice-and-the-rule-of-the-few-by-luke-winslow--65203563https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oligarchy in America: Power, Justice, and the Rule of the Few Author: Luke Winslow Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To an American, oligarchy is something that happens somewhere else. In Oligarchy in America, Luke Winslow reveals oligarchy's deep intellectual roots and alarming growth in America. The book provides conceptual tools the lack of which have prevented Americans from recognizing oligarchy at home. Winslow argues that generic labels like 'billionaires' for a class of ultra-rich masks the pervasive structures that entrench their power. He introduces instead the concept of democratic oligarchy—an institutional arrangement in which the ultra-rich form a class consciously creating and leveraging state power to accumulate wealth. Like a master class in political ideas, Winslow traces the intellectual lineage of oligarchy in the US. His lively survey examines key rhetorical sources such as Herbert Spencer, Andrew Carnegie, Friedrich Hayek, Lewis Powell, Milton Friedman, Charles Koch, Donald Trump, Tucker Carlson, and others. Oligarchy in America maps the connective web of oligarchic ideas uniting these disparate figures. Winslow makes a vital contribution to readers and scholars of communication and rhetorical studies, public address, economics, and political science.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805199Thu, 10 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oligarchy in America: Power, Justice, and the Rule of the Few Author: Luke Winslow Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oligarchy in America: Power, Justice, and the Rule of the Few Author: Luke Winslow Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To an American, oligarchy is something that happens somewhere else. In Oligarchy in America, Luke Winslow reveals oligarchy's deep intellectual roots and alarming growth in America. The book provides conceptual tools the lack of which have prevented Americans from recognizing oligarchy at home. Winslow argues that generic labels like 'billionaires' for a class of ultra-rich masks the pervasive structures that entrench their power. He introduces instead the concept of democratic oligarchy—an institutional arrangement in which the ultra-rich form a class consciously creating and leveraging state power to accumulate wealth. Like a master class in political ideas, Winslow traces the intellectual lineage of oligarchy in the US. His lively survey examines key rhetorical sources such as Herbert Spencer, Andrew Carnegie, Friedrich Hayek, Lewis Powell, Milton Friedman, Charles Koch, Donald Trump, Tucker Carlson, and others. Oligarchy in America maps the connective web of oligarchic ideas uniting these disparate figures. Winslow makes a vital contribution to readers and scholars of communication and rhetorical studies, public address, economics, and political science.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vigilante-nation-how-state-sponsored-terror-threatens-our-democracy-by-david-noll-jon-michaels--65203719https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vigilante Nation: How State-Sponsored Terror Threatens Our Democracy Author: David Noll, Jon Michaels Narrator: Eric Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For readers of How Democracies Die, two legal scholars expose the MAGA Republican strategy to roll back civil, political, and privacy rights and subvert American democracy—and prescribe a plan for beating the Christian nationalists at their own game. Time and again, when confronted with serious challenges to their power and privilege, white Christian nationalists seek solace—and satisfaction—in state-supported forms of vigilantism. This was true at the dawn of the American republic, when Northern abolitionists threatened the Southern slavocracy. It was also true in the aftermath of the Civil War, when emancipated Black Americans and their Northern allies sought to fulfill the promises of Reconstruction. And though this pattern was seemingly broken after the Civil Rights revolution of the 1950s and ’60s—and abandoned once and for all—legal vigilantism has made a surprising, roaring comeback in the months and years following the failed coup of January 6, 2021. Committed to never again losing power, let alone experiencing the humiliation that followed on the heels of the ham-fisted insurrection, overlapping networks of right-wing lawyers, politicians, plutocrats, and preachers have resurrected state-supported vigilantism. Vigilante Nation tells this story of the American Right marginalizing, subordinating, and disenfranchising the increasingly diverse and cosmopolitan members of the American polity. This book exposes the vigilantes’ plans, explains their methods—everything from book bans to anti-abortion bounties to attacks on government proceedings, including elections—and underscores the stakes. Now that supporters of democratic equality are numerous and dexterous enough to finally secure the broad promises of the civil rights revolution, the race is on for Donald Trump, J.D. Vance, and the architects of Project 2025 to subvert our democracy before a countermovement can rise up to thwart their insidious plans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777399Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vigilante Nation: How State-Sponsored Terror Threatens Our Democracy Author: David Noll, Jon Michaels Narrator: Eric Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vigilante Nation: How State-Sponsored Terror Threatens Our Democracy Author: David Noll, Jon Michaels Narrator: Eric Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For readers of How Democracies Die, two legal scholars expose the MAGA Republican strategy to roll back civil, political, and privacy rights and subvert American democracy—and prescribe a plan for beating the Christian nationalists at their own game. Time and again, when confronted with serious challenges to their power and privilege, white Christian nationalists seek solace—and satisfaction—in state-supported forms of vigilantism. This was true at the dawn of the American republic, when Northern abolitionists threatened the Southern slavocracy. It was also true in the aftermath of the Civil War, when emancipated Black Americans and their Northern allies sought to fulfill the promises of Reconstruction. And though this pattern was seemingly broken after the Civil Rights revolution of the 1950s and ’60s—and abandoned once and for all—legal vigilantism has made a surprising, roaring comeback in the months and years following the failed coup of January 6, 2021. Committed to never again losing power, let alone experiencing the humiliation that followed on the heels of the ham-fisted insurrection, overlapping networks of right-wing lawyers, politicians, plutocrats, and preachers have resurrected state-supported vigilantism. Vigilante Nation tells this story of the American Right marginalizing, subordinating, and disenfranchising the increasingly diverse and cosmopolitan members of the American polity. This book exposes the vigilantes’ plans, explains their methods—everything from book bans to anti-abortion bounties to attacks on government proceedings, including elections—and underscores the stakes. Now that supporters of democratic equality are numerous and dexterous enough to finally secure the broad promises of the civil rights revolution, the race is on for Donald Trump, J.D. Vance, and the architects of Project 2025 to subvert our democracy before a countermovement can rise up to thwart their insidious plans.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hamas-the-quest-for-power-by-stephen-farrell-beverley-milton-edwards--65203646https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: HAMAS: The Quest For Power Author: Stephen Farrell, Beverley Milton-Edwards Narrator: Hannibal Hills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Declared a terrorist menace yet voted into government in a free election, Hamas then used its Gaza power base to launch cross-border attacks that scorched Israel and transformed the dynamics of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. How did a small Palestinian offshoot of the Muslim Brotherhood grow to challenge long-established rivals such as the PLO? Who supports Hamas and what is its agenda? How powerful has it become and how strong will it remain? With decades of combined experience researching and reporting from the occupied West Bank and Gaza, Jerusalem, and around the Middle East, Beverley Milton-Edwards and Stephen Farrell gained unrivaled access to Hamas. Drawing on years of frontline reporting and interviews with members of the group's founding generation and their successors who now lead it, they trace Hamas' path to the shocking attacks of 07 October 2023 and their devastating aftermath. Its critics believe Hamas must be ousted to reach a solution to the Middle East conflict. Hamas's supporters believe it is the solution. Nobody now believes it can be ignored. Based on their landmark 2010 study which has been thoroughly revised and updated, this book brings the story of Hamas up to the present and will be essential listening for anyone who wants to understand the Middle East today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795872Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: HAMAS: The Quest For Power Author: Stephen Farrell, Beverley Milton-Edwards Narrator: Hannibal Hills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: HAMAS: The Quest For Power Author: Stephen Farrell, Beverley Milton-Edwards Narrator: Hannibal Hills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Declared a terrorist menace yet voted into government in a free election, Hamas then used its Gaza power base to launch cross-border attacks that scorched Israel and transformed the dynamics of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. How did a small Palestinian offshoot of the Muslim Brotherhood grow to challenge long-established rivals such as the PLO? Who supports Hamas and what is its agenda? How powerful has it become and how strong will it remain? With decades of combined experience researching and reporting from the occupied West Bank and Gaza, Jerusalem, and around the Middle East, Beverley Milton-Edwards and Stephen Farrell gained unrivaled access to Hamas. Drawing on years of frontline reporting and interviews with members of the group's founding generation and their successors who now lead it, they trace Hamas' path to the shocking attacks of 07 October 2023 and their devastating aftermath. Its critics believe Hamas must be ousted to reach a solution to the Middle East conflict. Hamas's supporters believe it is the solution. Nobody now believes it can be ignored. Based on their landmark 2010 study which has been thoroughly revised and updated, this book brings the story of Hamas up to the present and will be essential listening for anyone who wants to understand the Middle East today.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/left-adrift-what-happened-to-liberal-politics-by-timothy-shenk--65203622https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Adrift: What Happened to Liberal Politics Author: Timothy Shenk Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rivalry that remade the political world as we know it today Politics today doesn’t look much like it did fifty years ago. Electorates that were once divided by economics—with blue-collar workers supporting leftwing parties while the wealthy trended right—are now more likely to split along cultural lines. Campaigns have gone high-tech, hoping to turn electioneering into a science. Meanwhile, a permanent class of political consultants has emerged, with teams of pollsters, message gurus, and field operatives. Taken together, all this amounts to a silent revolution that has transformed politics across much of the globe. Left Adrift provides a new perspective on this transformation by following the lives of two political strategists who watched it unfold firsthand. Stan Greenberg and Doug Schoen were Zeligs of the international center-left, with an eerie talent for showing up at just the right moment to see history being made. But they could not stand each other. The mutual disdain was, partly, a result of professional jealousy, of decades spent nursing private grievances while competing for the same clients. But it grew out of a deeper conflict, a clash of political visions that raised fundamental questions about democracy itself. Left Adrift is about that battle—and the world it made. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of graphs, charts, and suggested readings.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789732Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Adrift: What Happened to Liberal Politics Author: Timothy Shenk Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Adrift: What Happened to Liberal Politics Author: Timothy Shenk Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rivalry that remade the political world as we know it today Politics today doesn’t look much like it did fifty years ago. Electorates that were once divided by economics—with blue-collar workers supporting leftwing parties while the wealthy trended right—are now more likely to split along cultural lines. Campaigns have gone high-tech, hoping to turn electioneering into a science. Meanwhile, a permanent class of political consultants has emerged, with teams of pollsters, message gurus, and field operatives. Taken together, all this amounts to a silent revolution that has transformed politics across much of the globe. Left Adrift provides a new perspective on this transformation by following the lives of two political strategists who watched it unfold firsthand. Stan Greenberg and Doug Schoen were Zeligs of the international center-left, with an eerie talent for showing up at just the right moment to see history being made. But they could not stand each other. The mutual disdain was, partly, a result of professional jealousy, of decades spent nursing private grievances while competing for the same clients. But it grew out of a deeper conflict, a clash of political visions that raised fundamental questions about democracy itself. Left Adrift is about that battle—and the world it made. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of graphs, charts, and suggested readings.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/shirley-chisholm-in-her-own-words-speeches-and-writings-by-zinga-a-fraser--65203615https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shirley Chisholm in Her Own Words: Speeches and Writings Author: Zinga A. Fraser Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: LOOKING BEYOND HER POLITICAL SYMBOLISM TO CELEBRATE NOT ONLY WHO SHIRLEY CHISHOLM WAS BUT WHO SHE IS—A REVOLUTIONARY THINKER WITH MUCH TO TEACH US TODAYIn the midst of her groundbreaking twenty-year career in the U.S. House of Representatives, Congresswoman Shirley Chisholm once declared, “Everyone—with the exception of the black woman herself—has been interpreting the black woman.” Edited and introduced by Zinga A. Fraser, Shirley Chisholm in Her Own Words gives readers a rare opportunity to engage with the congresswoman’s powerful ideas in her own voice.Many Americans are familiar with Chisholm’s importance as the first Black woman in Congress and the first woman and African American to run for president with either major party. This long-overdue treatment of her work establishes Chisholm as an unparalleled public intellectual, powerful orator, and Black feminist both in her time and now. It introduces a new generation to one of the most impactful proponents of democracy in America.“A timely, detailed, and inspiring book that helps maintain the intellectual legacy of Shirley Chisholm. The book reveals new dimensions of the congresswoman’s politics, activism, and spirit.”—Regina King, Academy Award–winning actor, and producer and star of Shirley]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801013Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shirley Chisholm in Her Own Words: Speeches and Writings Author: Zinga A. Fraser Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shirley Chisholm in Her Own Words: Speeches and Writings Author: Zinga A. Fraser Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: LOOKING BEYOND HER POLITICAL SYMBOLISM TO CELEBRATE NOT ONLY WHO SHIRLEY CHISHOLM WAS BUT WHO SHE IS—A REVOLUTIONARY THINKER WITH MUCH TO TEACH US TODAYIn the midst of her groundbreaking twenty-year career in the U.S. House of Representatives, Congresswoman Shirley Chisholm once declared, “Everyone—with the exception of the black woman herself—has been interpreting the black woman.” Edited and introduced by Zinga A. Fraser, Shirley Chisholm in Her Own Words gives readers a rare opportunity to engage with the congresswoman’s powerful ideas in her own voice.Many Americans are familiar with Chisholm’s importance as the first Black woman in Congress and the first woman and African American to run for president with either major party. This long-overdue treatment of her work establishes Chisholm as an unparalleled public intellectual, powerful orator, and Black feminist both in her time and now. It introduces a new generation to one of the most impactful proponents of democracy in America.“A timely, detailed, and inspiring book that helps maintain the intellectual legacy of Shirley Chisholm. The book reveals new dimensions of the congresswoman’s politics, activism, and spirit.”—Regina King, Academy Award–winning actor, and producer and star of Shirley]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-empire-1805-1862-by-daniel-o-connell-red-jacket-charles-phillips-giuseppe-garibaldi-george-graham-vest-robert-emmet-napole--65203636https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Empire: 1805-1862 Author: Daniel O'Connell, Red Jacket, Charles Phillips, Giuseppe Garibaldi, George Graham Vest, Robert Emmet, Napoleon Bonaparte, William Lloyd Garrison, Frederick Douglass Narrator: Charles Featherstone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No discussion of the 19th Century is complete without Napoleon. We begin with Charles Phillips’ eulogy, summarizing the strangeness and contradiction of the most influential man of his time. Followed by 7 brief speeches by Napoleon himself. Two speeches chronicle the injustice and tyranny of British rule. Robert Emmet’s Speech From The Dock in 1803 is a classic of Irish Republicanism, given after sentence of death has been pronounced upon him for treason against the British. It is a speech intended for history, and sums up the fires that kept his homeland fighting for another century for their liberation. O’Connell’s Justice For Ireland, given 33 years later, shows that the passion that drove Emmett remained in the Irish heart, given in a more measured and technical tone, but driven by the same certainty that only with freedom could justice be found for the Irish people. Red Jacket’s speech contrasts the belief system of the Native Americans with that of the Christian invasion from Europe. It is paired with a speech about the hypocrisy of government and the selective application of the rule of law, Douglass’ speech given about slavery on the 4th of July (America’s independence day). Following is Douglass’ most renowned speech, “If there is no struggle, there is no progress.” This powerful statement of self-determination continues to resonate today. Garrison’s speech on the death of John Brown is given after the Harper’s Ferry incident, which was the first event ever communicated by telegraph, and rang the starting bell for the American civil war. Next is a rousing speech from Italy by Garibaldi, calling mankind to arms in a new era of revolution and social change. Lastly a humorous speech from George Vest in tribute to dogs. After all, however dark the world seems, however much revolution and madness taint the air…we will always be blessed by the love and loyalty of our four-footed friends.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799929Fri, 04 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Empire: 1805-1862 Author: Daniel O'Connell, Red Jacket, Charles Phillips, Giuseppe Garibaldi, George Graham Vest, Robert Emmet, Napoleon...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Empire: 1805-1862 Author: Daniel O'Connell, Red Jacket, Charles Phillips, Giuseppe Garibaldi, George Graham Vest, Robert Emmet, Napoleon Bonaparte, William Lloyd Garrison, Frederick Douglass Narrator: Charles Featherstone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No discussion of the 19th Century is complete without Napoleon. We begin with Charles Phillips’ eulogy, summarizing the strangeness and contradiction of the most influential man of his time. Followed by 7 brief speeches by Napoleon himself. Two speeches chronicle the injustice and tyranny of British rule. Robert Emmet’s Speech From The Dock in 1803 is a classic of Irish Republicanism, given after sentence of death has been pronounced upon him for treason against the British. It is a speech intended for history, and sums up the fires that kept his homeland fighting for another century for their liberation. O’Connell’s Justice For Ireland, given 33 years later, shows that the passion that drove Emmett remained in the Irish heart, given in a more measured and technical tone, but driven by the same certainty that only with freedom could justice be found for the Irish people. Red Jacket’s speech contrasts the belief system of the Native Americans with that of the Christian invasion from Europe. It is paired with a speech about the hypocrisy of government and the selective application of the rule of law, Douglass’ speech given about slavery on the 4th of July (America’s independence day). Following is Douglass’ most renowned speech, “If there is no struggle, there is no progress.” This powerful statement of self-determination continues to resonate today. Garrison’s speech on the death of John Brown is given after the Harper’s Ferry incident, which was the first event ever communicated by telegraph, and rang the starting bell for the American civil war. Next is a rousing speech from Italy by Garibaldi, calling mankind to arms in a new era of revolution and social change. Lastly a humorous speech from George Vest in tribute to dogs. After all, however dark the world seems, however much revolution and madness taint the air…we will always be blessed by the love and loyalty of our four-footed friends.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-she-said-conversations-about-equality-by-elizabeth-renzetti--65203662https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776466 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What She Said: Conversations About Equality Author: Elizabeth Renzetti Narrator: Elizabeth Renzetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of Indigo’s Most Anticipated Canadian Books • One of CBC Books’ Works of Canadian Nonfiction to Check Out This Fall A passionate advocate for gender equity, and one of our most respected journalists, explores the most pressing issues facing women in Canada today with humour and heart. The fight for women’s rights was supposed to have been settled. Or, to put it another way, women were supposed to have settled—for what we were grudgingly given, for the crumbs from the table that we had set. For thirty per cent of the seats in Canada’s Parliament; for five per cent of the CEO’s offices; for a tenth of the salary of male athletes; for the tiny per cent of sexual assault cases that result in convictions; for tenuous control over our health and bodies. 'Aren’t we over it yet? No, we’re not,' Elizabeth Renzetti writes.    In this book, Renzetti draws upon her own life story and her years as an award-winning journalist  at the Globe and Mail, where her columns followed the trajectory of women's rights. Forcefully argued, accessible, and witty, What She Said explores a range of issues: the increasingly hostile world of threats that deter young women from seeking a role in public life; the use of non-disclosure agreements to silence victims of sexual harassment and assault; the inadequacy of access to health care and reproductive justice, especially as experienced by Indigenous and racialized women; the ways in which future technologies must be made more inclusive; the disparity in pay, wealth, and savings, and how women are not yet socialized to be the best financial managers they can be; the imbalanced burden of care, from emotional labour to child care. Renzetti explores the nuance of these issues, so often presented as divisive, with humour and sympathy, in order to unite women at a time when women must work together to protect their fundamental right to exist fully and freely in the world. What She Said is a rallying cry for a more just future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776466Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776466 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What She Said: Conversations About Equality Author: Elizabeth Renzetti Narrator: Elizabeth Renzetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776466 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What She Said: Conversations About Equality Author: Elizabeth Renzetti Narrator: Elizabeth Renzetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of Indigo’s Most Anticipated Canadian Books • One of CBC Books’ Works of Canadian Nonfiction to Check Out This Fall A passionate advocate for gender equity, and one of our most respected journalists, explores the most pressing issues facing women in Canada today with humour and heart. The fight for women’s rights was supposed to have been settled. Or, to put it another way, women were supposed to have settled—for what we were grudgingly given, for the crumbs from the table that we had set. For thirty per cent of the seats in Canada’s Parliament; for five per cent of the CEO’s offices; for a tenth of the salary of male athletes; for the tiny per cent of sexual assault cases that result in convictions; for tenuous control over our health and bodies. 'Aren’t we over it yet? No, we’re not,' Elizabeth Renzetti writes.    In this book, Renzetti draws upon her own life story and her years as an award-winning journalist  at the Globe and Mail, where her columns followed the trajectory of women's rights. Forcefully argued, accessible, and witty, What She Said explores a range of issues: the increasingly hostile world of threats that deter young women from seeking a role in public life; the use of non-disclosure agreements to silence victims of sexual harassment and assault; the inadequacy of access to health care and reproductive justice, especially as experienced by Indigenous and racialized women; the ways in which future technologies must be made more inclusive; the disparity in pay, wealth, and savings, and how women are not yet socialized to be the best financial managers they can be; the imbalanced burden of care, from emotional labour to child care. Renzetti explores the nuance of these issues, so often presented as divisive, with humour and sympathy, in order to unite women at a time when women must work together to protect their fundamental right to exist fully and freely in the world. What She Said is a rallying cry for a more just future.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-security-101-2nd-edition-from-medicare-to-spousal-benefits-an-essential-primer-on-government-retirement-aid-by-alfred-mill-michel--65203641https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security 101, 2nd Edition: From Medicare to Spousal Benefits, an Essential Primer on Government Retirement Aid Series: #2 of Adams 101 Series Author: Alfred Mill, Michele Cagan Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn the ins and outs of the social security system in this accessible, easy-to-navigate guide with refreshed, updated information in Social Security 101, 2nd Edition. Too often, writing about social security turns the noteworthy details of the benefits into boring details about regulations or biased political arguments that would put even a diehard bureaucrat to sleep. Social Security 101, 2nd Edition, cuts out the tedious explanations and instead provides a hands-on lesson that keeps you engaged as you learn all you need to know about the federal program that’s been around since the Great Depression. From the history of social security to its likely role in the future, this primer is packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts that will keep you on track as you learn how to maximize your benefits. Whether you want to learn about calculating your retirement age or estimating your projected payments, Social Security 101 has all the answers—even the ones you didn’t know you were looking for.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793012Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security 101, 2nd Edition: From Medicare to Spousal Benefits, an Essential Primer on Government Retirement Aid Series: #2 of Adams 101 Series...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security 101, 2nd Edition: From Medicare to Spousal Benefits, an Essential Primer on Government Retirement Aid Series: #2 of Adams 101 Series Author: Alfred Mill, Michele Cagan Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn the ins and outs of the social security system in this accessible, easy-to-navigate guide with refreshed, updated information in Social Security 101, 2nd Edition. Too often, writing about social security turns the noteworthy details of the benefits into boring details about regulations or biased political arguments that would put even a diehard bureaucrat to sleep. Social Security 101, 2nd Edition, cuts out the tedious explanations and instead provides a hands-on lesson that keeps you engaged as you learn all you need to know about the federal program that’s been around since the Great Depression. From the history of social security to its likely role in the future, this primer is packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts that will keep you on track as you learn how to maximize your benefits. Whether you want to learn about calculating your retirement age or estimating your projected payments, Social Security 101 has all the answers—even the ones you didn’t know you were looking for.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ungoverning-the-attack-on-the-administrative-state-and-the-politics-of-chaos-by-russell-muirhead-nancy-l-rosenblum--65203588https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ungoverning: The Attack on the Administrative State and the Politics of Chaos Author: Russell Muirhead, Nancy L. Rosenblum Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton reveals how a concentrated attack on political institutions threatens to disable the essential workings of government In this unsettling book, Russell Muirhead and Nancy Rosenblum trace how ungoverning—the deliberate effort to dismantle the capacity of government to do its work—has become a malignant part of politics. Democracy depends on a government that can govern, and that requires what's called administration. The administrative state is made up of the vast array of departments and agencies that conduct the essential business of government, from national defense and disaster response to implementing and enforcing public policies of every kind. Ungoverning chronicles the reactionary movement that demands dismantling the administrative state. The demand is not for goals that can be met with policies or programs. When this demand is frustrated, as it must be, the result is an invitation to violence. Muirhead and Rosenblum unpack the idea of ungoverning through many examples of the politics of destruction. They show how ungoverning disables capacities that took generations to build—including the administration of free and fair elections. They detail the challenges faced by officials who are entrusted with running the government and who now face threats and intimidation from those who would rather bring it crashing down—who would replace the regular processes of governing with chaotic personal rule. The unfamiliar phenomenon of ungoverning threatens us all regardless of partisanship or ideological leaning. Ungoverning will not be limited to Donald Trump's moment on the political stage. To resist this threat requires that we first recognize what ungoverning is and what it portends.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796200Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ungoverning: The Attack on the Administrative State and the Politics of Chaos Author: Russell Muirhead, Nancy L. Rosenblum Narrator: Katherine Fenton...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ungoverning: The Attack on the Administrative State and the Politics of Chaos Author: Russell Muirhead, Nancy L. Rosenblum Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton reveals how a concentrated attack on political institutions threatens to disable the essential workings of government In this unsettling book, Russell Muirhead and Nancy Rosenblum trace how ungoverning—the deliberate effort to dismantle the capacity of government to do its work—has become a malignant part of politics. Democracy depends on a government that can govern, and that requires what's called administration. The administrative state is made up of the vast array of departments and agencies that conduct the essential business of government, from national defense and disaster response to implementing and enforcing public policies of every kind. Ungoverning chronicles the reactionary movement that demands dismantling the administrative state. The demand is not for goals that can be met with policies or programs. When this demand is frustrated, as it must be, the result is an invitation to violence. Muirhead and Rosenblum unpack the idea of ungoverning through many examples of the politics of destruction. They show how ungoverning disables capacities that took generations to build—including the administration of free and fair elections. They detail the challenges faced by officials who are entrusted with running the government and who now face threats and intimidation from those who would rather bring it crashing down—who would replace the regular processes of governing with chaotic personal rule. The unfamiliar phenomenon of ungoverning threatens us all regardless of partisanship or ideological leaning. Ungoverning will not be limited to Donald Trump's moment on the political stage. To resist this threat requires that we first recognize what ungoverning is and what it portends.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/corridors-of-contagion-how-the-pandemic-exposed-the-cruelties-of-incarceration-by-victoria-law--65203577https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corridors of Contagion: How the Pandemic Exposed the Cruelties of Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Edelyn Okano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Corridors of Contagion brings to light the experiences of five people incarcerated across the United States as they navigate the onset of the pandemic—and the many months, stretched into years, that followed. Journalist Victoria Law combines this storytelling with a trenchant analysis of the structural failures of the US carceral system: failures that made prisons uniquely vulnerable to COVID-19 outbreaks, from overcrowding to solitary confinement, from insufficient healthcare to life sentences. The book portrays the horrors of continual lockdowns not in the comfort of one's own home, but in prisons where routine violence and chaos is made even more unimaginable by the complete lack of control over protection from a terrifying and lethal new virus. The pandemic provided an opportunity for lawmakers and policy makers to rethink the nation's addiction to perpetual punishment. Instead, US jails and prisons doubled down on punishment under the guise of pandemic protections. As a result, people behind bars experienced increased stress, mental health challenges, increased violence, and higher rates of deaths, many of which could have been prevented. Corridors of Contagion reminds listeners about both the particular horrors experienced by people in cages and the continued role of the US as the world’s prison nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803920Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corridors of Contagion: How the Pandemic Exposed the Cruelties of Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Edelyn Okano Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corridors of Contagion: How the Pandemic Exposed the Cruelties of Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Edelyn Okano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Corridors of Contagion brings to light the experiences of five people incarcerated across the United States as they navigate the onset of the pandemic—and the many months, stretched into years, that followed. Journalist Victoria Law combines this storytelling with a trenchant analysis of the structural failures of the US carceral system: failures that made prisons uniquely vulnerable to COVID-19 outbreaks, from overcrowding to solitary confinement, from insufficient healthcare to life sentences. The book portrays the horrors of continual lockdowns not in the comfort of one's own home, but in prisons where routine violence and chaos is made even more unimaginable by the complete lack of control over protection from a terrifying and lethal new virus. The pandemic provided an opportunity for lawmakers and policy makers to rethink the nation's addiction to perpetual punishment. Instead, US jails and prisons doubled down on punishment under the guise of pandemic protections. As a result, people behind bars experienced increased stress, mental health challenges, increased violence, and higher rates of deaths, many of which could have been prevented. Corridors of Contagion reminds listeners about both the particular horrors experienced by people in cages and the continued role of the US as the world’s prison nation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-very-short-history-of-the-israel-palestine-conflict-by-ilan-pappe--65203572https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Very Short History of the Israel–Palestine Conflict Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An indispensable guide to understanding the Israel–Palestine conflict, and how we might yet still find a way out of it. 'Ilan Pappe is the most original, radical and hard-hitting of Israel's 'new historians.'' —Avi Shlaim, author of Three Worlds The devastation of 7 October 2023 and the horrors that followed astounded the world. But the Israel–Palestine conflict didn't start on 7 October. It didn't start in 1967 either, when Israel occupied the West Bank, or in 1948 when the state of Israel was declared. It started in 1882, when the first Zionist settlers arrived in what was then Ottoman Palestine. Ilan Pappe untangles the history of two peoples, now sharing one land. Going back to the founding fathers of Zionism, Pappe expertly takes us through the twists and turns of international policy towards Israel–Palestine, Palestinian resistance to occupation, and the changes taking place in Israel itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805198Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Very Short History of the Israel–Palestine Conflict Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Very Short History of the Israel–Palestine Conflict Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An indispensable guide to understanding the Israel–Palestine conflict, and how we might yet still find a way out of it. 'Ilan Pappe is the most original, radical and hard-hitting of Israel's 'new historians.'' —Avi Shlaim, author of Three Worlds The devastation of 7 October 2023 and the horrors that followed astounded the world. But the Israel–Palestine conflict didn't start on 7 October. It didn't start in 1967 either, when Israel occupied the West Bank, or in 1948 when the state of Israel was declared. It started in 1882, when the first Zionist settlers arrived in what was then Ottoman Palestine. Ilan Pappe untangles the history of two peoples, now sharing one land. Going back to the founding fathers of Zionism, Pappe expertly takes us through the twists and turns of international policy towards Israel–Palestine, Palestinian resistance to occupation, and the changes taking place in Israel itself.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-the-poisoned-exposing-the-flint-water-crisis-cover-up-and-the-poisoning-of-100-000-americans-by-jordan-chariton--65203578https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Poisoned: Exposing the Flint Water Crisis Cover-Up and the Poisoning of 100,000 Americans Author: Jordan Chariton Narrator: Sophie Amoss, Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the ongoing Flint water crisis marks its tenth anniversary, Chariton reveals shocking new evidence of the major government cover-up that resulted in the poisoning of Flint—and shatters what you think you know about what caused the water crisis. From crooked Wall Street financial schemes to political payoffs, destruction of evidence, witness tampering, falsified water data, threatened whistle blowers, and panicked phone calls, We the Poisoned: Exposing the Flint Water Crisis Cover Up and the Poisoning of 100,000 Americans reveals, for the first time, the real story behind how the government poisoned a major American city—and how they are still getting away with it. As the cover-up continues a decade later, innocent residents have been arrested, surveilled, threatened, and gaslit to feel like they are crazy. With more and more sick residents slowly dying every year, Flint’s lead levels again on the rise, and cancer rates surging across the city, it is time for the true, sinister story of the Flint water cover-up to be told. Based on eight years of reporting, thousands of confidential documents from the criminal investigation, and the former governor of Michigan’s own words under oath, Jordan Chariton takes readers on the road to crisis before the Flint River switch—when government officials blew through all stop signs and orchestrated a financial scheme that allowed a nearly bankrupt Flint to borrow $100 million for a controversial new water system. As brown, smelly water flowed through Flint homes and residents grew sick, politicians intentionally and knowingly allowed Americans to drink poison as they prioritized their own political ambitions and survival. Just when you think the levels of callousness and disregard for the people can’t drop any lower, Chariton digs even deeper to expose one of the biggest government cover-ups of the twenty-first century. We the Poisoned is a cautionary tale about “run-government-like-a-business” leaders who champion privatization and economic development at the expense of the environment, public health, and vulnerable citizens. Perhaps even more important, with water and environmental contamination surging across the US, Chariton’s revelations provide a road map for how to fight back and prevent similar tragedies from happening to other communities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804091Fri, 27 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Poisoned: Exposing the Flint Water Crisis Cover-Up and the Poisoning of 100,000 Americans Author: Jordan Chariton Narrator: Sophie Amoss, Pete...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Poisoned: Exposing the Flint Water Crisis Cover-Up and the Poisoning of 100,000 Americans Author: Jordan Chariton Narrator: Sophie Amoss, Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the ongoing Flint water crisis marks its tenth anniversary, Chariton reveals shocking new evidence of the major government cover-up that resulted in the poisoning of Flint—and shatters what you think you know about what caused the water crisis. From crooked Wall Street financial schemes to political payoffs, destruction of evidence, witness tampering, falsified water data, threatened whistle blowers, and panicked phone calls, We the Poisoned: Exposing the Flint Water Crisis Cover Up and the Poisoning of 100,000 Americans reveals, for the first time, the real story behind how the government poisoned a major American city—and how they are still getting away with it. As the cover-up continues a decade later, innocent residents have been arrested, surveilled, threatened, and gaslit to feel like they are crazy. With more and more sick residents slowly dying every year, Flint’s lead levels again on the rise, and cancer rates surging across the city, it is time for the true, sinister story of the Flint water cover-up to be told. Based on eight years of reporting, thousands of confidential documents from the criminal investigation, and the former governor of Michigan’s own words under oath, Jordan Chariton takes readers on the road to crisis before the Flint River switch—when government officials blew through all stop signs and orchestrated a financial scheme that allowed a nearly bankrupt Flint to borrow $100 million for a controversial new water system. As brown, smelly water flowed through Flint homes and residents grew sick, politicians intentionally and knowingly allowed Americans to drink poison as they prioritized their own political ambitions and survival. Just when you think the levels of callousness and disregard for the people can’t drop any lower, Chariton digs even deeper to expose one of the biggest government cover-ups of the twenty-first century. We the Poisoned is a cautionary tale about “run-government-like-a-business” leaders who champion privatization and economic development at the expense of the environment, public health, and vulnerable citizens. Perhaps even more important, with water and environmental contamination surging across the US, Chariton’s revelations provide a road map for how to fight back and prevent similar tragedies from happening to other communities.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/targeted-beirut-by-james-m-scott-jack-carr--65203684https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a new in-depth nonfiction series examining the devastating terrorist attacks that changed the course of history from #1 New York Times bestselling author Jack Carr and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott, beginning with the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Beirut. 1983: the United States Marine Corps experiences its greatest single-day loss of life since the Battle of Iwo Jima, when a truck packed with explosives crashes into their headquarters and barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. This horrifying terrorist attack, which killed 241 servicemen, continues to influence US foreign policy and haunts the Marine Corps to this day. Now, the full story is revealed as never before by Jack Carr and historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott. Based on comprehensive interviews with survivors, extensive military records, as well as personal letters, diaries and photographs, this is the authoritative account of the deadly attack.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786717Thu, 26 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a new in-depth nonfiction series examining the devastating terrorist attacks that changed the course of history from #1 New York Times bestselling author Jack Carr and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott, beginning with the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Beirut. 1983: the United States Marine Corps experiences its greatest single-day loss of life since the Battle of Iwo Jima, when a truck packed with explosives crashes into their headquarters and barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. This horrifying terrorist attack, which killed 241 servicemen, continues to influence US foreign policy and haunts the Marine Corps to this day. Now, the full story is revealed as never before by Jack Carr and historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott. Based on comprehensive interviews with survivors, extensive military records, as well as personal letters, diaries and photographs, this is the authoritative account of the deadly attack.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taken-as-red-how-labour-won-big-and-the-tories-crashed-the-party-by-anushka-asthana--65203606https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797912 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taken As Red: How Labour Won Big and the Tories Crashed the Party Author: Anushka Asthana Narrator: Anushka Asthana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How Labour took power, how the Tories lost it, and what to expect 'Taken As Red stands out for its balance and the depth of its reporting' The Guardian 'Revelatory and insightful.' Tim Shipman Featuring exclusive interviews with more than 100 political insiders including Rachel Reeves, Wes Streeting, Kwasi Kwarteng and NIgel Farage. In Taken As Red acclaimed political journalist Anushka Asthana takes us behind the scenes of the 2024 general election campaign. As the political landscape undergoes a seismic shift, this gripping account provides an unprecedented insider’s perspective on the inner workings of Keir Starmer’s Labour and Rishi Sunak’s Conservatives, and the events of this high-stakes electoral contest as it unfolded. With unparalleled access to key players and exclusive insights, it delves into the strategic decisions, campaign dynamics and unexpected twists that defined the election. From the battle bus to the corridors of power, Asthana analyses just how the result came about. Was it evidence of Labour’s strategic brilliance or the inevitable result of a spiralling decline of trust in the Tories? And what of Reform’s role? Lively, analytical and compelling, Taken As Red reveals the calculated gambles and innovative strategies at play, and the people behind them. And in doing so, it looks forward as well as back.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797912Thu, 26 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797912 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taken As Red: How Labour Won Big and the Tories Crashed the Party Author: Anushka Asthana Narrator: Anushka Asthana Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797912 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taken As Red: How Labour Won Big and the Tories Crashed the Party Author: Anushka Asthana Narrator: Anushka Asthana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How Labour took power, how the Tories lost it, and what to expect 'Taken As Red stands out for its balance and the depth of its reporting' The Guardian 'Revelatory and insightful.' Tim Shipman Featuring exclusive interviews with more than 100 political insiders including Rachel Reeves, Wes Streeting, Kwasi Kwarteng and NIgel Farage. In Taken As Red acclaimed political journalist Anushka Asthana takes us behind the scenes of the 2024 general election campaign. As the political landscape undergoes a seismic shift, this gripping account provides an unprecedented insider’s perspective on the inner workings of Keir Starmer’s Labour and Rishi Sunak’s Conservatives, and the events of this high-stakes electoral contest as it unfolded. With unparalleled access to key players and exclusive insights, it delves into the strategic decisions, campaign dynamics and unexpected twists that defined the election. From the battle bus to the corridors of power, Asthana analyses just how the result came about. Was it evidence of Labour’s strategic brilliance or the inevitable result of a spiralling decline of trust in the Tories? And what of Reform’s role? Lively, analytical and compelling, Taken As Red reveals the calculated gambles and innovative strategies at play, and the people behind them. And in doing so, it looks forward as well as back.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/recognising-the-stranger-on-palestine-and-narrative-by-isabella-hammad--65203585https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognising the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An outstanding and moving essay on the Palestinian struggle and the power of narrative from the Women's Prize for Fiction-shortlisted author of Enter Ghost Award-winning author of The Parisian and Enter Ghost Isabella Hammad delivered the Edward W. Said Lecture at Columbia University nine days before 7 October 2023. The text of Hammad’s seminal speech and her afterword written in the early weeks of 2024 together make up a searing appraisal of the war on Palestine during what feels like a turning point in the narrative of human history. Moving and erudite, Hammad writes from within the moment, shedding light on the Palestinian struggle for freedom. Recognising the Stranger is a brilliant melding of literary and cultural analysis by one of Granta’s Best of Young British Novelists and a foremost writer of fiction in the world today. 'Recognising the Stranger combines intellectual brilliance with moral clarity and profound resoluteness of purpose.' SALLY ROONEY 'A pitch-perfect example of how the novelist can get to the heart of the matter better than a million argumentative articles. Hammad shows us how the Palestinian struggle is the story of humanity itself, and asks us not to look away but to see ourselves.' MAX PORTER ‘Hammad’s writing burns with fierce intelligence, humane insight and righteous anger. For those at risk of despair, doubtful of the role literature has to play in times of crisis, it is a reminder of the radical potential of reading and the possibility of change.’ OLIVIA SUDJIC © Isabella Hammad 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796876Thu, 26 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognising the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognising the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An outstanding and moving essay on the Palestinian struggle and the power of narrative from the Women's Prize for Fiction-shortlisted author of Enter Ghost Award-winning author of The Parisian and Enter Ghost Isabella Hammad delivered the Edward W. Said Lecture at Columbia University nine days before 7 October 2023. The text of Hammad’s seminal speech and her afterword written in the early weeks of 2024 together make up a searing appraisal of the war on Palestine during what feels like a turning point in the narrative of human history. Moving and erudite, Hammad writes from within the moment, shedding light on the Palestinian struggle for freedom. Recognising the Stranger is a brilliant melding of literary and cultural analysis by one of Granta’s Best of Young British Novelists and a foremost writer of fiction in the world today. 'Recognising the Stranger combines intellectual brilliance with moral clarity and profound resoluteness of purpose.' SALLY ROONEY 'A pitch-perfect example of how the novelist can get to the heart of the matter better than a million argumentative articles. Hammad shows us how the Palestinian struggle is the story of humanity itself, and asks us not to look away but to see ourselves.' MAX PORTER ‘Hammad’s writing burns with fierce intelligence, humane insight and righteous anger. For those at risk of despair, doubtful of the role literature has to play in times of crisis, it is a reminder of the radical potential of reading and the possibility of change.’ OLIVIA SUDJIC © Isabella Hammad 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/interference-the-inside-story-of-trump-russia-and-the-mueller-investigation-by-james-quarles-aaron-zebley-andrew-goldstein--65203734https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interference: The Inside Story of Trump, Russia, and the Mueller Investigation Author: James Quarles, Aaron Zebley, Andrew Goldstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The behind-the-scenes story of the investigation that shook America to its core—the Mueller investigation that presented the evidence of Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election—as told by Robert Mueller’s closest colleagues, including never-before-revealed details into how the team investigated Putin’s campaign to favor candidate Donald Trump and Trump’s efforts to interfere in the investigation. Interference is the true history of the most important and consequential decisions, obstacles, and quandaries Mueller and his team faced when investigating Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election. For the first time, Mueller’s only deputy, his most senior counselor who served on the Watergate Special Prosecution Force, and the lead prosecutor looking into obstruction of justice and Russian interference, have come together to tell a highly relevant and readable account of what it was like to carry out their investigation of election interference, as well as any connections that existed between the Russians and members of the Trump campaign. Interference also highlights the many actions Russia took as it favored candidate Donald Trump over Hillary Clinton offering a powerful reminder of how committed Russia was to determine the outcome of the election. Ultimately, the special counsel brought indictments against thirty-four individuals and entities, including Trump’s campaign chairman; his deputy campaign chairman; a campaign advisor; his first national security advisor; and one of Trump’s longtime associates; as well as against Russian participants. Nearly every case that was able to proceed resulted in a guilty verdict or plea. Interference explains the motivations and actions of Russia (which has not stopped exploiting America’s weaknesses), the importance and the limitations of a special counsel, and the need for people to make principled decisions even when being pushed from all directions not to. Much can be learned from the experiences faced by the Mueller special counsel office as it broke ground on some of the most complicated challenges facing our country—then and now. The narrative carries special relevance today, as the Supreme Court has sharply limited the conduct by a president that can be prosecuted—or even investigated.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775563Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interference: The Inside Story of Trump, Russia, and the Mueller Investigation Author: James Quarles, Aaron Zebley, Andrew Goldstein Narrator: Fred...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interference: The Inside Story of Trump, Russia, and the Mueller Investigation Author: James Quarles, Aaron Zebley, Andrew Goldstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The behind-the-scenes story of the investigation that shook America to its core—the Mueller investigation that presented the evidence of Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election—as told by Robert Mueller’s closest colleagues, including never-before-revealed details into how the team investigated Putin’s campaign to favor candidate Donald Trump and Trump’s efforts to interfere in the investigation. Interference is the true history of the most important and consequential decisions, obstacles, and quandaries Mueller and his team faced when investigating Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election. For the first time, Mueller’s only deputy, his most senior counselor who served on the Watergate Special Prosecution Force, and the lead prosecutor looking into obstruction of justice and Russian interference, have come together to tell a highly relevant and readable account of what it was like to carry out their investigation of election interference, as well as any connections that existed between the Russians and members of the Trump campaign. Interference also highlights the many actions Russia took as it favored candidate Donald Trump over Hillary Clinton offering a powerful reminder of how committed Russia was to determine the outcome of the election. Ultimately, the special counsel brought indictments against thirty-four individuals and entities, including Trump’s campaign chairman; his deputy campaign chairman; a campaign advisor; his first national security advisor; and one of Trump’s longtime associates; as well as against Russian participants. Nearly every case that was able to proceed resulted in a guilty verdict or plea. Interference explains the motivations and actions of Russia (which has not stopped exploiting America’s weaknesses), the importance and the limitations of a special counsel, and the need for people to make principled decisions even when being pushed from all directions not to. Much can be learned from the experiences faced by the Mueller special counsel office as it broke ground on some of the most complicated challenges facing our country—then and now. The narrative carries special relevance today, as the Supreme Court has sharply limited the conduct by a president that can be prosecuted—or even investigated.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/radio-free-afghanistan-a-twenty-year-odyssey-for-an-independent-voice-in-kabul-by-saad-mohseni-jenna-krajeski--65203696https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Free Afghanistan: A Twenty-Year Odyssey for an Independent Voice in Kabul Author: Saad Mohseni, Jenna Krajeski Narrator: Ramiz Monsef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Saad Mohseni is one of the most remarkable figures in modern Afghanistan – brave, entrepreneurial, with a knack for imagining the impossible – he transformed the Afghan media landscape and brought serious news, and exceptional entertainment to millions in the most testing circumstances imaginable' Rory Stewart The deeply moving and surprising story of the attempt to build a truly independent media company in contemporary Afghanistan. Saad Mohseni, chairman and CEO of Moby Group, Afghanistan’s largest media company, charts a twenty-year effort to bring a free press to his country after years of Taliban rule, and how that effort persists even after the Taliban’s return to power in 2021. In the heady early days of the American occupation, Mohseni returns to Kabul which he had last seen as a child before the Soviet invasion. Casting about for ways to be involved in the dawn of a new Afghanistan, Mohseni makes what seems like a quixotic decision to leave the comforts of a career in international banking to start a Kabul radio station with his three siblings. This unlikely venture quickly blossoms into a burgeoning television empire, bringing Mohseni and his family and employees into sometimes uncomfortable contact with everyone who has a stake in the country – from the government of Hamid Karzai to White House officials. Moreover, their radio and television networks soon become a necessary beacon for millions of Afghans, who rely on them not just for independent news but for joyful pleasures like soap operas and Afghan Star, a beloved national singing competition in a country whose previous rulers had banned (and would again ban) music. Mohseni’s position at Moby affords him unique insights into this extraordinary yet troubled country, the youngest in the world outside of Sub-Saharan Africa, and his powerful account captures the spirit and resilience of the Afghan people – notably the hundreds of men and women still working in Moby's Kabul office today, who, once again under Taliban rule, create programs, report the news, and educate the public. Radio Free Afghanistan is a stunning, vibrant portrait of a nation in turmoil, poised between despair and hope.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783850Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Free Afghanistan: A Twenty-Year Odyssey for an Independent Voice in Kabul Author: Saad Mohseni, Jenna Krajeski Narrator: Ramiz Monsef Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Free Afghanistan: A Twenty-Year Odyssey for an Independent Voice in Kabul Author: Saad Mohseni, Jenna Krajeski Narrator: Ramiz Monsef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Saad Mohseni is one of the most remarkable figures in modern Afghanistan – brave, entrepreneurial, with a knack for imagining the impossible – he transformed the Afghan media landscape and brought serious news, and exceptional entertainment to millions in the most testing circumstances imaginable' Rory Stewart The deeply moving and surprising story of the attempt to build a truly independent media company in contemporary Afghanistan. Saad Mohseni, chairman and CEO of Moby Group, Afghanistan’s largest media company, charts a twenty-year effort to bring a free press to his country after years of Taliban rule, and how that effort persists even after the Taliban’s return to power in 2021. In the heady early days of the American occupation, Mohseni returns to Kabul which he had last seen as a child before the Soviet invasion. Casting about for ways to be involved in the dawn of a new Afghanistan, Mohseni makes what seems like a quixotic decision to leave the comforts of a career in international banking to start a Kabul radio station with his three siblings. This unlikely venture quickly blossoms into a burgeoning television empire, bringing Mohseni and his family and employees into sometimes uncomfortable contact with everyone who has a stake in the country – from the government of Hamid Karzai to White House officials. Moreover, their radio and television networks soon become a necessary beacon for millions of Afghans, who rely on them not just for independent news but for joyful pleasures like soap operas and Afghan Star, a beloved national singing competition in a country whose previous rulers had banned (and would again ban) music. Mohseni’s position at Moby affords him unique insights into this extraordinary yet troubled country, the youngest in the world outside of Sub-Saharan Africa, and his powerful account captures the spirit and resilience of the Afghan people – notably the hundreds of men and women still working in Moby's Kabul office today, who, once again under Taliban rule, create programs, report the news, and educate the public. Radio Free Afghanistan is a stunning, vibrant portrait of a nation in turmoil, poised between despair and hope.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/truths-the-future-of-america-first-by-vivek-ramaswamy--65203672https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775564 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truths: The Future of America First Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Vivek Ramaswamy, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author, accomplished entrepreneur, and former presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has a plan to save America, and it begins with telling the truth. Today’s conservatives know what they’re against. They’re anti-woke, anti-globalist, anti-big government. But what exactly do they stand for? The fact that this is a hard question to answer is a damning indictment of the modern Republican Party which has abjectly failed to articulate an affirmative alternative to the left’s vision. Ramaswamy calls on the conservative movement to articulate exactly what it stands for, or else warns of another illusory “red wave” in 2024. Vivek Ramaswamy is not a politician. He is a first generation American, the founder of several successful companies, and a bestselling author. Ramaswamy decided he needed to step in the arena to stop the lies and tell the American people the truth. That’s why he ran for president and became a leading voice in the America First movement. In Truths: The Future of America First, Ramaswamy shows exactly how honesty about the most important issues will get our country back on track. The America First movement emphasizes the issues that bring us together, not what divides us. It asks that we put our country over politics, merit over grievance, and truth over lies. Ramaswamy tells us the truth about our political system, and the people who control it, and exhorts us to exercise our right to self-governance again. America First is bigger than any man or woman. It’s a movement. In Truths, Vivek Ramaswamy explains exactly why that movement needs to succeed now more than ever. Our country’s future depends on it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775564Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775564 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truths: The Future of America First Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Vivek Ramaswamy, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775564 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truths: The Future of America First Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Vivek Ramaswamy, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author, accomplished entrepreneur, and former presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has a plan to save America, and it begins with telling the truth. Today’s conservatives know what they’re against. They’re anti-woke, anti-globalist, anti-big government. But what exactly do they stand for? The fact that this is a hard question to answer is a damning indictment of the modern Republican Party which has abjectly failed to articulate an affirmative alternative to the left’s vision. Ramaswamy calls on the conservative movement to articulate exactly what it stands for, or else warns of another illusory “red wave” in 2024. Vivek Ramaswamy is not a politician. He is a first generation American, the founder of several successful companies, and a bestselling author. Ramaswamy decided he needed to step in the arena to stop the lies and tell the American people the truth. That’s why he ran for president and became a leading voice in the America First movement. In Truths: The Future of America First, Ramaswamy shows exactly how honesty about the most important issues will get our country back on track. The America First movement emphasizes the issues that bring us together, not what divides us. It asks that we put our country over politics, merit over grievance, and truth over lies. Ramaswamy tells us the truth about our political system, and the people who control it, and exhorts us to exercise our right to self-governance again. America First is bigger than any man or woman. It’s a movement. In Truths, Vivek Ramaswamy explains exactly why that movement needs to succeed now more than ever. Our country’s future depends on it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/path-to-zero-12-climate-conversations-that-changed-the-world-by-tucker-perkins--65203663https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path to Zero: 12 Climate Conversations That Changed the World Author: Tucker Perkins Narrator: Tucker Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tucker Perkins’s Path to Zero shows how we can reverse climate change and create a cleaner environment for future generations by putting aside our biases and working together for change. Climate catastrophe-inspired narratives like “Electrify Everything!” have a grip on people’s minds. The simplicity of the solution to the most complex endeavor ever faced by humans—the journey to a net zero future—is seductive, but it is fundamentally flawed. In Path to Zero: 12 Climate Conversations That Changed the World, author Tucker Perkins takes listeners on a series of future-casting journeys from the year 2050 back to the present day to show us how a better way—a wide path to net zero carbon emissions—was, and can be, achieved in an accelerated time frame. In this work, Perkins uncovers an array of practical, often obvious, measures the world can take to achieve a better, cleaner future inclusive of energy and power. Unlike other authors and voices of this age, Perkins shows us that change is possible, innovation is happening, and dogmatic devotion to singular solutions is one of the biggest impediments to progress.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789871Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path to Zero: 12 Climate Conversations That Changed the World Author: Tucker Perkins Narrator: Tucker Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path to Zero: 12 Climate Conversations That Changed the World Author: Tucker Perkins Narrator: Tucker Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tucker Perkins’s Path to Zero shows how we can reverse climate change and create a cleaner environment for future generations by putting aside our biases and working together for change. Climate catastrophe-inspired narratives like “Electrify Everything!” have a grip on people’s minds. The simplicity of the solution to the most complex endeavor ever faced by humans—the journey to a net zero future—is seductive, but it is fundamentally flawed. In Path to Zero: 12 Climate Conversations That Changed the World, author Tucker Perkins takes listeners on a series of future-casting journeys from the year 2050 back to the present day to show us how a better way—a wide path to net zero carbon emissions—was, and can be, achieved in an accelerated time frame. In this work, Perkins uncovers an array of practical, often obvious, measures the world can take to achieve a better, cleaner future inclusive of energy and power. Unlike other authors and voices of this age, Perkins shows us that change is possible, innovation is happening, and dogmatic devotion to singular solutions is one of the biggest impediments to progress.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/recognizing-the-stranger-on-palestine-and-narrative-by-isabella-hammad--65203658https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognizing the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nine days before October 7, 2023, award-winning author Isabella Hammad delivered the Edward W. Said Memorial Lecture at Columbia University. The text of Hammad’s seminal speech and her afterword, written in the early weeks of 2024, together make up a searing appraisal of the war on Palestine during what seems a turning point in the narrative of human history. Profound and moving, Hammad writes from within the moment, shedding light on the Palestinian struggle for freedom. Recognizing the Stranger is a brilliant melding of literary and cultural analysis by one of Granta’s Best of Young British Novelists and a foremost writer of fiction in the world today.“An urgent work for a devastating time … Isabella Hammad is as fine a critic as she is a novelist. It is hardly a surprise that she is one of our most astute writers when it comes to Palestine.”—Viet Thanh NguyenIncludes bonus audio read by the author]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793494Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognizing the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recognizing the Stranger: On Palestine and Narrative Author: Isabella Hammad Narrator: Isabella Hammad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nine days before October 7, 2023, award-winning author Isabella Hammad delivered the Edward W. Said Memorial Lecture at Columbia University. The text of Hammad’s seminal speech and her afterword, written in the early weeks of 2024, together make up a searing appraisal of the war on Palestine during what seems a turning point in the narrative of human history. Profound and moving, Hammad writes from within the moment, shedding light on the Palestinian struggle for freedom. Recognizing the Stranger is a brilliant melding of literary and cultural analysis by one of Granta’s Best of Young British Novelists and a foremost writer of fiction in the world today.“An urgent work for a devastating time … Isabella Hammad is as fine a critic as she is a novelist. It is hardly a surprise that she is one of our most astute writers when it comes to Palestine.”—Viet Thanh NguyenIncludes bonus audio read by the author]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/comparative-law-a-very-short-introduction-by-sabrina-ragone-guido-smorto--65203638https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comparative Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sabrina Ragone, Guido Smorto Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Comparative Law: A Very Short Introduction aims to offer a concise introduction to comparative law—its objectives, methods, concepts, and uses. After an overview of the fundamental definitions, key concepts, and basic lexicon of the discipline, the book proposes an analysis of the most successful techniques adopted in legal comparison for mapping the world's legal systems and for explaining legal change and diffusion of law, also giving a concise description of the legal traditions of the world. It also offers an account of the competing approaches adopted over time in comparative endeavors, from functionalism to culturalism and postmodernism, and highlights the different emphasis placed by each of these approaches on commonalities, faith in universal law and convergence, or on divergence and irreducible differences. Finally, the book provides listeners with an understanding of the practical use of comparative law, describing how legal comparison is employed both in lawmaking and in adjudication, supplementing legal reasoning and interpretation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798116Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comparative Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sabrina Ragone, Guido Smorto Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comparative Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sabrina Ragone, Guido Smorto Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Comparative Law: A Very Short Introduction aims to offer a concise introduction to comparative law—its objectives, methods, concepts, and uses. After an overview of the fundamental definitions, key concepts, and basic lexicon of the discipline, the book proposes an analysis of the most successful techniques adopted in legal comparison for mapping the world's legal systems and for explaining legal change and diffusion of law, also giving a concise description of the legal traditions of the world. It also offers an account of the competing approaches adopted over time in comparative endeavors, from functionalism to culturalism and postmodernism, and highlights the different emphasis placed by each of these approaches on commonalities, faith in universal law and convergence, or on divergence and irreducible differences. Finally, the book provides listeners with an understanding of the practical use of comparative law, describing how legal comparison is employed both in lawmaking and in adjudication, supplementing legal reasoning and interpretation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/solidarity-is-the-political-version-of-love-lessons-from-jewish-anti-zionist-organizing-by-rebecca-vilkomerson-alissa-wise--65203626https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solidarity Is the Political Version of Love: Lessons from Jewish Anti-Zionist Organizing Author: Rebecca Vilkomerson, Alissa Wise Narrator: Alissa Wise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Against enormous odds and in the face of fierce pushback, the Palestine solidarity movement has succeeded in transforming the landscape of American politics. The movement has catapulted Palestine from being an untouchable topic in even liberal political circles to a central rallying cry in grassroots progressive organizing, one that is championed by some of the highest profile and beloved members of Congress. In the fall and winter of 2023, with the attention of the world focused on Israel's unprecedented aggression against the people of Gaza, millions across the globe mobilized in solidarity with Palestinians and their struggle for liberation. In this book, two key leaders and former staff of Jewish Voice for Peace (JVP) focus on the important role of anti-Zionist Jewish organizing within the broader Palestine solidarity movement, reflecting on their decade of leadership of JVP and drawing lessons especially relevant to those organizing from a position of solidarity. Their insights help contextualize the intense suppression of activism for Palestinian freedom, while illuminating the roots of today's flourishing Jewish solidarity with Palestinians worldwide.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798128Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solidarity Is the Political Version of Love: Lessons from Jewish Anti-Zionist Organizing Author: Rebecca Vilkomerson, Alissa Wise Narrator: Alissa Wise...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solidarity Is the Political Version of Love: Lessons from Jewish Anti-Zionist Organizing Author: Rebecca Vilkomerson, Alissa Wise Narrator: Alissa Wise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Against enormous odds and in the face of fierce pushback, the Palestine solidarity movement has succeeded in transforming the landscape of American politics. The movement has catapulted Palestine from being an untouchable topic in even liberal political circles to a central rallying cry in grassroots progressive organizing, one that is championed by some of the highest profile and beloved members of Congress. In the fall and winter of 2023, with the attention of the world focused on Israel's unprecedented aggression against the people of Gaza, millions across the globe mobilized in solidarity with Palestinians and their struggle for liberation. In this book, two key leaders and former staff of Jewish Voice for Peace (JVP) focus on the important role of anti-Zionist Jewish organizing within the broader Palestine solidarity movement, reflecting on their decade of leadership of JVP and drawing lessons especially relevant to those organizing from a position of solidarity. Their insights help contextualize the intense suppression of activism for Palestinian freedom, while illuminating the roots of today's flourishing Jewish solidarity with Palestinians worldwide.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/family-abolition-capitalism-and-the-communizing-of-care-by-m-e-o-brien--65203613https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family Abolition: Capitalism and the Communizing of Care Author: M.E. O’brien Narrator: Charli Burrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For some of us, the family is a source of love and support. But for many others, the family is a place of private horror, coercion, and personal domination. In a capitalist society, the private family carries the impossible demands of interpersonal care and social reproductive labor. Can we imagine a different future? In Family Abolition, author M. E. O'Brien uncovers the history of struggles to create radical alternatives to the private family. O'Brien traces the changing family politics of racial capitalism in the industrial cities of Europe and the slave plantations and settler frontier of North America, explaining the rise and fall of the housewife-based family form. From early Marxists to Black and queer insurrectionists to today's mass protest movements, O'Brien finds revolutionaries seeking better ways of loving, caring, and living. Family Abolition takes us through the past and present of family politics into a speculative future of the commune, imagining how care could be organized in a free society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795942Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family Abolition: Capitalism and the Communizing of Care Author: M.E. O’brien Narrator: Charli Burrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family Abolition: Capitalism and the Communizing of Care Author: M.E. O’brien Narrator: Charli Burrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For some of us, the family is a source of love and support. But for many others, the family is a place of private horror, coercion, and personal domination. In a capitalist society, the private family carries the impossible demands of interpersonal care and social reproductive labor. Can we imagine a different future? In Family Abolition, author M. E. O'Brien uncovers the history of struggles to create radical alternatives to the private family. O'Brien traces the changing family politics of racial capitalism in the industrial cities of Europe and the slave plantations and settler frontier of North America, explaining the rise and fall of the housewife-based family form. From early Marxists to Black and queer insurrectionists to today's mass protest movements, O'Brien finds revolutionaries seeking better ways of loving, caring, and living. Family Abolition takes us through the past and present of family politics into a speculative future of the commune, imagining how care could be organized in a free society.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-ai-undermines-democracy-and-what-to-do-about-it-by-mark-coeckelbergh--65203574https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It Author: Mark Coeckelbergh Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Across the world, AI is used as a tool for political manipulation and totalitarian repression. Stories about AI are often stories of polarization, discrimination, surveillance, and oppression. Is democracy in danger? And can we do anything about it? In this compelling and balanced book, Mark Coeckelbergh reveals the key risks posed by AI for democracy. He argues that AI, as currently used and developed, undermines fundamental principles on which liberal democracies are founded, such as freedom and equality. How can we make democracy more resilient in the face of AI? And, more positively, what can AI do for democracy? Coeckelbergh advocates not only for more democratic technologies, but also for new political institutions and a renewal of education to ensure that AI promotes, rather than hinders, the common good for the twenty-first century. Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It is a must-listen for anyone who is concerned about the fate of democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It Author: Mark Coeckelbergh Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It Author: Mark Coeckelbergh Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Across the world, AI is used as a tool for political manipulation and totalitarian repression. Stories about AI are often stories of polarization, discrimination, surveillance, and oppression. Is democracy in danger? And can we do anything about it? In this compelling and balanced book, Mark Coeckelbergh reveals the key risks posed by AI for democracy. He argues that AI, as currently used and developed, undermines fundamental principles on which liberal democracies are founded, such as freedom and equality. How can we make democracy more resilient in the face of AI? And, more positively, what can AI do for democracy? Coeckelbergh advocates not only for more democratic technologies, but also for new political institutions and a renewal of education to ensure that AI promotes, rather than hinders, the common good for the twenty-first century. Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It is a must-listen for anyone who is concerned about the fate of democracy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-tech-coup-how-to-save-democracy-from-silicon-valley-by-marietje-schaake--65203570https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley Author: Marietje Schaake Narrator: Lorna Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the cover of 'innovation,' technology companies have successfully resisted regulation and have even begun to seize power from governments themselves. Facial recognition firms track citizens for police surveillance. Cryptocurrency has wiped out the savings of millions and threatens the stability of the global financial system. Spyware companies sell intelligence tools to anyone who can afford them. This new reality—where unregulated technology has become a forceful instrument for autocrats worldwide—is terrible news for democracies and citizens. In The Tech Coup, Marietje Schaake explains how technology companies crept into nearly every corner of our lives and our governments. She takes us beyond the headlines to high-stakes meetings with human rights defenders, business leaders, computer scientists, and politicians to show how technologies have gone from being heralded as utopian to undermining the pillars of our democracies. To reverse this existential power imbalance, Schaake outlines solutions to empower elected officials and citizens alike. Democratic leaders can—and must—resist the influence of corporate lobbying and reinvent themselves as dynamic, flexible guardians of our digital world. Schaake offers a frightening look at our modern tech-obsessed world—and a clear-eyed view of how democracies can build a better future before it is too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley Author: Marietje Schaake Narrator: Lorna Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley Author: Marietje Schaake Narrator: Lorna Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the cover of 'innovation,' technology companies have successfully resisted regulation and have even begun to seize power from governments themselves. Facial recognition firms track citizens for police surveillance. Cryptocurrency has wiped out the savings of millions and threatens the stability of the global financial system. Spyware companies sell intelligence tools to anyone who can afford them. This new reality—where unregulated technology has become a forceful instrument for autocrats worldwide—is terrible news for democracies and citizens. In The Tech Coup, Marietje Schaake explains how technology companies crept into nearly every corner of our lives and our governments. She takes us beyond the headlines to high-stakes meetings with human rights defenders, business leaders, computer scientists, and politicians to show how technologies have gone from being heralded as utopian to undermining the pillars of our democracies. To reverse this existential power imbalance, Schaake outlines solutions to empower elected officials and citizens alike. Democratic leaders can—and must—resist the influence of corporate lobbying and reinvent themselves as dynamic, flexible guardians of our digital world. Schaake offers a frightening look at our modern tech-obsessed world—and a clear-eyed view of how democracies can build a better future before it is too late.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-constitution-101-from-the-bill-of-rights-to-the-judicial-branch-everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-constitution-of-the-united-states--65203687https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Constitution 101: From the Bill of Rights to the Judicial Branch, Everything You Need to Know about the Constitution of the United States Series: #1 of Adams 101 Series Author: Peter Paccone, Tom Richey Narrator: Tom Richey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the foundation, principles, and rights that govern the United States with this vital, unbiased, and comprehensive primer to the US Constitution. With the Constitution being invoked more and more in American politics, it’s now more important than ever before that you understand the guiding principles and significance of the document that shaped American democracy. Written well over 200 years ago, the United States Constitution has endured the test of time and remains the document that defines federal law and policy in the United States. US Constitution 101 explores the construction of the American government as it was laid out in the Constitution, delving into the rights and liberties granted and protected by the document through a detailed examination of each Article and Amendment. From the Preamble to the 27th Amendment, this primer is packed with information about the document that has defined the American political and judicial systems for more than two centuries. So, whether you’re looking for deeper knowledge about the rights and responsibilities of American citizenship, or just want to better understand the foundations of American democracy, US Constitution 101 has all the answers—even the ones you didn’t know you were looking for.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788066Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Constitution 101: From the Bill of Rights to the Judicial Branch, Everything You Need to Know about the Constitution of the United States Series: #1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Constitution 101: From the Bill of Rights to the Judicial Branch, Everything You Need to Know about the Constitution of the United States Series: #1 of Adams 101 Series Author: Peter Paccone, Tom Richey Narrator: Tom Richey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the foundation, principles, and rights that govern the United States with this vital, unbiased, and comprehensive primer to the US Constitution. With the Constitution being invoked more and more in American politics, it’s now more important than ever before that you understand the guiding principles and significance of the document that shaped American democracy. Written well over 200 years ago, the United States Constitution has endured the test of time and remains the document that defines federal law and policy in the United States. US Constitution 101 explores the construction of the American government as it was laid out in the Constitution, delving into the rights and liberties granted and protected by the document through a detailed examination of each Article and Amendment. From the Preamble to the 27th Amendment, this primer is packed with information about the document that has defined the American political and judicial systems for more than two centuries. So, whether you’re looking for deeper knowledge about the rights and responsibilities of American citizenship, or just want to better understand the foundations of American democracy, US Constitution 101 has all the answers—even the ones you didn’t know you were looking for.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/capital-critique-of-political-economy-volume-1-by-karl-marx--65203676https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital: Critique of Political Economy, Volume 1 Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Simon Vance presents a major new translation of the explosive book that transformed our world Karl Marx (1818–1883) was living in exile in England when he embarked on an ambitious, multivolume critique of the capitalist system of production. Though only the first volume saw publication in Marx's lifetime, it would become one of the most consequential books in history. This magnificent new edition of Capital is a translation of Marx for the twenty-first century. It is the first translation into English to be based on the last German edition revised by Marx himself, the only version that can be called authoritative, and it features extensive commentary and annotations by Paul North and Paul Reitter that draw on the latest scholarship and provide invaluable perspective on the book and its complicated legacy. At once precise and boldly readable, this translation captures the momentous scale and sweep of Marx's thought while recovering the elegance and humor of the original source. For Marx, our global economic system is relentlessly driven by 'value'—to produce it, capture it, trade it, and most of all, to increase it. Lifespans are shortened under the demand for ever-greater value. Days are lengthened, work is intensified, and the division of labor deepens until it leaves two classes, owners and workers, in constant struggle for life and livelihood. In Capital, Marx reveals how value came to tyrannize our world, and how the history of capital is a chronicle of bloodshed, colonization, and enslavement. With a foreword by Wendy Brown and an afterword by William Clare Roberts, this is a critical edition of Capital for our time, one that faithfully preserves the vitality and directness of Marx's German prose and renders his ideas newly relevant to modern readers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788867Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital: Critique of Political Economy, Volume 1 Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 18 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital: Critique of Political Economy, Volume 1 Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Simon Vance presents a major new translation of the explosive book that transformed our world Karl Marx (1818–1883) was living in exile in England when he embarked on an ambitious, multivolume critique of the capitalist system of production. Though only the first volume saw publication in Marx's lifetime, it would become one of the most consequential books in history. This magnificent new edition of Capital is a translation of Marx for the twenty-first century. It is the first translation into English to be based on the last German edition revised by Marx himself, the only version that can be called authoritative, and it features extensive commentary and annotations by Paul North and Paul Reitter that draw on the latest scholarship and provide invaluable perspective on the book and its complicated legacy. At once precise and boldly readable, this translation captures the momentous scale and sweep of Marx's thought while recovering the elegance and humor of the original source. For Marx, our global economic system is relentlessly driven by 'value'—to produce it, capture it, trade it, and most of all, to increase it. Lifespans are shortened under the demand for ever-greater value. Days are lengthened, work is intensified, and the division of labor deepens until it leaves two classes, owners and workers, in constant struggle for life and livelihood. In Capital, Marx reveals how value came to tyrannize our world, and how the history of capital is a chronicle of bloodshed, colonization, and enslavement. With a foreword by Wendy Brown and an afterword by William Clare Roberts, this is a critical edition of Capital for our time, one that faithfully preserves the vitality and directness of Marx's German prose and renders his ideas newly relevant to modern readers.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vote-with-your-phone-why-mobile-voting-is-our-final-shot-at-saving-democracy-by-bradley-tusk--65203649https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote With Your Phone: Why Mobile Voting Is Our Final Shot at Saving Democracy Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gun Control. Abortion. From the halls of Congress, it may seem that Americans are bitterly polarized on the biggest policy issues of the day. But Americans are not as divided as we think, and polls show that most of us largely agree on even the most divisive issues. The problem lies in how we vote. Politics is more extreme because only the most extreme voters turn out in primaries. And with politicians prioritizing reelection above all else, they shun compromise, feed this extremism, and get rewarded for it. If a lot more people vote, the views of the electorate become more mainstream, and our politicians and policies will shift to the center. Mobile voting is the solution. We do just about everything on our phones, and yet we still can't use them to vote. But the technology exists, provides enhanced security over traditional paper ballots, and it could exponentially increase voter turnout. Including essays by Martin Luther King Jr. III, David Hogg, and other prominent political figures, Vote with Your Phone shows us that a solution to restoring faith in our representative democracy is right in the palm of our hands.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794490Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote With Your Phone: Why Mobile Voting Is Our Final Shot at Saving Democracy Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote With Your Phone: Why Mobile Voting Is Our Final Shot at Saving Democracy Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gun Control. Abortion. From the halls of Congress, it may seem that Americans are bitterly polarized on the biggest policy issues of the day. But Americans are not as divided as we think, and polls show that most of us largely agree on even the most divisive issues. The problem lies in how we vote. Politics is more extreme because only the most extreme voters turn out in primaries. And with politicians prioritizing reelection above all else, they shun compromise, feed this extremism, and get rewarded for it. If a lot more people vote, the views of the electorate become more mainstream, and our politicians and policies will shift to the center. Mobile voting is the solution. We do just about everything on our phones, and yet we still can't use them to vote. But the technology exists, provides enhanced security over traditional paper ballots, and it could exponentially increase voter turnout. Including essays by Martin Luther King Jr. III, David Hogg, and other prominent political figures, Vote with Your Phone shows us that a solution to restoring faith in our representative democracy is right in the palm of our hands.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blessed-donald-j-trump-and-the-spiritual-war-how-the-battle-for-the-soul-of-this-country-began-with-one-word-by-robert-unanue--65203594https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed, Donald J. Trump, and the Spiritual War: How the Battle for the Soul of This Country Began with One Word Author: Robert Unanue Narrator: John Sepulveda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 9th, 2020, Bob Unanue, the CEO of Goya Foods, became the target of cancel culture. His crime? He used the word “blessed” to describe the country under President Donald J. Trump. This is the incredible true story of one man’s belief in standing up for America and doing what’s right. One single word—Blessed. This was enough to nearly cancel Bob Unanue. Unanue may be a humble, philanthropic man determined to better the world, but he is no sheep. The normally mild-mannered CEO stared down the hatred, division, and destruction of cancel culture and came out victorious on the other side. Blessed, Donald J. Trump, and the Spiritual War is about the power of courage and faith, and how they shaped one of the greatest stories of Hispanic success in American history and will lead a lost America back to the godly principles that built it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799963Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed, Donald J. Trump, and the Spiritual War: How the Battle for the Soul of This Country Began with One Word Author: Robert Unanue Narrator: John...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed, Donald J. Trump, and the Spiritual War: How the Battle for the Soul of This Country Began with One Word Author: Robert Unanue Narrator: John Sepulveda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 9th, 2020, Bob Unanue, the CEO of Goya Foods, became the target of cancel culture. His crime? He used the word “blessed” to describe the country under President Donald J. Trump. This is the incredible true story of one man’s belief in standing up for America and doing what’s right. One single word—Blessed. This was enough to nearly cancel Bob Unanue. Unanue may be a humble, philanthropic man determined to better the world, but he is no sheep. The normally mild-mannered CEO stared down the hatred, division, and destruction of cancel culture and came out victorious on the other side. Blessed, Donald J. Trump, and the Spiritual War is about the power of courage and faith, and how they shaped one of the greatest stories of Hispanic success in American history and will lead a lost America back to the godly principles that built it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/swing-hard-in-case-you-hit-it-my-escape-from-addiction-and-shot-at-redemption-on-the-trump-campaign-by-tim-murtaugh--65203548https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swing Hard in Case You Hit It: My Escape from Addiction and Shot at Redemption on the Trump Campaign Author: Tim Murtaugh Narrator: Tim Murtaugh, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When he woke up in jail in Fairfax County, Virginia, in 2015, Tim Murtaugh had no way of knowing he'd be a senior leader on the reelection campaign for the president of the United States less than four years later. What began as a form of high school amusement quickly became an addiction, which over decades would lead Murtaugh to the edge of ruin. Able to beat the disease of alcoholism only under the threat of losing everything, and with the support of a loving wife and family, Murtaugh managed to recover, revive his career, and make it to the top of the political world. Travel along on the 2020 Trump campaign as Murtaugh shares stories—never published before—from his two years as communications director, navigating a hostile media, the COVID-19 pandemic, highly anticipated debates, Election Day 2020, January 6, and life on the most-watched political campaign in world history. Swing Hard in Case You Hit It is a redemption story unlike any other—from being on the verge of complete self-destruction to flying on Air Force One with President Donald J. Trump—that doesn't come with a happy Hollywood ending.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805490Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swing Hard in Case You Hit It: My Escape from Addiction and Shot at Redemption on the Trump Campaign Author: Tim Murtaugh Narrator: Tim Murtaugh, Tom...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swing Hard in Case You Hit It: My Escape from Addiction and Shot at Redemption on the Trump Campaign Author: Tim Murtaugh Narrator: Tim Murtaugh, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When he woke up in jail in Fairfax County, Virginia, in 2015, Tim Murtaugh had no way of knowing he'd be a senior leader on the reelection campaign for the president of the United States less than four years later. What began as a form of high school amusement quickly became an addiction, which over decades would lead Murtaugh to the edge of ruin. Able to beat the disease of alcoholism only under the threat of losing everything, and with the support of a loving wife and family, Murtaugh managed to recover, revive his career, and make it to the top of the political world. Travel along on the 2020 Trump campaign as Murtaugh shares stories—never published before—from his two years as communications director, navigating a hostile media, the COVID-19 pandemic, highly anticipated debates, Election Day 2020, January 6, and life on the most-watched political campaign in world history. Swing Hard in Case You Hit It is a redemption story unlike any other—from being on the verge of complete self-destruction to flying on Air Force One with President Donald J. Trump—that doesn't come with a happy Hollywood ending.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-highest-calling-conversations-on-the-american-presidency-by-david-m-rubenstein--65203730https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highest Calling: Conversations on the American Presidency Author: David M. Rubenstein Narrator: Richard Norton Smith, Fredrik Logevall, Ted Widmer, Amity Shlaes, Kai Bird, Candice Millard, Annette Gordon-Reed, Peter Baker, Jeffrey Frank, Douglas Bradburn, Susan Eisenhower, Stewart McLaurin, Timothy J. Naftali, Maggie Haberman, David M. Rubenstein, J Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the New York Times bestselling author of The American Story and How to Lead and host of PBS’s History with David Rubenstein—David Rubenstein interviews living American presidents and top historians and journalists who reflect on the US presidency, including Joe Biden, Barack Obama, George W. Bush, Maggie Haberman, Ron Chernow, and more. For years, bestselling author David M. Rubenstein has distilled the contours of American democracy through conversations with noted leaders and historians. In The Highest Calling, he offers an enlightening overview of arguably the single most important position in the world: the American presidency. Blending history and anecdote, Rubenstein chronicles the journeys of the presidents who have defined America as it exists now, what they envision for its future, and their legacy on the world stage. Drawing from his own experience in the Carter administration, he engages in dialogues with our nation’s presidents and the historians who study them. Get exclusive access to fresh perspectives, including: -Original interviews with most of the living US presidents -Interviews with noted presidential historians like Annette Gordon-Reed, Ron Chernow, Candice Millard, and more Through insightful analysis, Rubenstein captures our country’s most prominent leaders, the political genius and frays of the presidential role, and the wisdom that emerges from it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776354Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highest Calling: Conversations on the American Presidency Author: David M. Rubenstein Narrator: Richard Norton Smith, Fredrik Logevall, Ted Widmer,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highest Calling: Conversations on the American Presidency Author: David M. Rubenstein Narrator: Richard Norton Smith, Fredrik Logevall, Ted Widmer, Amity Shlaes, Kai Bird, Candice Millard, Annette Gordon-Reed, Peter Baker, Jeffrey Frank, Douglas Bradburn, Susan Eisenhower, Stewart McLaurin, Timothy J. Naftali, Maggie Haberman, David M. Rubenstein, J Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the New York Times bestselling author of The American Story and How to Lead and host of PBS’s History with David Rubenstein—David Rubenstein interviews living American presidents and top historians and journalists who reflect on the US presidency, including Joe Biden, Barack Obama, George W. Bush, Maggie Haberman, Ron Chernow, and more. For years, bestselling author David M. Rubenstein has distilled the contours of American democracy through conversations with noted leaders and historians. In The Highest Calling, he offers an enlightening overview of arguably the single most important position in the world: the American presidency. Blending history and anecdote, Rubenstein chronicles the journeys of the presidents who have defined America as it exists now, what they envision for its future, and their legacy on the world stage. Drawing from his own experience in the Carter administration, he engages in dialogues with our nation’s presidents and the historians who study them. Get exclusive access to fresh perspectives, including: -Original interviews with most of the living US presidents -Interviews with noted presidential historians like Annette Gordon-Reed, Ron Chernow, Candice Millard, and more Through insightful analysis, Rubenstein captures our country’s most prominent leaders, the political genius and frays of the presidential role, and the wisdom that emerges from it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/by-the-fire-we-carry-the-generations-long-fight-for-justice-on-native-land-by-rebecca-nagle--65203718https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the Fire We Carry: The Generations-Long Fight for Justice on Native Land Author: Rebecca Nagle Narrator: Rebecca Nagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Breathtaking… a triumph' NOREEN MASUD 'A fiery account as chilling as a legal thriller' TIYA MILES 'Compellingly told and deeply researched' CAROLINE DODDS PENNOCK A powerful work of reportage and American history that braids together the story of the forced removal of Native Americans onto treaty lands in the nation’s earliest days, and a small-town murder in the 1990s that led to a Supreme Court ruling reaffirming Native rights to that land more than a century later. Before 2020, American Indian reservations made up roughly 55 million acres of land in the United States. By contrast, nearly 200 million acres are reserved for National Forests – in the emergence of the United States as a nation, the government set aside more land for trees than for Indigenous peoples. In the 1830s, Muscogee people were rounded up by the US military at gunpoint and forced into exile halfway across the continent. At the time, they were promised this new land would be theirs for as long as the grass grew and the waters ran. But that promise was not kept. When Oklahoma was created on top of Muscogee land, the new state claimed their reservation no longer existed. Over a century later, a Muscogee citizen was sentenced to death for murdering another Muscogee citizen on tribal land. His defense attorneys argued that the murder occurred on the reservation of his tribe, and therefore Oklahoma didn’t have the jurisdiction to execute him. Oklahoma asserted that the reservation no longer existed. In the summer of 2020, the Supreme Court settled the dispute. Its ruling would ultimately underpin multiple reservations covering almost half the land in Oklahoma, including the author’s own Cherokee Nation. Here Rebecca Nagle recounts the generations long fight for tribal land and sovereignty in eastern Oklahoma. By chronicling both the contemporary legal battle and historic acts of Indigenous resistance, By the Fire We Carry stands as a landmark work of American history]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778208Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the Fire We Carry: The Generations-Long Fight for Justice on Native Land Author: Rebecca Nagle Narrator: Rebecca Nagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the Fire We Carry: The Generations-Long Fight for Justice on Native Land Author: Rebecca Nagle Narrator: Rebecca Nagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Breathtaking… a triumph' NOREEN MASUD 'A fiery account as chilling as a legal thriller' TIYA MILES 'Compellingly told and deeply researched' CAROLINE DODDS PENNOCK A powerful work of reportage and American history that braids together the story of the forced removal of Native Americans onto treaty lands in the nation’s earliest days, and a small-town murder in the 1990s that led to a Supreme Court ruling reaffirming Native rights to that land more than a century later. Before 2020, American Indian reservations made up roughly 55 million acres of land in the United States. By contrast, nearly 200 million acres are reserved for National Forests – in the emergence of the United States as a nation, the government set aside more land for trees than for Indigenous peoples. In the 1830s, Muscogee people were rounded up by the US military at gunpoint and forced into exile halfway across the continent. At the time, they were promised this new land would be theirs for as long as the grass grew and the waters ran. But that promise was not kept. When Oklahoma was created on top of Muscogee land, the new state claimed their reservation no longer existed. Over a century later, a Muscogee citizen was sentenced to death for murdering another Muscogee citizen on tribal land. His defense attorneys argued that the murder occurred on the reservation of his tribe, and therefore Oklahoma didn’t have the jurisdiction to execute him. Oklahoma asserted that the reservation no longer existed. In the summer of 2020, the Supreme Court settled the dispute. Its ruling would ultimately underpin multiple reservations covering almost half the land in Oklahoma, including the author’s own Cherokee Nation. Here Rebecca Nagle recounts the generations long fight for tribal land and sovereignty in eastern Oklahoma. By chronicling both the contemporary legal battle and historic acts of Indigenous resistance, By the Fire We Carry stands as a landmark work of American history]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/climate-radicals-why-our-environmental-politics-isn-t-working-by-cameron-abadi--65203708https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Radicals: Why Our Environmental Politics Isn't working Author: Cameron Abadi Narrator: Cameron Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are radical climate activists hurting the cause? Germany should have been a global leader in combating climate change—its voters consider it a major issue and back the world’s most powerful Green Party. Yet, Germany’s climate policies have been disappointing. What happened? In Climate Radicals, Cameron Abadi profiles the fascinating activists of Letzte Generation, known for gluing themselves to street intersections and throwing food on works of art; Ende Gelande, which demands the immediate phaseout of coal by occupying mines; and the German leaders of the global coalition Fridays for Future, which organizes school strikes (on Fridays) and many other large-scale demonstrations. Abadi finds that the groups’ uncompromising stances and outrage over narrowly defined policy failures have led them to extreme acts of publicity that feed their sense of urgency. In contrast, Joe Biden’s American Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 represents the most significant move toward green energy in US history. The law did not impress groups like Letzte Generation, but Climate Radicals shows that old-fashioned political compromise and incremental progress might be the only way for governments to fight climate change. *This program includes a downloadable PDF which contains the Further Reading list from the book.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785198Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Radicals: Why Our Environmental Politics Isn't working Author: Cameron Abadi Narrator: Cameron Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Radicals: Why Our Environmental Politics Isn't working Author: Cameron Abadi Narrator: Cameron Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are radical climate activists hurting the cause? Germany should have been a global leader in combating climate change—its voters consider it a major issue and back the world’s most powerful Green Party. Yet, Germany’s climate policies have been disappointing. What happened? In Climate Radicals, Cameron Abadi profiles the fascinating activists of Letzte Generation, known for gluing themselves to street intersections and throwing food on works of art; Ende Gelande, which demands the immediate phaseout of coal by occupying mines; and the German leaders of the global coalition Fridays for Future, which organizes school strikes (on Fridays) and many other large-scale demonstrations. Abadi finds that the groups’ uncompromising stances and outrage over narrowly defined policy failures have led them to extreme acts of publicity that feed their sense of urgency. In contrast, Joe Biden’s American Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 represents the most significant move toward green energy in US history. The law did not impress groups like Letzte Generation, but Climate Radicals shows that old-fashioned political compromise and incremental progress might be the only way for governments to fight climate change. *This program includes a downloadable PDF which contains the Further Reading list from the book.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/erasing-history-by-jason-stanley--65203700https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing History Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I’ve never read a book that is as timely, urgent and essential as this one. A battle plan for keeping this nation from falling into fascism.” —Khalil Gibran Muhammad, author of The Condemnation of Blackness From the bestselling author of How Fascism Works, a searing confrontation with the far right’s efforts to rewrite history and undo a century of progress on race, gender, sexuality, and class. The human race finds itself again under threat of a rising global fascist movement. In the United States, democracy is under attack by an authoritarian movement that has found fertile ground among the country’s conservative politicians and voters, but similar movements have found homes in the hearts and minds of people all across the globe. To understand the shape, form, and stakes of this assault, we must go back to extract lessons from our past. Democracy requires a common understanding of reality, a shared view of what has happened, that informs ordinary citizens’ decisions about what should happen, now and in the future. Authoritarians target this shared understanding, seeking to separate us from our own history to destroy our self-understanding and leave us unmoored, resentful, and confused. By setting us against each other, authoritarians represent themselves as the sole solution. In authoritarian countries, critical examination of those nations’ history and traditions is discouraged if not an outright danger to those who do it. And it is no accident that local and global institutions of education have become a battleground, the authoritarian right’s tip of the spear, where learning and efforts to upend a hierarchal status quo can be put to end by coercion and threats of violence. Democracies entrust schools and universities to preserve a common memory of positive change, generated by protests, social movements, and rebellions. The authoritarian right must erase this history, and, along with it, the very practice of critical inquiry that has so often been the engine of future progress. In Erasing History, Yale professor of philosophy Jason Stanley exposes the true danger of the authoritarian right’s attacks on education, identifies their key tactics and funders, and traces their intellectual roots. He illustrates how fears of a fascist future have metastasized, from hypothetical threat to present reality. And he shows that hearts and minds are won in our schools and universities—places, he explains, that democratic societies across the world are now ill-prepared to defend against the fascist assault currently underway. Deeply informed and urgently needed, Erasing History is a global call to action for those who wish to preserve democracy—in America and abroad—before it is too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783579Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing History Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing History Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I’ve never read a book that is as timely, urgent and essential as this one. A battle plan for keeping this nation from falling into fascism.” —Khalil Gibran Muhammad, author of The Condemnation of Blackness From the bestselling author of How Fascism Works, a searing confrontation with the far right’s efforts to rewrite history and undo a century of progress on race, gender, sexuality, and class. The human race finds itself again under threat of a rising global fascist movement. In the United States, democracy is under attack by an authoritarian movement that has found fertile ground among the country’s conservative politicians and voters, but similar movements have found homes in the hearts and minds of people all across the globe. To understand the shape, form, and stakes of this assault, we must go back to extract lessons from our past. Democracy requires a common understanding of reality, a shared view of what has happened, that informs ordinary citizens’ decisions about what should happen, now and in the future. Authoritarians target this shared understanding, seeking to separate us from our own history to destroy our self-understanding and leave us unmoored, resentful, and confused. By setting us against each other, authoritarians represent themselves as the sole solution. In authoritarian countries, critical examination of those nations’ history and traditions is discouraged if not an outright danger to those who do it. And it is no accident that local and global institutions of education have become a battleground, the authoritarian right’s tip of the spear, where learning and efforts to upend a hierarchal status quo can be put to end by coercion and threats of violence. Democracies entrust schools and universities to preserve a common memory of positive change, generated by protests, social movements, and rebellions. The authoritarian right must erase this history, and, along with it, the very practice of critical inquiry that has so often been the engine of future progress. In Erasing History, Yale professor of philosophy Jason Stanley exposes the true danger of the authoritarian right’s attacks on education, identifies their key tactics and funders, and traces their intellectual roots. He illustrates how fears of a fascist future have metastasized, from hypothetical threat to present reality. And he shows that hearts and minds are won in our schools and universities—places, he explains, that democratic societies across the world are now ill-prepared to defend against the fascist assault currently underway. Deeply informed and urgently needed, Erasing History is a global call to action for those who wish to preserve democracy—in America and abroad—before it is too late.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reagan-his-life-and-legend-by-max-boot--65203670https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: His Life and Legend Author: Max Boot Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “monumental and impressive” biography, Max Boot, the distinguished political columnist, illuminates the untold story of Ronald Reagan, revealing the man behind the mythology. Drawing on interviews with over one hundred of the fortieth president’s aides, friends, and family members, as well as thousands of newly available documents, Boot provides “the best biography of Ronald Reagan to date” (Robert Mann).The story begins not in star-studded Hollywood but in the cradle of the Midwest, smalltown Illinois, where Reagan was born in 1911 to Nelle Clyde Wilson, a devoted Disciples of Christ believer, and Jack Reagan, a struggling, alcoholic salesman. Boot vividly creates a portrait of a handsome young man, indeed a much-vaunted lifeguard, whose early successes mirrored those of Horatio Alger. And contextualizing Reagan’s life against American history, Boot re-creates the world in which Reagan transitioned from local Iowa sportscaster to budding screen actor. The world of Hollywood from the 1930s to the 1950s would prove significant, not only in Reagan’s coming-of-age in such classics as Knute Rockne and Kings Row but during the twilight of his film career, when he played opposite a chimpanzee in Bedtime for Bonzo, and then his eventual emergence as a television host of General Electric Theater, which established his bona fides as one of the leading conservative voices of the time. Indeed, the leap to California governor in 1966 seemed almost preordained, in which Reagan became a bellwether for a nation in the throes of a generational shift.Reagan’s 1980 presidential election augured a shift that continues into this century. Boot writes not as a partisan but as a historian seeking to set the story straight. He explains how Reagan was not only an ideologue but also a supreme pragmatist who signed pro-abortion and gun control bills as governor, cut deals with Democrats in both Sacramento and Washington, and befriended Mikhail Gorbachev to help end the Cold War. A master communicator, Reagan revived America’s spirits after the traumas of Vietnam and Watergate. But Boot also shows how Reagan was armored in obliviousness. He traces Reagan’s opposition to civil rights over forty years, reveals how he neglected the exploding AIDS epidemic, and details how America experienced a level of income inequality not seen since the Gilded Age.With its revelatory insights, Reagan: His Life and Legend is no apologia, depicting a man with a good-versus-evil worldview derived from his moralistic upbringing and Hollywood westerns. Providing fresh examinations of “trickle-down economics,” the Cold War’s end, the Iran-Contra affair, as well as a nuanced portrait of Reagan’s family, this definitive biography is as compelling a presidential biography as any in recent decades.“This is a timely and fascinating book, just what we need to understand, and perhaps transcend, our current age of political paralysis and polarization. Understanding Reagan is key to understanding our politics today.”—Walter Isaacson, author of Elon Musk and Steve Jobs]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790594Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: His Life and Legend Author: Max Boot Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 7 minutes Release date: September...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: His Life and Legend Author: Max Boot Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “monumental and impressive” biography, Max Boot, the distinguished political columnist, illuminates the untold story of Ronald Reagan, revealing the man behind the mythology. Drawing on interviews with over one hundred of the fortieth president’s aides, friends, and family members, as well as thousands of newly available documents, Boot provides “the best biography of Ronald Reagan to date” (Robert Mann).The story begins not in star-studded Hollywood but in the cradle of the Midwest, smalltown Illinois, where Reagan was born in 1911 to Nelle Clyde Wilson, a devoted Disciples of Christ believer, and Jack Reagan, a struggling, alcoholic salesman. Boot vividly creates a portrait of a handsome young man, indeed a much-vaunted lifeguard, whose early successes mirrored those of Horatio Alger. And contextualizing Reagan’s life against American history, Boot re-creates the world in which Reagan transitioned from local Iowa sportscaster to budding screen actor. The world of Hollywood from the 1930s to the 1950s would prove significant, not only in Reagan’s coming-of-age in such classics as Knute Rockne and Kings Row but during the twilight of his film career, when he played opposite a chimpanzee in Bedtime for Bonzo, and then his eventual emergence as a television host of General Electric Theater, which established his bona fides as one of the leading conservative voices of the time. Indeed, the leap to California governor in 1966 seemed almost preordained, in which Reagan became a bellwether for a nation in the throes of a generational shift.Reagan’s 1980 presidential election augured a shift that continues into this century. Boot writes not as a partisan but as a historian seeking to set the story straight. He explains how Reagan was not only an ideologue but also a supreme pragmatist who signed pro-abortion and gun control bills as governor, cut deals with Democrats in both Sacramento and Washington, and befriended Mikhail Gorbachev to help end the Cold War. A master communicator, Reagan revived America’s spirits after the traumas of Vietnam and Watergate. But Boot also shows how Reagan was armored in obliviousness. He traces Reagan’s opposition to civil rights over forty years, reveals how he neglected the exploding AIDS epidemic, and details how America experienced a level of income inequality not seen since the Gilded Age.With its revelatory insights, Reagan: His Life and Legend is no apologia, depicting a man with a good-versus-evil worldview derived from his moralistic upbringing and Hollywood westerns. Providing fresh examinations of “trickle-down economics,” the Cold War’s end, the Iran-Contra affair, as well as a nuanced portrait of Reagan’s family, this definitive biography is as compelling a presidential biography as any in recent decades.“This is a timely and fascinating book, just what we need to understand, and perhaps transcend, our current age of political paralysis and polarization. Understanding Reagan is key to understanding our politics today.”—Walter Isaacson, author of Elon Musk and Steve Jobs]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cia-intelligence-analyst-views-from-the-inside-by-cynthia-s-barkanic-roger-z-george-jeffrey-w-waggett-jane-p-fletcher-james-b--65203600https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CIA Intelligence Analyst: Views from the Inside Author: Cynthia S. Barkanic, Roger Z. George, Jeffrey W. Waggett, Jane P. Fletcher, James B. Bruce, Blake Mobley, Clark Shannon, Steven M. Stigall, Adam Wasserman, Peter Clement, Robert Levine Narrator: Bob Johnson, Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The common perception of a CIA officer is someone who collects secret intelligence abroad—a spy. However, the critical link between secrets and policy is the intelligence analyst. The CIA Intelligence Analyst brings to light the vital, but often-unseen, work of these officers. Roger Z. George, Robert Levine, and the contributors to this book demystify the profession of intelligence analyst at the CIA and describe how the wide array of analytic specialties—or 'disciplines' in the language of the CIA—function. The disciplines range from political, economic, leadership, and military matters to science and technology, cyber, counterterrorism, and counterintelligence. Each of the chapters—written by former or current CIA analysts—discusses how analysts interact with those who collect raw intelligence. Just as important, the chapters describe the relationships analysts develop with the diverse set of policymakers who use CIA analyses. The contributors reveal the key intelligence questions that analysts address, their methods, their products, and their challenges. This book will be an invaluable resource for scholars of national security and intelligence who want to develop a fuller picture of the internal workings of the CIA and for those who are considering a career as an analyst.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803913Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CIA Intelligence Analyst: Views from the Inside Author: Cynthia S. Barkanic, Roger Z. George, Jeffrey W. Waggett, Jane P. Fletcher, James B. Bruce,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CIA Intelligence Analyst: Views from the Inside Author: Cynthia S. Barkanic, Roger Z. George, Jeffrey W. Waggett, Jane P. Fletcher, James B. Bruce, Blake Mobley, Clark Shannon, Steven M. Stigall, Adam Wasserman, Peter Clement, Robert Levine Narrator: Bob Johnson, Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The common perception of a CIA officer is someone who collects secret intelligence abroad—a spy. However, the critical link between secrets and policy is the intelligence analyst. The CIA Intelligence Analyst brings to light the vital, but often-unseen, work of these officers. Roger Z. George, Robert Levine, and the contributors to this book demystify the profession of intelligence analyst at the CIA and describe how the wide array of analytic specialties—or 'disciplines' in the language of the CIA—function. The disciplines range from political, economic, leadership, and military matters to science and technology, cyber, counterterrorism, and counterintelligence. Each of the chapters—written by former or current CIA analysts—discusses how analysts interact with those who collect raw intelligence. Just as important, the chapters describe the relationships analysts develop with the diverse set of policymakers who use CIA analyses. The contributors reveal the key intelligence questions that analysts address, their methods, their products, and their challenges. This book will be an invaluable resource for scholars of national security and intelligence who want to develop a fuller picture of the internal workings of the CIA and for those who are considering a career as an analyst.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-raise-a-citizen-and-why-it-s-up-to-you-to-do-it-by-lindsey-cormack--65203592https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803918 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Raise A Citizen (And Why It's Up to You to Do It) Author: Lindsey Cormack Narrator: Katharine Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential guide to nurturing the next generation of responsible, informed citizens Lindsey Cormack's book, How to Raise a Citizen (And Why It's Up to You to Do It), speaks directly to an America in which civic knowledge is alarmingly sparse and many people dread politics. It's a tool for parents, educators, and anyone eager to fill this gap. In the book, Cormack offers an engaging and practical approach to discussing political issues and the inner workings of the US government with children. She explains why our schools can no longer be the sites of civic education that they used to be and provides parents with strategies and necessary know-how to be able to impart these lessons to their children. From the intricacies of the voting process to the foundational principles of democracy and the significance of key government documents like the Constitution, the author demystifies complex topics with clarity and insight. How to Raise a Citizen is a roadmap to a future where political dialogue and civic engagement are not just encouraged but celebrated in our homes. With actionable advice and easy-to-understand explanations, it empowers listeners to instill a sense of civic responsibility and curiosity in the young minds they influence.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803918Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803918 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Raise A Citizen (And Why It's Up to You to Do It) Author: Lindsey Cormack Narrator: Katharine Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803918 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Raise A Citizen (And Why It's Up to You to Do It) Author: Lindsey Cormack Narrator: Katharine Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential guide to nurturing the next generation of responsible, informed citizens Lindsey Cormack's book, How to Raise a Citizen (And Why It's Up to You to Do It), speaks directly to an America in which civic knowledge is alarmingly sparse and many people dread politics. It's a tool for parents, educators, and anyone eager to fill this gap. In the book, Cormack offers an engaging and practical approach to discussing political issues and the inner workings of the US government with children. She explains why our schools can no longer be the sites of civic education that they used to be and provides parents with strategies and necessary know-how to be able to impart these lessons to their children. From the intricacies of the voting process to the foundational principles of democracy and the significance of key government documents like the Constitution, the author demystifies complex topics with clarity and insight. How to Raise a Citizen is a roadmap to a future where political dialogue and civic engagement are not just encouraged but celebrated in our homes. With actionable advice and easy-to-understand explanations, it empowers listeners to instill a sense of civic responsibility and curiosity in the young minds they influence.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/disruption-the-senate-during-the-trump-era-by-sean-m-theriault--65203733https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruption?: The Senate During the Trump Era Author: Sean M. Theriault Narrator: Perry Daniels, Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What happens when a tradition-bound institution encounters an iconoclastic president intent on changing how the government operates? In Disruption?, Sean M. Theriault has gathered nineteen leading authors from a range of subfields to provide a compelling understanding for if, how, and to what extent Trump disrupted the Senate. As the authors argue, Trump became trapped in the norms and rules of the Senate on some dimensions, while he became the story to which all senators needed to respond on others. This book shows how multiple facets of the Senate changed during Trump's presidency, including the legislative process, party leadership, roll-call voting, and communications. Comprehensive in its coverage of the period and embedding it in a deep historical context, this book highlights how these changes reflected back on to not only the Trump administration, but also the very legitimacy of the Senate itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777166Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruption?: The Senate During the Trump Era Author: Sean M. Theriault Narrator: Perry Daniels, Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruption?: The Senate During the Trump Era Author: Sean M. Theriault Narrator: Perry Daniels, Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What happens when a tradition-bound institution encounters an iconoclastic president intent on changing how the government operates? In Disruption?, Sean M. Theriault has gathered nineteen leading authors from a range of subfields to provide a compelling understanding for if, how, and to what extent Trump disrupted the Senate. As the authors argue, Trump became trapped in the norms and rules of the Senate on some dimensions, while he became the story to which all senators needed to respond on others. This book shows how multiple facets of the Senate changed during Trump's presidency, including the legislative process, party leadership, roll-call voting, and communications. Comprehensive in its coverage of the period and embedding it in a deep historical context, this book highlights how these changes reflected back on to not only the Trump administration, but also the very legitimacy of the Senate itself.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keith-murdoch-s-gallipoli-letter-by-sir-keith-murdoch--65203571https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keith Murdoch’s Gallipoli Letter Author: Sir Keith Murdoch Narrator: Sarah Bacaller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The National Library of Australia describes Keith Murdoch’s Gallipoli Letter in the following way: “The Gallipoli letter is an 8000-word private report written by journalist Keith Arthur Murdoch, with the help of British war correspondent Ellis Ashmead-Bartlett, after visiting the Gallipoli peninsula in September 1915. It describes the organisation and conditions of the Gallipoli campaign. It was sent to Andrew Fisher (then-Prime Minister of Australia) and Henry Herbert Asquith (then-Prime Minister of the UK). Murdoch’s twenty-eight-page letter helped to establish the idea of Gallipoli as a military disaster. Fisher sent Murdoch to Gallipoli for an honest report on the campaign. Contrary to the rules of censorship, Murdoch wrote and sent his letter without submitting it to the military censors. In the eyes of some, this was a grave betrayal of Murdoch’s role at Gallipoli. Murdoch, however, strongly defended his action on the grounds that his letter was not for publication but for the information of the prime minister. Whether or not Murdoch did the right thing in sending the letter uncensored, it had a serious impact and brought about rapid results. It can be argued that Murdoch’s letter led directly to the ending of the Gallipoli campaign, and the evacuation of British and Anzac troops from the peninsula.” Here, this important historical document is made available in audiobook form.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805415Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keith Murdoch’s Gallipoli Letter Author: Sir Keith Murdoch Narrator: Sarah Bacaller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keith Murdoch’s Gallipoli Letter Author: Sir Keith Murdoch Narrator: Sarah Bacaller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The National Library of Australia describes Keith Murdoch’s Gallipoli Letter in the following way: “The Gallipoli letter is an 8000-word private report written by journalist Keith Arthur Murdoch, with the help of British war correspondent Ellis Ashmead-Bartlett, after visiting the Gallipoli peninsula in September 1915. It describes the organisation and conditions of the Gallipoli campaign. It was sent to Andrew Fisher (then-Prime Minister of Australia) and Henry Herbert Asquith (then-Prime Minister of the UK). Murdoch’s twenty-eight-page letter helped to establish the idea of Gallipoli as a military disaster. Fisher sent Murdoch to Gallipoli for an honest report on the campaign. Contrary to the rules of censorship, Murdoch wrote and sent his letter without submitting it to the military censors. In the eyes of some, this was a grave betrayal of Murdoch’s role at Gallipoli. Murdoch, however, strongly defended his action on the grounds that his letter was not for publication but for the information of the prime minister. Whether or not Murdoch did the right thing in sending the letter uncensored, it had a serious impact and brought about rapid results. It can be argued that Murdoch’s letter led directly to the ending of the Gallipoli campaign, and the evacuation of British and Anzac troops from the peninsula.” Here, this important historical document is made available in audiobook form.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-constitutional-originalism-a-historical-critique-by-jonathan-gienapp--65203564https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Constitutional Originalism: A Historical Critique Author: Jonathan Gienapp Narrator: Josh Innerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Constitutional originalism stakes law to history. The theory's core tenet—that the United States Constitution should be interpreted according to its original meaning—has us decide questions of modern constitutional law by consulting the distant constitutional past. Yet originalist engagement with history is often deeply problematic. And now that a majority of justices on the United States Supreme Court champion originalism, the task of scrutinizing originalists' use and abuse of history has never been more urgent. In this comprehensive and novel critique of originalism, Jonathan Gienapp targets originalists' unspoken assumptions about the Constitution and its history. Originalists are committed to recovering the Constitution laid down at the American Founding, yet they often assume that the Constitution is fundamentally modern. Rather than recovering the original Constitution, they project their own understandings onto it, assuming that eighteenth-century constitutional thinking was no different than their own. They take for granted what it meant to write a constitution down, what law was, how it worked, and where it came from, and how a constitution's meaning was fixed. In the process, they erase the Constitution that eighteenth-century Americans in fact created. By understanding how originalism fails, we can better understand the Constitution that we have.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805207Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Constitutional Originalism: A Historical Critique Author: Jonathan Gienapp Narrator: Josh Innerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Constitutional Originalism: A Historical Critique Author: Jonathan Gienapp Narrator: Josh Innerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Constitutional originalism stakes law to history. The theory's core tenet—that the United States Constitution should be interpreted according to its original meaning—has us decide questions of modern constitutional law by consulting the distant constitutional past. Yet originalist engagement with history is often deeply problematic. And now that a majority of justices on the United States Supreme Court champion originalism, the task of scrutinizing originalists' use and abuse of history has never been more urgent. In this comprehensive and novel critique of originalism, Jonathan Gienapp targets originalists' unspoken assumptions about the Constitution and its history. Originalists are committed to recovering the Constitution laid down at the American Founding, yet they often assume that the Constitution is fundamentally modern. Rather than recovering the original Constitution, they project their own understandings onto it, assuming that eighteenth-century constitutional thinking was no different than their own. They take for granted what it meant to write a constitution down, what law was, how it worked, and where it came from, and how a constitution's meaning was fixed. In the process, they erase the Constitution that eighteenth-century Americans in fact created. By understanding how originalism fails, we can better understand the Constitution that we have.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pardon-power-how-the-pardon-system-works-and-why-by-kim-wehle--65203546https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808365 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pardon Power: How The Pardon System Works And Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you've ever wondered about the constitutional basis for presidential pardons, this book explains it, offering examples from the recent and distant past. Follow constitutional law professor and popular newsroom commentator Kim Wehle through a fascinating rundown of how this executive power has been—and might be—used by American presidents.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808365Mon, 02 Sep 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808365 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pardon Power: How The Pardon System Works And Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808365 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pardon Power: How The Pardon System Works And Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you've ever wondered about the constitutional basis for presidential pardons, this book explains it, offering examples from the recent and distant past. Follow constitutional law professor and popular newsroom commentator Kim Wehle through a fascinating rundown of how this executive power has been—and might be—used by American presidents.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-the-presidency-john-adams-and-the-precedents-that-forged-the-republic-by-lindsay-m-chervinsky--65203618https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making The Presidency: John Adams and the Precedents That Forged the Republic Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Narrator: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: August 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An authoritative account of the second president of the United States that shows how John Adams's leadership and legacy defined the office for those who followed and ensured the survival of the American republic. The United States of 1797 faced enormous challenges, provoked by enemies foreign and domestic. The father of the new nation, George Washington, left his vice president, John Adams, with relatively little guidance and impossible expectations to meet. Adams was confronted with intense partisan divides, debates over citizenship, fears of political violence, potential for foreign conflict with France and Britain, and a nation unsure that the presidency could even work without Washington at the helm. Making the Presidency is an authoritative exploration of the second US presidency, a period critical to the survival of the American republic. Through meticulous research and engaging prose, Lindsay Chervinsky illustrates the unique challenges faced by Adams and shows how he shaped the office for his successors. One of the most qualified presidents in American history, he had been a legislator, political theorist, diplomat, minister, and vice president—but he had never held an executive position. Instead, the quixotic and stubborn Adams would rely on his ideas about executive power, the Constitution, politics, and the state of the world to navigate the hurdles of the position. He defended the presidency from his own often obstructionist cabinet, protected the nation from foreign attacks, and forged trust and dedication to election integrity and the peaceful transfer of power between parties, even though it cost him his political future. Offering a portrait of one of the most fascinating and influential periods in US history, Making the Presidency is a must-read for anyone interested in the evolution of the presidency and the creation of political norms and customs at the heart of the American republic.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792224Fri, 30 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making The Presidency: John Adams and the Precedents That Forged the Republic Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Narrator: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making The Presidency: John Adams and the Precedents That Forged the Republic Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Narrator: Lindsay M. Chervinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: August 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An authoritative account of the second president of the United States that shows how John Adams's leadership and legacy defined the office for those who followed and ensured the survival of the American republic. The United States of 1797 faced enormous challenges, provoked by enemies foreign and domestic. The father of the new nation, George Washington, left his vice president, John Adams, with relatively little guidance and impossible expectations to meet. Adams was confronted with intense partisan divides, debates over citizenship, fears of political violence, potential for foreign conflict with France and Britain, and a nation unsure that the presidency could even work without Washington at the helm. Making the Presidency is an authoritative exploration of the second US presidency, a period critical to the survival of the American republic. Through meticulous research and engaging prose, Lindsay Chervinsky illustrates the unique challenges faced by Adams and shows how he shaped the office for his successors. One of the most qualified presidents in American history, he had been a legislator, political theorist, diplomat, minister, and vice president—but he had never held an executive position. Instead, the quixotic and stubborn Adams would rely on his ideas about executive power, the Constitution, politics, and the state of the world to navigate the hurdles of the position. He defended the presidency from his own often obstructionist cabinet, protected the nation from foreign attacks, and forged trust and dedication to election integrity and the peaceful transfer of power between parties, even though it cost him his political future. Offering a portrait of one of the most fascinating and influential periods in US history, Making the Presidency is a must-read for anyone interested in the evolution of the presidency and the creation of political norms and customs at the heart of the American republic.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-archive-of-empire-knowledge-conquest-and-the-making-of-the-early-modern-british-world-by-asheesh-kapur-siddique--65203628https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Archive of Empire: Knowledge, Conquest, and the Making of the Early Modern British World Author: Asheesh Kapur Siddique Narrator: Keval Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How modern data-driven government originated in the creation and use of administrative archives in the British Empire Over the span of two hundred years, Great Britain established, governed, lost, and reconstructed an empire that embraced three continents and two oceanic worlds. The British ruled this empire by correlating incoming information about the conduct of subjects and aliens in imperial spaces with norms of good governance developed in London. Officials derived these norms by studying the histories of government contained in the official records of both the state and corporations and located in repositories known as archives. As the empire expanded in both the Americas and India, however, this system of political knowledge came to be regarded as inadequate in governing the non-English people who inhabited the lands over which the British asserted sovereignty. This posed a key problem for imperial officials: What kind of knowledge was required to govern an empire populated by a growing number of culturally different people? Using files, pens, and paper, the British defined the information order of the modern state as they debated answers to this question. In tracing the rise and deployment of archives in early modern British imperial rule, Asheesh Kapur Siddique uncovers the origins of our data-driven present.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794515Tue, 27 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Archive of Empire: Knowledge, Conquest, and the Making of the Early Modern British World Author: Asheesh Kapur Siddique Narrator: Keval Shah...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Archive of Empire: Knowledge, Conquest, and the Making of the Early Modern British World Author: Asheesh Kapur Siddique Narrator: Keval Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How modern data-driven government originated in the creation and use of administrative archives in the British Empire Over the span of two hundred years, Great Britain established, governed, lost, and reconstructed an empire that embraced three continents and two oceanic worlds. The British ruled this empire by correlating incoming information about the conduct of subjects and aliens in imperial spaces with norms of good governance developed in London. Officials derived these norms by studying the histories of government contained in the official records of both the state and corporations and located in repositories known as archives. As the empire expanded in both the Americas and India, however, this system of political knowledge came to be regarded as inadequate in governing the non-English people who inhabited the lands over which the British asserted sovereignty. This posed a key problem for imperial officials: What kind of knowledge was required to govern an empire populated by a growing number of culturally different people? Using files, pens, and paper, the British defined the information order of the modern state as they debated answers to this question. In tracing the rise and deployment of archives in early modern British imperial rule, Asheesh Kapur Siddique uncovers the origins of our data-driven present.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-tyranny-begins-the-justice-department-the-fbi-and-the-war-on-democracy-by-david-rohde--65203589https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Tyranny Begins: The Justice Department, the FBI, and the War on Democracy Author: David Rohde Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the course of his presidency, Donald Trump intimidated, silenced, and bent to his will Justice Department and FBI officials. He sowed public doubt in both agencies so successfully that when he tried to overturn the results of the 2020 election, he paid little political cost and, despite an unprecedented array of criminal indictments, easily won the Republican nomination for the 2024 presidential election. In Where Tyranny Begins, Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist David Rohde investigates the strategies Trump systematically used to turn the country's two most powerful law-enforcement agencies into his personal political weapons. Rohde also reveals how, during the Biden years, Justice Department non-partisan 1970s norms that Attorney General Merrick Garland reinforced inadvertently helped Trump, and could fail to deliver a trial and legal accountability by Election Day 2024. Where Tyranny Begins exposes how ill-suited both the DOJ and FBI are to serve as checks on abuses of presidential power. A round of historic reforms equivalent to the post-Watergate reforms that stabilized American democracy in the 1970s are immediately needed. A five-word warning coined by the English philosopher John Locke in 1689 captures the stakes in 2024: 'Where-ever law ends, tyranny begins.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803909Tue, 27 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Tyranny Begins: The Justice Department, the FBI, and the War on Democracy Author: David Rohde Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Tyranny Begins: The Justice Department, the FBI, and the War on Democracy Author: David Rohde Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the course of his presidency, Donald Trump intimidated, silenced, and bent to his will Justice Department and FBI officials. He sowed public doubt in both agencies so successfully that when he tried to overturn the results of the 2020 election, he paid little political cost and, despite an unprecedented array of criminal indictments, easily won the Republican nomination for the 2024 presidential election. In Where Tyranny Begins, Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist David Rohde investigates the strategies Trump systematically used to turn the country's two most powerful law-enforcement agencies into his personal political weapons. Rohde also reveals how, during the Biden years, Justice Department non-partisan 1970s norms that Attorney General Merrick Garland reinforced inadvertently helped Trump, and could fail to deliver a trial and legal accountability by Election Day 2024. Where Tyranny Begins exposes how ill-suited both the DOJ and FBI are to serve as checks on abuses of presidential power. A round of historic reforms equivalent to the post-Watergate reforms that stabilized American democracy in the 1970s are immediately needed. A five-word warning coined by the English philosopher John Locke in 1689 captures the stakes in 2024: 'Where-ever law ends, tyranny begins.']]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/elections-a-very-short-introduction-by-l-sandy-maisel-jennifer-a-yoder--65203575https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel, Jennifer A. Yoder Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elections occur in all democracies and many nondemocratic regimes as well. They determine who will hold public office and who will have the power to govern. They connect citizens to those whom they choose to make decisions on their behalf and who regulate their behavior. This book looks comparatively at the key aspects of elections. In addition to describing types of electoral systems, it discusses the implications of the various systems for the administration of elections, voter participation, representation, government stability, and other factors. Where appropriate, it examines efforts to reform a nation's (or a sub-national entity's) system, exploring the impetus for reform and the effects of those reforms when implemented. L. Sandy Maisel and Jennifer A. Yoder lay out the variety of electoral systems in the broadest terms—single-member district plurality systems; proportional systems; and mixed systems. They discuss voting and the various electoral institutions used to implement the ways in which voting occurs and how votes are tabulated across electoral systems. They analyze the consequences of each system, first for the functioning of the democracy, and second for the electoral strategies politicians employ, closing with a discussion of reforms under consideration in a number of countries.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798114Tue, 27 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel, Jennifer A. Yoder Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel, Jennifer A. Yoder Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elections occur in all democracies and many nondemocratic regimes as well. They determine who will hold public office and who will have the power to govern. They connect citizens to those whom they choose to make decisions on their behalf and who regulate their behavior. This book looks comparatively at the key aspects of elections. In addition to describing types of electoral systems, it discusses the implications of the various systems for the administration of elections, voter participation, representation, government stability, and other factors. Where appropriate, it examines efforts to reform a nation's (or a sub-national entity's) system, exploring the impetus for reform and the effects of those reforms when implemented. L. Sandy Maisel and Jennifer A. Yoder lay out the variety of electoral systems in the broadest terms—single-member district plurality systems; proportional systems; and mixed systems. They discuss voting and the various electoral institutions used to implement the ways in which voting occurs and how votes are tabulated across electoral systems. They analyze the consequences of each system, first for the functioning of the democracy, and second for the electoral strategies politicians employ, closing with a discussion of reforms under consideration in a number of countries.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/back-roads-and-better-angels-a-journey-into-the-heart-of-american-democracy-by-francis-s-barry--65203551https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back Roads and Better Angels: A Journey Into the Heart of American Democracy Author: Francis S. Barry Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A year into his marriage and having never driven an RV, Frank and his wife Laurel set out from New York City in a Winnebago to drive the nation's first transcontinental route, the Lincoln Highway, which zigzags through small towns and big cities from Times Square to San Francisco. Using the spirit of Abraham Lincoln to guide them across the land, they hope to see more clearly what holds the country together—and how we can keep it together, even amidst political divisions that have grown increasingly rancorous, bitter, and exhausting. Along the way, Frank and Laurel meet Americans whose personal experiences help humanize the nation's divisions, and they encounter historical figures and events whose legacies are still shaping our sense of national identity and the struggles over it. This unforgettable journey is full of what makes any great road trip memorable and enjoyable: music, conversation, and laughter. By the end, listeners will have a clearer picture of how we have arrived at a period that carries echoes of the Civil War era, and—using Lincoln as a guide—where the path forward lies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807794Tue, 27 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back Roads and Better Angels: A Journey Into the Heart of American Democracy Author: Francis S. Barry Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back Roads and Better Angels: A Journey Into the Heart of American Democracy Author: Francis S. Barry Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A year into his marriage and having never driven an RV, Frank and his wife Laurel set out from New York City in a Winnebago to drive the nation's first transcontinental route, the Lincoln Highway, which zigzags through small towns and big cities from Times Square to San Francisco. Using the spirit of Abraham Lincoln to guide them across the land, they hope to see more clearly what holds the country together—and how we can keep it together, even amidst political divisions that have grown increasingly rancorous, bitter, and exhausting. Along the way, Frank and Laurel meet Americans whose personal experiences help humanize the nation's divisions, and they encounter historical figures and events whose legacies are still shaping our sense of national identity and the struggles over it. This unforgettable journey is full of what makes any great road trip memorable and enjoyable: music, conversation, and laughter. By the end, listeners will have a clearer picture of how we have arrived at a period that carries echoes of the Civil War era, and—using Lincoln as a guide—where the path forward lies.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hotel-lux-an-intimate-history-of-communism-s-forgotten-radicals-by-maurice-j-casey--65203668https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hotel Lux: An Intimate History of Communism's Forgotten Radicals Author: Maurice J Casey Narrator: Maurice J Casey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'If affection is the first ground of memory, the archive is its late flowering and Hotel Lux its conservatory, Casey's history a tender nurture of pasts we overlook, but which whisper to us all the same' Irish Times RTÉ Culture Book of the Week 'Tells the story of early 20th century communism through the eyes of those who lived it and felt and believed in it - while also living their entirely normal, rackety, emotional lives' Hallie Rubenhold, author of The Five Hotel Lux follows Irish radical May O'Callaghan and her friends, three revolutionary families brought together by their vision for a communist future and their time spent in the Comintern's Moscow living quarters, the Hotel Lux. Historian Maurice Casey reveals the connections and disconnections of a group of forgotten communist activists whose lives collided in 1920s Moscow: a brilliant Irish translator, a maverick author, the rebel daughters of an East London Jewish family, and a family of determined German anti-fascists. The dramatic and interlocking histories of the O'Flahertys, Cohens and Leonhards offer an intimate insight into the legacies of the Russian Revolution from its earliest idealism through to the brutal Stalinist purges and beyond. Hotel Lux uncovers a world of forgotten radicals who saw their hopes and dreams crash against reality yet retained their faith in a beautiful future for all. Culminating in a queer love story that saw the daughters of the Cohens and Leonhards create an enduring partnership even as their parents' political visions crumbled, this is a multi-generational rebel odyssey and a history of international communism, one which looks as much to the future as it does to the past.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791083Mon, 26 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hotel Lux: An Intimate History of Communism's Forgotten Radicals Author: Maurice J Casey Narrator: Maurice J Casey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hotel Lux: An Intimate History of Communism's Forgotten Radicals Author: Maurice J Casey Narrator: Maurice J Casey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'If affection is the first ground of memory, the archive is its late flowering and Hotel Lux its conservatory, Casey's history a tender nurture of pasts we overlook, but which whisper to us all the same' Irish Times RTÉ Culture Book of the Week 'Tells the story of early 20th century communism through the eyes of those who lived it and felt and believed in it - while also living their entirely normal, rackety, emotional lives' Hallie Rubenhold, author of The Five Hotel Lux follows Irish radical May O'Callaghan and her friends, three revolutionary families brought together by their vision for a communist future and their time spent in the Comintern's Moscow living quarters, the Hotel Lux. Historian Maurice Casey reveals the connections and disconnections of a group of forgotten communist activists whose lives collided in 1920s Moscow: a brilliant Irish translator, a maverick author, the rebel daughters of an East London Jewish family, and a family of determined German anti-fascists. The dramatic and interlocking histories of the O'Flahertys, Cohens and Leonhards offer an intimate insight into the legacies of the Russian Revolution from its earliest idealism through to the brutal Stalinist purges and beyond. Hotel Lux uncovers a world of forgotten radicals who saw their hopes and dreams crash against reality yet retained their faith in a beautiful future for all. Culminating in a queer love story that saw the daughters of the Cohens and Leonhards create an enduring partnership even as their parents' political visions crumbled, this is a multi-generational rebel odyssey and a history of international communism, one which looks as much to the future as it does to the past.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-assault-on-the-state-how-the-global-attack-on-modern-government-endangers-our-future-by-jeffrey-s-kopstein-stephen-e-hanson--65203607https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on the State: How the Global Attack on Modern Government Endangers Our Future Author: Jeffrey S. Kopstein, Stephen E. Hanson Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What if the state as we know it didn't exist? Our air would be poisonous, our votes uncounted, and our markets dysfunctional. Yet across the world, in countries as diverse as Hungary, Israel, the UK, and the US, attacks on the modern state and its workforce are intensifying. They are morphing into power grabs by self-aggrandizing politicians who attempt to seize control of the state for themselves and their cronies. What replaces the modern state once it is fatally undermined is not the free market and the flowering of personal liberty. Instead, the death of government agencies organized under the rule of law inevitably leads to the only realistic alternative: the rule of men. In The Assault on the State, political scientists Stephen Hanson and Jeffrey Kopstein offer an impassioned plea to defend modern government against those who seek to destroy it. They dissect the attack on the machinery of government from its origins in post-Soviet Russia to the core powers of Western democracy. The dangers of state erosion imperil every aspect of our lives. Hanson and Kopstein outline a strategy that can reverse this destructive trend before humanity is plunged back into the pathological personalistic politics of premodern times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795974Mon, 26 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on the State: How the Global Attack on Modern Government Endangers Our Future Author: Jeffrey S. Kopstein, Stephen E. Hanson Narrator: L.J....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on the State: How the Global Attack on Modern Government Endangers Our Future Author: Jeffrey S. Kopstein, Stephen E. Hanson Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What if the state as we know it didn't exist? Our air would be poisonous, our votes uncounted, and our markets dysfunctional. Yet across the world, in countries as diverse as Hungary, Israel, the UK, and the US, attacks on the modern state and its workforce are intensifying. They are morphing into power grabs by self-aggrandizing politicians who attempt to seize control of the state for themselves and their cronies. What replaces the modern state once it is fatally undermined is not the free market and the flowering of personal liberty. Instead, the death of government agencies organized under the rule of law inevitably leads to the only realistic alternative: the rule of men. In The Assault on the State, political scientists Stephen Hanson and Jeffrey Kopstein offer an impassioned plea to defend modern government against those who seek to destroy it. They dissect the attack on the machinery of government from its origins in post-Soviet Russia to the core powers of Western democracy. The dangers of state erosion imperil every aspect of our lives. Hanson and Kopstein outline a strategy that can reverse this destructive trend before humanity is plunged back into the pathological personalistic politics of premodern times.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/governing-the-commons-the-evolution-of-institutions-for-collective-action-canto-classics-by-elinor-ostrom--65203540https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action (Canto Classics) Author: Elinor Ostrom Narrator: Kathleen Godwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The governance of natural resources used by many individuals in common is an issue of increasing concern to policy analysts. Both state control and privatization of resources have been advocated, but neither the state nor the market have been uniformly successful in solving common pool resource problems.After critiquing the foundations of policy analysis as applied to natural resources, Elinor Ostrom here provides a unique body of empirical data to explore conditions under which common pool resource problems have been satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily solved. Dr. Ostrom uses institutional analysis to explore different ways--both successful and unsuccessful--of governing the commons. In contrast to the proposition of the tragedy of the commons argument, common pool problems sometimes are solved by voluntary organizations rather than by a coercive state. Among the cases considered are communal tenure in meadows and forests, irrigation communities and other water rights, and fisheries. This audio edition is skillfully narrated by Kathleen Godwin. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©1990 Cambridge University Press (P)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809040Mon, 26 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action (Canto Classics) Author: Elinor Ostrom Narrator: Kathleen Godwin Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action (Canto Classics) Author: Elinor Ostrom Narrator: Kathleen Godwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The governance of natural resources used by many individuals in common is an issue of increasing concern to policy analysts. Both state control and privatization of resources have been advocated, but neither the state nor the market have been uniformly successful in solving common pool resource problems.After critiquing the foundations of policy analysis as applied to natural resources, Elinor Ostrom here provides a unique body of empirical data to explore conditions under which common pool resource problems have been satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily solved. Dr. Ostrom uses institutional analysis to explore different ways--both successful and unsuccessful--of governing the commons. In contrast to the proposition of the tragedy of the commons argument, common pool problems sometimes are solved by voluntary organizations rather than by a coercive state. Among the cases considered are communal tenure in meadows and forests, irrigation communities and other water rights, and fisheries. This audio edition is skillfully narrated by Kathleen Godwin. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©1990 Cambridge University Press (P)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-constitucion-desconocida-teoria-y-practica-de-todo-lo-que-siempre-quisiste-saber-sobre-tu-constitucion-pero-no-te-atreviste--65203538https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constitución desconocida: Teoría y práctica de todo lo que siempre quisiste saber sobre tu Constitución(pero no te atreviste a preguntar) Author: Juan Jesús Garza Onofre, Javier Martín Reyes Narrator: Javier Martín Reyes, Juan Jesús Garza Onofre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un libro para entender los fundamentos de nuestra Constitución y su importancia en la vida diaria de todas las personas ¿Por qué si nuestra Constitución fue la primera en reconocer derechos sociales —antes incluso que la rusa y la de Weimar— va tan rezagada en lo que toca a hacerlos efectivos? ¿Es motivo de orgullo que tengamos la sexta constitución más extensa a nivel mundial? ¿Qué quiere decir el hecho de que nuestra Constitución, promulgada en 1917, lleve más de 700 reformas? ¿Esto nos habla de un texto versátil, que se adapta a los tiempos, o, por el contrario, es señal de inestabilidad y oportunismo político? Ante este panorama de contradicciones, Juan Jesús Garza Onofre y Javier Martín Reyes señalan: la Constitución es demasiado importante para dejarla en manos de abogados y políticos. En ella se encuentran reconocidos los derechos de todas las personas, así como las reglas que nos hemos dado como sociedad. Por ello, debemos desmitificar la Constitución, dejar de verla como una reliquia ante la cual hay que inclinar la cabeza y más como un dispositivo útil para mejorar nuestra realidad cotidiana. Éste es el objetivo de este libro. Dividido en dos partes, teoría y práctica, aborda primero diez cuestiones esenciales de toda constitución —como los derechos fundamentales, las formas de Estado y Gobierno, la división de poderes, el pluralismo—, para luego revisar cómo se han llevado a la práctica en el caso de la Constitución mexicana. Sólo conociendo nuestra Constitución —nos dicen los autores—, reflexionando críticamente sobre sus virtudes y flaquezas, podremos apropiarnos de ella. En los tiempos que corren quizá sea la mejor forma de hacerle frente al autoritarismo.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809066Thu, 22 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constitución desconocida: Teoría y práctica de todo lo que siempre quisiste saber sobre tu Constitución(pero no te atreviste a...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constitución desconocida: Teoría y práctica de todo lo que siempre quisiste saber sobre tu Constitución(pero no te atreviste a preguntar) Author: Juan Jesús Garza Onofre, Javier Martín Reyes Narrator: Javier Martín Reyes, Juan Jesús Garza Onofre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un libro para entender los fundamentos de nuestra Constitución y su importancia en la vida diaria de todas las personas ¿Por qué si nuestra Constitución fue la primera en reconocer derechos sociales —antes incluso que la rusa y la de Weimar— va tan rezagada en lo que toca a hacerlos efectivos? ¿Es motivo de orgullo que tengamos la sexta constitución más extensa a nivel mundial? ¿Qué quiere decir el hecho de que nuestra Constitución, promulgada en 1917, lleve más de 700 reformas? ¿Esto nos habla de un texto versátil, que se adapta a los tiempos, o, por el contrario, es señal de inestabilidad y oportunismo político? Ante este panorama de contradicciones, Juan Jesús Garza Onofre y Javier Martín Reyes señalan: la Constitución es demasiado importante para dejarla en manos de abogados y políticos. En ella se encuentran reconocidos los derechos de todas las personas, así como las reglas que nos hemos dado como sociedad. Por ello, debemos desmitificar la Constitución, dejar de verla como una reliquia ante la cual hay que inclinar la cabeza y más como un dispositivo útil para mejorar nuestra realidad cotidiana. Éste es el objetivo de este libro. Dividido en dos partes, teoría y práctica, aborda primero diez cuestiones esenciales de toda constitución —como los derechos fundamentales, las formas de Estado y Gobierno, la división de poderes, el pluralismo—, para luego revisar cómo se han llevado a la práctica en el caso de la Constitución mexicana. Sólo conociendo nuestra Constitución —nos dicen los autores—, reflexionando críticamente sobre sus virtudes y flaquezas, podremos apropiarnos de ella. En los tiempos que corren quizá sea la mejor forma de hacerle frente al autoritarismo.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-shall-be-as-gods-pagans-progressives-and-the-rise-of-the-woke-gnostic-left-by-erick-erickson--65203635https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Shall Be as Gods: Pagans, Progressives, and the Rise of the Woke Gnostic Left Author: Erick Erickson Narrator: Erick Erickson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our country doesn't have a partisan problem, a political problem, a social problem, or an economic problem. We have a spiritual problem. As Christianity has been pushed aside, the Progressive Left has developed a new pagan religion. But the radical roots of the new secular religion are ancient. We've seen it all before. In You Shall Be as Gods, Erick Erickson traces the religion's roots from Paganism and Gnosticism through the Age of Enlightenment all the way into the Postmodernism of the twenty-first century. At the heart of the ancient religion is a self-centered culture. The Christian church today has been weakened by compromising with the neo-pagan religion, leaving the faithful ill-prepared to counter the claims of society's present-day doctrine. Yet there remains a significant remnant in America that refuses to bow to the rising belief system. Just as in Rome and countless societies throughout history, the religions present two opposing stories of reality which necessitates conflict. In an era where the 'Christian thing' to do seems to be to go along and get along, Erickson makes clear that the two cultures cannot peacefully coexist and calls the listener to speak the truth in love.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795871Tue, 20 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Shall Be as Gods: Pagans, Progressives, and the Rise of the Woke Gnostic Left Author: Erick Erickson Narrator: Erick Erickson Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Shall Be as Gods: Pagans, Progressives, and the Rise of the Woke Gnostic Left Author: Erick Erickson Narrator: Erick Erickson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our country doesn't have a partisan problem, a political problem, a social problem, or an economic problem. We have a spiritual problem. As Christianity has been pushed aside, the Progressive Left has developed a new pagan religion. But the radical roots of the new secular religion are ancient. We've seen it all before. In You Shall Be as Gods, Erick Erickson traces the religion's roots from Paganism and Gnosticism through the Age of Enlightenment all the way into the Postmodernism of the twenty-first century. At the heart of the ancient religion is a self-centered culture. The Christian church today has been weakened by compromising with the neo-pagan religion, leaving the faithful ill-prepared to counter the claims of society's present-day doctrine. Yet there remains a significant remnant in America that refuses to bow to the rising belief system. Just as in Rome and countless societies throughout history, the religions present two opposing stories of reality which necessitates conflict. In an era where the 'Christian thing' to do seems to be to go along and get along, Erickson makes clear that the two cultures cannot peacefully coexist and calls the listener to speak the truth in love.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/death-row-welcomes-you-visiting-hours-in-the-shadow-of-the-execution-chamber-by-steven-hale--65203617https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Row Welcomes You: Visiting Hours in the Shadow of the Execution Chamber Author: Steven Hale Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2018, after nearly a decade's hiatus, the state of Tennessee began executing death row inmates, bucking national trends that showed the death penalty in decline. In less than two years, the state put seven men to death. It was an execution spree unlike any seen in Tennessee since the 1940s, only brought to a halt by a global pandemic. Award-winning journalist Steven Hale was the leading reporter on these executions, covering them both locally for the Nashville Scene alt-weekly and nationally for The Appeal. In Death Row Welcomes You, Hale traces the lives of condemned prisoners at the Riverbend Maximum Security Institution—and the people who come to visit them. What brought them—the visitors and convicted murderers alike—to death row? The visitors are, for the most part, not activists—or at least they did not start out that way. Nor are they the sort of killer-obsessed death row groupies such settings sometimes attract. In fact, in most cases they are average people whose lives, not to mention their views on the death penalty, were turned upside down by a face-to-face meeting with a death row prisoner. Combining the fascinating topics of crime, death, and life inside prison, Hale writes with humanity, empathy, and insight earned by befriending death row prisoners . . . and standing witness to their final moments.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794495Tue, 20 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Row Welcomes You: Visiting Hours in the Shadow of the Execution Chamber Author: Steven Hale Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Row Welcomes You: Visiting Hours in the Shadow of the Execution Chamber Author: Steven Hale Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2018, after nearly a decade's hiatus, the state of Tennessee began executing death row inmates, bucking national trends that showed the death penalty in decline. In less than two years, the state put seven men to death. It was an execution spree unlike any seen in Tennessee since the 1940s, only brought to a halt by a global pandemic. Award-winning journalist Steven Hale was the leading reporter on these executions, covering them both locally for the Nashville Scene alt-weekly and nationally for The Appeal. In Death Row Welcomes You, Hale traces the lives of condemned prisoners at the Riverbend Maximum Security Institution—and the people who come to visit them. What brought them—the visitors and convicted murderers alike—to death row? The visitors are, for the most part, not activists—or at least they did not start out that way. Nor are they the sort of killer-obsessed death row groupies such settings sometimes attract. In fact, in most cases they are average people whose lives, not to mention their views on the death penalty, were turned upside down by a face-to-face meeting with a death row prisoner. Combining the fascinating topics of crime, death, and life inside prison, Hale writes with humanity, empathy, and insight earned by befriending death row prisoners . . . and standing witness to their final moments.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/oceans-rise-empires-fall-why-geopolitics-hastens-climate-catastrophe-by-gerard-toal--65203610https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oceans Rise Empires Fall: Why Geopolitics Hastens Climate Catastrophe Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the last few years, it has become abundantly clear that the effects of accelerating climate change will be catastrophic, from rising seas to more violent storms to desertification. Yet why do nation-states find it so difficult to implement transnational policies that can reduce carbon output and slow global warming? In Oceans Rise, Empires Fall, Gerard Toal identifies geopolitics as the culprit. States would prefer to reduce emissions in the abstract, but in the great global competition for geopolitical power, states always prioritize access to carbon-based fuels necessary for generating the sort of economic growth that helps them compete with rival states. The Ukraine conflict in particular exposes our priorities. To escape reliance on Russia's vast oil and gas reserves, states have expanded fossil fuel production that necessarily increases the amount of carbon in the atmosphere. Competitive territorial, resource, and technological dramas across the geopolitical chessboard currently obscure the deterioration of the planet's life support systems. In the contest between geopolitics and sustainable climate policies, the former takes precedence—especially when competition shifts to outright conflict. In this book, Toal interrogates that relationship and its stakes for the ongoing acceleration of climate change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795866Tue, 20 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oceans Rise Empires Fall: Why Geopolitics Hastens Climate Catastrophe Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oceans Rise Empires Fall: Why Geopolitics Hastens Climate Catastrophe Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the last few years, it has become abundantly clear that the effects of accelerating climate change will be catastrophic, from rising seas to more violent storms to desertification. Yet why do nation-states find it so difficult to implement transnational policies that can reduce carbon output and slow global warming? In Oceans Rise, Empires Fall, Gerard Toal identifies geopolitics as the culprit. States would prefer to reduce emissions in the abstract, but in the great global competition for geopolitical power, states always prioritize access to carbon-based fuels necessary for generating the sort of economic growth that helps them compete with rival states. The Ukraine conflict in particular exposes our priorities. To escape reliance on Russia's vast oil and gas reserves, states have expanded fossil fuel production that necessarily increases the amount of carbon in the atmosphere. Competitive territorial, resource, and technological dramas across the geopolitical chessboard currently obscure the deterioration of the planet's life support systems. In the contest between geopolitics and sustainable climate policies, the former takes precedence—especially when competition shifts to outright conflict. In this book, Toal interrogates that relationship and its stakes for the ongoing acceleration of climate change.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dismissed-how-media-agendas-and-judicial-bias-conspire-to-undermine-justice-by-todd-mcmurtry-jd-stevenson--65203553https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismissed: How Media Agendas and Judicial Bias Conspire to Undermine Justice Author: Todd Mcmurtry, Jd Stevenson Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Find out why readers are calling this the surprise book of the summer, that is "easy to read," "compelling," and "full of engaging stories". We’re told Justice should be blind. We’ve been taught that “The Truth will set you free.” But is that the world in which we find ourselves? Cancel culture, biased narratives, mainstream media, and giant corporations; these are the mindsets and special interests that have ferociously aligned to silence and punish the common citizen. Historically, the Justice System has been the entity to stand in the gap to ensure citizens aren’t overpowered. But is that still the case? Through the lens of defamation law, “Dismissed” serves as an examination of how the justice system has been taken over by political maneuvering and American citizens are suffering. The book delves into high-profile defamation cases, revealing how the impact of traditional and social media on modern defamation law cannot be overstated. As platforms like Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram become battlegrounds for public opinion, and everyday people can suddenly be thrust into the spotlight, the lines between personal expression and legal liability blur. "Dismissed" explores how online reputations are made and destroyed in an instant, and how the courts are struggling to keep up with the pace of digital communication. Furthermore, "Dismissed" addresses the growing concern of judicial bias and the politicization of the bench. Through meticulous research and compelling narratives, the book argues that partisan interests and campaign contributions are compromising the integrity of the judiciary. Readers will gain insight into the ways judges and their rulings impact the fabric of American democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805406Tue, 20 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismissed: How Media Agendas and Judicial Bias Conspire to Undermine Justice Author: Todd Mcmurtry, Jd Stevenson Narrator: Chris Abell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismissed: How Media Agendas and Judicial Bias Conspire to Undermine Justice Author: Todd Mcmurtry, Jd Stevenson Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Find out why readers are calling this the surprise book of the summer, that is "easy to read," "compelling," and "full of engaging stories". We’re told Justice should be blind. We’ve been taught that “The Truth will set you free.” But is that the world in which we find ourselves? Cancel culture, biased narratives, mainstream media, and giant corporations; these are the mindsets and special interests that have ferociously aligned to silence and punish the common citizen. Historically, the Justice System has been the entity to stand in the gap to ensure citizens aren’t overpowered. But is that still the case? Through the lens of defamation law, “Dismissed” serves as an examination of how the justice system has been taken over by political maneuvering and American citizens are suffering. The book delves into high-profile defamation cases, revealing how the impact of traditional and social media on modern defamation law cannot be overstated. As platforms like Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram become battlegrounds for public opinion, and everyday people can suddenly be thrust into the spotlight, the lines between personal expression and legal liability blur. "Dismissed" explores how online reputations are made and destroyed in an instant, and how the courts are struggling to keep up with the pace of digital communication. Furthermore, "Dismissed" addresses the growing concern of judicial bias and the politicization of the bench. Through meticulous research and compelling narratives, the book argues that partisan interests and campaign contributions are compromising the integrity of the judiciary. Readers will gain insight into the ways judges and their rulings impact the fabric of American democracy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-nation-at-risk-election-integrity-as-a-national-security-issue-by-julian-e-zelizer-karen-j-greenberg--65203542https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Nation at Risk: Election Integrity as a National Security Issue Author: Julian E Zelizer, Karen J Greenberg Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The nation's top political scientists, historians, and legal scholars propose solutions for democracy's future In recent years, the sight of gun-wielding citizens patrolling ballot boxes and voting sites has become increasingly familiar. Major news corporations parroting false claims of election fraud, ballot stuffing, and faulty voting systems is the new normal. In an era of global anti-democratic movements, the sanctity of democratic electoral processes has become a major national security concern, and the need to protect elections from foreign interference, disinformation, voter intimidation, and the danger of election results being overturned, are now front and center. How did we get here? And more importantly, how will this affect the future of democracy? Award-winning authors Julian E. Zelizer and Karen J. Greenberg bring together the nation's top political scientists, historians, and legal scholars to examine how the lack of stability and integrity of the electoral process has become a threat to national security. Contributors outline how these problems have emerged and propose concrete solutions to move us into a period of greater stability. At once urgent and comprehensive, Our Nation at Risk is the preeminent book on election security and a must listen for anyone invested in the fight for democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807792Tue, 20 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Nation at Risk: Election Integrity as a National Security Issue Author: Julian E Zelizer, Karen J Greenberg Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Nation at Risk: Election Integrity as a National Security Issue Author: Julian E Zelizer, Karen J Greenberg Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The nation's top political scientists, historians, and legal scholars propose solutions for democracy's future In recent years, the sight of gun-wielding citizens patrolling ballot boxes and voting sites has become increasingly familiar. Major news corporations parroting false claims of election fraud, ballot stuffing, and faulty voting systems is the new normal. In an era of global anti-democratic movements, the sanctity of democratic electoral processes has become a major national security concern, and the need to protect elections from foreign interference, disinformation, voter intimidation, and the danger of election results being overturned, are now front and center. How did we get here? And more importantly, how will this affect the future of democracy? Award-winning authors Julian E. Zelizer and Karen J. Greenberg bring together the nation's top political scientists, historians, and legal scholars to examine how the lack of stability and integrity of the electoral process has become a threat to national security. Contributors outline how these problems have emerged and propose concrete solutions to move us into a period of greater stability. At once urgent and comprehensive, Our Nation at Risk is the preeminent book on election security and a must listen for anyone invested in the fight for democracy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/labor-law-for-the-rank-filer-building-solidarity-while-staying-clear-of-the-law-by-staughton-lynd-daniel-gross--65203539https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labor Law for the Rank & Filer: Building Solidarity While Staying Clear of the Law Author: Staughton Lynd, Daniel Gross Narrator: Brian Arens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Blending cutting-edge legal strategies for winning justice at work with a theory of dramatic, bottom-up social change, this practical audio guide to workers’ rights aims to make work better while reinvigorating the labor movement. A powerful organization model called solidarity unionism is explained, showing how the labor force can avoid the pitfalls of the legal system and utilize direct action to win fair rights. The audio edition includes new cases governing fundamental labor rights and can be used not only by union workers, but can serve as a guerrilla legal resource for any employee in this unstable economy. Labor Law for the Rank & Filer is skillfully narrated by Brian Arens, an Audible listener favorite. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2011 Staughton Lynd, Daniel Gross.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807340Mon, 19 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labor Law for the Rank & Filer: Building Solidarity While Staying Clear of the Law Author: Staughton Lynd, Daniel Gross Narrator: Brian Arens...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labor Law for the Rank & Filer: Building Solidarity While Staying Clear of the Law Author: Staughton Lynd, Daniel Gross Narrator: Brian Arens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Blending cutting-edge legal strategies for winning justice at work with a theory of dramatic, bottom-up social change, this practical audio guide to workers’ rights aims to make work better while reinvigorating the labor movement. A powerful organization model called solidarity unionism is explained, showing how the labor force can avoid the pitfalls of the legal system and utilize direct action to win fair rights. The audio edition includes new cases governing fundamental labor rights and can be used not only by union workers, but can serve as a guerrilla legal resource for any employee in this unstable economy. Labor Law for the Rank & Filer is skillfully narrated by Brian Arens, an Audible listener favorite. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2011 Staughton Lynd, Daniel Gross.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-lasting-harm-by-lucia-osborne-crowley--65203698https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Eva Seymour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive, behind-the-scenes account of the criminal trial of the century. I understand – and sympathise with – the feeling you might have that you already know the Jeffrey Epstein story. But I am not here to tell you a story about Jeffrey Epstein, or even Ghislaine Maxwell. I am here to tell you the stories of ten women, many of whom have never spoken at length before, about the real impact of sexual trauma on their lives.' In November 2021, Ghislaine Maxwell was convicted of five counts of sex-trafficking of minors, and now faces 55 years in prison for the role she played in Jeffrey Epstein's abuse of four girls. The trial was meticulously covered by journalist and legal reporter Lucia Osborne-Crowley, one of only four reporters allowed into the courtroom every day. The Lasting Harm is her account of that trial, a gripping true crime drama and a blistering critique of a criminal justice system ill-equipped to deliver justice for abuse survivors, no matter the outcome. Centring the stories of four women and their testimonies, and supplemented by extra material to which Osborne-Crowley has exclusive access, The Lasting Harm brings this incendiary trial to life, questions our age-old appetite for crime and punishment and offers a new blueprint for meaningful reparative justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783934Thu, 15 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Eva Seymour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 15,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Eva Seymour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive, behind-the-scenes account of the criminal trial of the century. I understand – and sympathise with – the feeling you might have that you already know the Jeffrey Epstein story. But I am not here to tell you a story about Jeffrey Epstein, or even Ghislaine Maxwell. I am here to tell you the stories of ten women, many of whom have never spoken at length before, about the real impact of sexual trauma on their lives.' In November 2021, Ghislaine Maxwell was convicted of five counts of sex-trafficking of minors, and now faces 55 years in prison for the role she played in Jeffrey Epstein's abuse of four girls. The trial was meticulously covered by journalist and legal reporter Lucia Osborne-Crowley, one of only four reporters allowed into the courtroom every day. The Lasting Harm is her account of that trial, a gripping true crime drama and a blistering critique of a criminal justice system ill-equipped to deliver justice for abuse survivors, no matter the outcome. Centring the stories of four women and their testimonies, and supplemented by extra material to which Osborne-Crowley has exclusive access, The Lasting Harm brings this incendiary trial to life, questions our age-old appetite for crime and punishment and offers a new blueprint for meaningful reparative justice.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-kann-doch-jemand-anderes-machen-wie-ki-uns-alle-sinnvoller-arbeiten-lasst-ungekurzte-lesung-by-sara-weber--65203556https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kann doch jemand anderes machen! - Wie KI uns alle sinnvoller arbeiten lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Silke Buchholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Stell dir vor, es ist Arbeit - und keiner muss hin. Denn deinen Job übernimmt die Künstliche Intelligenz. Schon heute koordiniert KI die Bevorratung im Lager, baut für uns Präsentationen oder diagnostiziert Tumore. Und das ist erst der Anfang. Längst ist klar: Künstliche Intelligenz hat das Potential für sehr große Veränderungen. KI plant nicht nur unsere Reisen und schlägt uns die nächste Serie vor, sondern schmeißt auch unsere Arbeitswelt um. Ein bedeutender und durchaus besorgniserregender Umbruch, aber einer, der genau zum richtigen Zeitpunkt kommt. Denn angesichts allgemeiner Erschöpfung und des zunehmenden Mangels an Arbeitskräften brauchen wir dringend Lösungen jenseits eines 'Wenn alle etwas mehr machen, ...'. Zum Wunsch nach Entlastung kommt die Sorge, dass KI einem gleich den ganzen Job wegnimmt. Dabei werden wir alle im KI-Zeitalter mehr gebraucht denn je. Fest steht: Wie die Zukunft unserer Arbeitswelt aussieht, haben wir selbst in der Hand. Sara Weber beschäftigt sich seit Jahren mit der neuen Arbeitswelt. Sie ist davon überzeugt, dass KI nicht nur Risiken bringt: Wir müssen aus den Fehlern der Vergangenheit lernen und jetzt die richtigen politischen Weichen stellen. Denn am Ende ist KI nur ein Werkzeug. Wenn wir es für positive und gerechte Veränderung nutzen, schaffen wir uns die Arbeitswelt unserer Träume - und können endlich besser arbeiten als je zuvor. Das Hörbuch wird gelesen von Silke Buchholz, die regelmäßig im Rundfunk und in Hörbüchern zu hören ist.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805565Thu, 15 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kann doch jemand anderes machen! - Wie KI uns alle sinnvoller arbeiten lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Silke...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kann doch jemand anderes machen! - Wie KI uns alle sinnvoller arbeiten lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Silke Buchholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Stell dir vor, es ist Arbeit - und keiner muss hin. Denn deinen Job übernimmt die Künstliche Intelligenz. Schon heute koordiniert KI die Bevorratung im Lager, baut für uns Präsentationen oder diagnostiziert Tumore. Und das ist erst der Anfang. Längst ist klar: Künstliche Intelligenz hat das Potential für sehr große Veränderungen. KI plant nicht nur unsere Reisen und schlägt uns die nächste Serie vor, sondern schmeißt auch unsere Arbeitswelt um. Ein bedeutender und durchaus besorgniserregender Umbruch, aber einer, der genau zum richtigen Zeitpunkt kommt. Denn angesichts allgemeiner Erschöpfung und des zunehmenden Mangels an Arbeitskräften brauchen wir dringend Lösungen jenseits eines 'Wenn alle etwas mehr machen, ...'. Zum Wunsch nach Entlastung kommt die Sorge, dass KI einem gleich den ganzen Job wegnimmt. Dabei werden wir alle im KI-Zeitalter mehr gebraucht denn je. Fest steht: Wie die Zukunft unserer Arbeitswelt aussieht, haben wir selbst in der Hand. Sara Weber beschäftigt sich seit Jahren mit der neuen Arbeitswelt. Sie ist davon überzeugt, dass KI nicht nur Risiken bringt: Wir müssen aus den Fehlern der Vergangenheit lernen und jetzt die richtigen politischen Weichen stellen. Denn am Ende ist KI nur ein Werkzeug. Wenn wir es für positive und gerechte Veränderung nutzen, schaffen wir uns die Arbeitswelt unserer Träume - und können endlich besser arbeiten als je zuvor. Das Hörbuch wird gelesen von Silke Buchholz, die regelmäßig im Rundfunk und in Hörbüchern zu hören ist.]]>185rztecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/covert-the-psychology-of-war-and-peace-by-neil-k-aggarwal-asad-durrani-a-s-dulat--65203633https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799344 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert: The Psychology of War and Peace Author: Neil K. Aggarwal, Asad Durrani, A.S. Dulat Narrator: Jonathan Rego, Shubhankar, Rajiv Dadia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the tremendous success of The Spy Chronicles, A.S. Dulat and Asad Durrani participated in a series of conversations on the psychology of war and peace; these have evolved into this fascinating book, written with psychiatrist Neil K. Aggarwal. Covert takes the reader right into the head of the two spymasters. Delving into their personal and professional trajectories that moulded them in the early years, the conversation traces the extent to which their Indian and Pakistani identities have defined them. Masterfully moderated by Aggarwal, the discussion then turns to the domain of international relations, exploring why the governments of India and Pakistan collaborate in certain areas, but not in others. What emerges is a remarkably forthright, provocatively honest appraisal of the peacebuilding process between the two nations that appear inherently hostile to each other but share so much in terms of history and cultural identity. The dialogues in Covert reveal a deep camaraderie between Dulat and Durrani, who have headed the intelligence operations for their respective countries. But more importantly perhaps, it provides deep insights into the shadowy world of negotiation and subterfuge. It is an eye-opener and a must-read for anyone invested in peace and amity in South Asia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799344Wed, 14 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799344 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert: The Psychology of War and Peace Author: Neil K. Aggarwal, Asad Durrani, A.S. Dulat Narrator: Jonathan Rego, Shubhankar, Rajiv Dadia Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799344 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert: The Psychology of War and Peace Author: Neil K. Aggarwal, Asad Durrani, A.S. Dulat Narrator: Jonathan Rego, Shubhankar, Rajiv Dadia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the tremendous success of The Spy Chronicles, A.S. Dulat and Asad Durrani participated in a series of conversations on the psychology of war and peace; these have evolved into this fascinating book, written with psychiatrist Neil K. Aggarwal. Covert takes the reader right into the head of the two spymasters. Delving into their personal and professional trajectories that moulded them in the early years, the conversation traces the extent to which their Indian and Pakistani identities have defined them. Masterfully moderated by Aggarwal, the discussion then turns to the domain of international relations, exploring why the governments of India and Pakistan collaborate in certain areas, but not in others. What emerges is a remarkably forthright, provocatively honest appraisal of the peacebuilding process between the two nations that appear inherently hostile to each other but share so much in terms of history and cultural identity. The dialogues in Covert reveal a deep camaraderie between Dulat and Durrani, who have headed the intelligence operations for their respective countries. But more importantly perhaps, it provides deep insights into the shadowy world of negotiation and subterfuge. It is an eye-opener and a must-read for anyone invested in peace and amity in South Asia.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/glacial-the-inside-story-of-climate-politics-by-chelsea-henderson--65203657https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics Author: Chelsea Henderson Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From mavericks to party standard-bearers, United States Senators, members of the House of Representatives, and presidential candidates have campaigned for four decades espousing their intentions to address the impacts of climate change. Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics is the first Inside-the-Beltway account to lay bare the machinations of what went wrong in Washington—how and why our leaders failed to act on climate change as mounting scientific evidence underscored the urgency to do so. Glacial tells a story of behind-the-scenes infighting and power struggles that blocked or derailed federal legislative progress on climate change, even in times of bipartisanship and with polls showing most Americans favored action. The good news today is that public opinion is at its highest level of support for climate action, from corporate boardrooms embracing sustainability for business reasons to movements led by passionate younger generations who can't afford to stand mute because it is they who will inherit the worst environmental catastrophes. If the missed opportunities in Washington are instructive, the path to doing so is clear. Our elected officials must use their offices not solely for the power and prestige it bestows upon them personally, but for the public good—and they must do so while there is still time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics Author: Chelsea Henderson Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics Author: Chelsea Henderson Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From mavericks to party standard-bearers, United States Senators, members of the House of Representatives, and presidential candidates have campaigned for four decades espousing their intentions to address the impacts of climate change. Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics is the first Inside-the-Beltway account to lay bare the machinations of what went wrong in Washington—how and why our leaders failed to act on climate change as mounting scientific evidence underscored the urgency to do so. Glacial tells a story of behind-the-scenes infighting and power struggles that blocked or derailed federal legislative progress on climate change, even in times of bipartisanship and with polls showing most Americans favored action. The good news today is that public opinion is at its highest level of support for climate action, from corporate boardrooms embracing sustainability for business reasons to movements led by passionate younger generations who can't afford to stand mute because it is they who will inherit the worst environmental catastrophes. If the missed opportunities in Washington are instructive, the path to doing so is clear. Our elected officials must use their offices not solely for the power and prestige it bestows upon them personally, but for the public good—and they must do so while there is still time.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/land-rich-cash-poor-my-family-s-hope-and-the-untold-history-of-the-disappearing-american-farmer-by-brian-reisinger--65203650https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Land Rich, Cash Poor: My Family's Hope and the Untold History of the Disappearing American Farmer Author: Brian Reisinger Narrator: Brian Reisinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hidden history of an economic and cultural catastrophe that is threatening our very food supply—the disappearance of the American farmer. Taking on this story of heart and hardship, award-winning journalist Brian Reisinger weaves forgotten eras of American history with his own family’s four-generation fight for survival in Midwestern farm country. Readers learn the truth about America’s most detrimental and unexplained socioeconomic crisis: How the family farms that feed us went from cutting a middle-class path through the Great Depression to barely making ends meet in modern America. Along the way, they’ll see what it truly takes to feed our country: accidents that can kill or maim; weather that blesses or threatens; resilience in the face of crushing economic crises, from inflation to COVID-19; and the tradition that presses down on each generation when you're not just fighting for your job, you're fighting for your heritage. With newly analyzed data, sharp historical analysis, honest debate, and personal storytelling, Reisinger reveals the roots of a problem with stakes as high as they come. A vulnerable food supply, soaring prices for American families, environmental and ecological decay, farmer suicides, addictions, a deepening urban-rural divide, and more worries than ever about what’s for dinner. These are all becoming the hallmarks of a food system that has long stood as a modern miracle. Land Rich, Cash Poor offers the honest truth about these issues, and a candid look at what we can do about them—before it’s too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792588Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Land Rich, Cash Poor: My Family's Hope and the Untold History of the Disappearing American Farmer Author: Brian Reisinger Narrator: Brian Reisinger...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Land Rich, Cash Poor: My Family's Hope and the Untold History of the Disappearing American Farmer Author: Brian Reisinger Narrator: Brian Reisinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hidden history of an economic and cultural catastrophe that is threatening our very food supply—the disappearance of the American farmer. Taking on this story of heart and hardship, award-winning journalist Brian Reisinger weaves forgotten eras of American history with his own family’s four-generation fight for survival in Midwestern farm country. Readers learn the truth about America’s most detrimental and unexplained socioeconomic crisis: How the family farms that feed us went from cutting a middle-class path through the Great Depression to barely making ends meet in modern America. Along the way, they’ll see what it truly takes to feed our country: accidents that can kill or maim; weather that blesses or threatens; resilience in the face of crushing economic crises, from inflation to COVID-19; and the tradition that presses down on each generation when you're not just fighting for your job, you're fighting for your heritage. With newly analyzed data, sharp historical analysis, honest debate, and personal storytelling, Reisinger reveals the roots of a problem with stakes as high as they come. A vulnerable food supply, soaring prices for American families, environmental and ecological decay, farmer suicides, addictions, a deepening urban-rural divide, and more worries than ever about what’s for dinner. These are all becoming the hallmarks of a food system that has long stood as a modern miracle. Land Rich, Cash Poor offers the honest truth about these issues, and a candid look at what we can do about them—before it’s too late.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-apple-and-the-tree-life-as-dr-mahathir-s-daughter-by-marina-mahathir--65203629https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apple and the Tree: Life as Dr Mahathir's Daughter  Author: Marina Mahathir Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When an apple falls, does it roll far or stay close to its tree?Is it an exact clone of all the other apples the tree produces or something entirely different?This is the question that has perplexed the public about Marina for the simple reason that she is the daughter of the man who has governed Malaysia for almost twenty-four years. Does she echo him in his view of the world, or does she chart her own path?Why is it that in her own public life, in her writing and speeches, she expresses opinions that seem to contradict his?This book hopes to detail how she has navigated her life as the daughter of a charismatic politician and a loving father, even as sometimes she has chafed at being constantly under his shadow. It talks about how she has struggled to find her own identity, to defend her worldview at times and to reconcile them with his at others.She tells the story of growing up as the daughter of Malaysia’s most influential leader, from the values instilled in her as a child, right up to the day he was forced to step down as the 7th Prime Minister after leading the historic ouster of the government he used to lead.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799656Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apple and the Tree: Life as Dr Mahathir's Daughter  Author: Marina Mahathir Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apple and the Tree: Life as Dr Mahathir's Daughter  Author: Marina Mahathir Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When an apple falls, does it roll far or stay close to its tree?Is it an exact clone of all the other apples the tree produces or something entirely different?This is the question that has perplexed the public about Marina for the simple reason that she is the daughter of the man who has governed Malaysia for almost twenty-four years. Does she echo him in his view of the world, or does she chart her own path?Why is it that in her own public life, in her writing and speeches, she expresses opinions that seem to contradict his?This book hopes to detail how she has navigated her life as the daughter of a charismatic politician and a loving father, even as sometimes she has chafed at being constantly under his shadow. It talks about how she has struggled to find her own identity, to defend her worldview at times and to reconcile them with his at others.She tells the story of growing up as the daughter of Malaysia’s most influential leader, from the values instilled in her as a child, right up to the day he was forced to step down as the 7th Prime Minister after leading the historic ouster of the government he used to lead.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-the-wind-the-disappearance-of-janice-starr-by-ron-peterson-jr--65203549https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Wind: The Disappearance of Janice Starr Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1981, detective Kay Schucker was the lead investigator in the high-profile missing persons case of Old Dominion University student Janice Starr. The beautiful coed disappeared without a trace from ODU's Norfolk, Virginia campus. Among the only leads was Janice's diary, which included detailed journal entries about her daily activities. As Kay studied the diary—going several years back—she learned that Janice, a US Army veteran, had faced the same challenges in the military that Kay did in law enforcement. They were both women trying to succeed in a man's world. Feeling a kinship toward Janice, Kay became consumed with unraveling the mystery of Janice's disappearance and possible death. As the investigation unfolded, Kay began to suspect that Janice had an affair with her ROTC professor at ODU, Army captain Dwight Beddingfield—a well-respected family man married with three kids. Kay was warned by superiors to tread lightly in her investigation of Beddingfield and cautioned not to dig too deeply. But she soon uncovered a life insurance scheme and discovered that Janice had been assigned a series of dangerous tasks by Captain Beddingfield. Did these circumstances play a role in Janice's demise? Was the highly regarded Beddingfield actually a killer? If so, what did he do with Janice's remains?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804743Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Wind: The Disappearance of Janice Starr Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Wind: The Disappearance of Janice Starr Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1981, detective Kay Schucker was the lead investigator in the high-profile missing persons case of Old Dominion University student Janice Starr. The beautiful coed disappeared without a trace from ODU's Norfolk, Virginia campus. Among the only leads was Janice's diary, which included detailed journal entries about her daily activities. As Kay studied the diary—going several years back—she learned that Janice, a US Army veteran, had faced the same challenges in the military that Kay did in law enforcement. They were both women trying to succeed in a man's world. Feeling a kinship toward Janice, Kay became consumed with unraveling the mystery of Janice's disappearance and possible death. As the investigation unfolded, Kay began to suspect that Janice had an affair with her ROTC professor at ODU, Army captain Dwight Beddingfield—a well-respected family man married with three kids. Kay was warned by superiors to tread lightly in her investigation of Beddingfield and cautioned not to dig too deeply. But she soon uncovered a life insurance scheme and discovered that Janice had been assigned a series of dangerous tasks by Captain Beddingfield. Did these circumstances play a role in Janice's demise? Was the highly regarded Beddingfield actually a killer? If so, what did he do with Janice's remains?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-be-honest-by-jess-phillips--65203634https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Be Honest Author: Jess Phillips Narrator: Jess Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER CHOSEN BY WATERSTONES AS ONE OF THEIR BEST POLITICS BOOKS OF 2024 From culture wars to clickbait, it’s fair to say that politics has lost some of its integrity, and we’ve all suffered as a result. If it hadn’t almost wrecked the country with calamitous consequences in nearly every sector of public life, it would be funny. We’ve let our standards drop – but we deserve better. Jess Phillips believes in democracy, and the people she meets give her cause for optimism even if sometimes politicians really (really) don’t. At once a laugh-so-you-don’t-cry takedown of the state of Westminster in recent years and a rallying battle cry for bringing truth back to politics, this book will make you angry, cheer you up and give you hope.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778647Mon, 12 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Be Honest Author: Jess Phillips Narrator: Jess Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 12, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Be Honest Author: Jess Phillips Narrator: Jess Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER CHOSEN BY WATERSTONES AS ONE OF THEIR BEST POLITICS BOOKS OF 2024 From culture wars to clickbait, it’s fair to say that politics has lost some of its integrity, and we’ve all suffered as a result. If it hadn’t almost wrecked the country with calamitous consequences in nearly every sector of public life, it would be funny. We’ve let our standards drop – but we deserve better. Jess Phillips believes in democracy, and the people she meets give her cause for optimism even if sometimes politicians really (really) don’t. At once a laugh-so-you-don’t-cry takedown of the state of Westminster in recent years and a rallying battle cry for bringing truth back to politics, this book will make you angry, cheer you up and give you hope.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-restorative-justice-in-education-fostering-responsibility-healing-and-hope-in-schools-by-dorothy-vaandering-katherine--65203561https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice in Education: Fostering Responsibility, Healing, and Hope in Schools Series: #15 of Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Author: Dorothy Vaandering, Katherine Evans Narrator: Mike Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Much more than a response to harm, restorative justice nurtures relational, interconnected school cultures. The wisdom embedded within its principles and practices is being welcomed at a time when exclusionary discipline and zero-tolerance policies are recognized as perpetuating student apathy, disproportionality, and the school-to-prison pipeline. Relying on the wisdom of early proponents of restorative justice, the daily experiences of educators, and the authors’ extensive experience as classroom teachers and researchers, this Little Book guides the growth of restorative justice in education (RJE) into the future. Incorporating activities, stories, and examples throughout the book, three major interconnected and equally important aspects of restorative justice in education are explained and applied: - Creating just and equitable learning environments; - Building and maintaining healthy relationships; - healing harm and transforming conflict The Little Book of Restorative Justice in Education is a reference that practitioners can turn to repeatedly for clarity and consistency as they implement restorative justice in educational settings. This audiobook includes a bonus lecture on restorative justice by series editor Howard Zehr and is deftly narrated by Mike Fraser Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2016 Katherine Evans and Dorothy Vaandering (P)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805056Mon, 12 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice in Education: Fostering Responsibility, Healing, and Hope in Schools Series: #15 of Little Books of Justice and...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice in Education: Fostering Responsibility, Healing, and Hope in Schools Series: #15 of Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Author: Dorothy Vaandering, Katherine Evans Narrator: Mike Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Much more than a response to harm, restorative justice nurtures relational, interconnected school cultures. The wisdom embedded within its principles and practices is being welcomed at a time when exclusionary discipline and zero-tolerance policies are recognized as perpetuating student apathy, disproportionality, and the school-to-prison pipeline. Relying on the wisdom of early proponents of restorative justice, the daily experiences of educators, and the authors’ extensive experience as classroom teachers and researchers, this Little Book guides the growth of restorative justice in education (RJE) into the future. Incorporating activities, stories, and examples throughout the book, three major interconnected and equally important aspects of restorative justice in education are explained and applied: - Creating just and equitable learning environments; - Building and maintaining healthy relationships; - healing harm and transforming conflict The Little Book of Restorative Justice in Education is a reference that practitioners can turn to repeatedly for clarity and consistency as they implement restorative justice in educational settings. This audiobook includes a bonus lecture on restorative justice by series editor Howard Zehr and is deftly narrated by Mike Fraser Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2016 Katherine Evans and Dorothy Vaandering (P)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-socke-teil-2-socke-im-land-des-rubinroten-zauberers-by-jorg-janetzko--65203656https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 2 Socke im Land des rubinroten Zauberers Series: #2 of Socke Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Nancy Krüger, Ines Nagel, Ines Schröder, Anna Rak, Aki Baumgardt, Kai Krüger, Ilja Benedikt Kaufmann, Dirk Oldorf, Luis Krohn, Bennet K., Frieda Krohn, Stephan Brauer, Inge Janetzko, Robert Steffens, Manuela Janetzko, Helene D., Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: August 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ,,Socke im Land des rubinroten Zauberers'' ist das zweite große Abenteuer eines außergewöhnlichen Helden, einer Socke. Die ist durch ein kleines Wunder zum Leben erweckt worden und hat mittlerweile eine Freundin gefunden. Als Lisa plötzlich nicht mehr da ist, startet Socke eine Suchaktion die ihn ins Land des rubinroten Zauberers führt. Hat der Lisa entführt? Sockes Suche nach Lisa wird zu einer großen Hilfsaktion für die Tiere des Waldes. Aber ist der mächtige rubinrote Zauberer sein Feind? Mit vielen lustigen Einfällen und den Tieren gemeinsam könnten es gelingen die Gefahren abzuwenden. Wieder mal kämpft sich der ungewöhnliche und etwas verrückte Held so durch alle Schwierigkeiten, dass man dabei viel Spaß hat.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792481Sat, 10 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 2 Socke im Land des rubinroten Zauberers Series: #2 of Socke Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Nancy Krüger, Ines Nagel, Ines...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 2 Socke im Land des rubinroten Zauberers Series: #2 of Socke Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Nancy Krüger, Ines Nagel, Ines Schröder, Anna Rak, Aki Baumgardt, Kai Krüger, Ilja Benedikt Kaufmann, Dirk Oldorf, Luis Krohn, Bennet K., Frieda Krohn, Stephan Brauer, Inge Janetzko, Robert Steffens, Manuela Janetzko, Helene D., Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: August 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ,,Socke im Land des rubinroten Zauberers'' ist das zweite große Abenteuer eines außergewöhnlichen Helden, einer Socke. Die ist durch ein kleines Wunder zum Leben erweckt worden und hat mittlerweile eine Freundin gefunden. Als Lisa plötzlich nicht mehr da ist, startet Socke eine Suchaktion die ihn ins Land des rubinroten Zauberers führt. Hat der Lisa entführt? Sockes Suche nach Lisa wird zu einer großen Hilfsaktion für die Tiere des Waldes. Aber ist der mächtige rubinrote Zauberer sein Feind? Mit vielen lustigen Einfällen und den Tieren gemeinsam könnten es gelingen die Gefahren abzuwenden. Wieder mal kämpft sich der ungewöhnliche und etwas verrückte Held so durch alle Schwierigkeiten, dass man dabei viel Spaß hat.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-herr-sonneborn-bleibt-in-brussel-neue-abenteuer-im-europaparlament-autorisierte-lesefassung-by-martin-sonneborn--65203590https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796098 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Herr Sonneborn bleibt in Brüssel - Neue Abenteuer im Europaparlament (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Martin Wehrmann, Ulrike Kapfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inzwischen ist Martin Sonneborn nicht mehr so naiv: Als er 2019 zum zweiten Mal ins Europaparlament gewählt wird, weiß er bereits, wie in der EU Politik gemacht wird - und kennt alle Tricks. Das ist auch gut so, denn in seiner zweiten Amtszeit geht es in Europa um alles. (Fast). Die Legislaturperiode beginnt mit einer Überraschung. Ursula von der Leyen wird Kommissionspräsidentin. Martin Sonneborn beschreibt, wie es dazu kommen konnte und stellt gleich noch die seltsamsten Kommissare vor. Und dann wird Politik gemacht: In Brüssel (und Straßburg) wird der Green Deal verhandelt, Position bezogen im Bergkarabach-Konflikt und die digitale Überwachung der Bürger in der EU neu geregelt. Hunderte Entscheidungen, die für Millionen EU-Bürgerinnen und -Bürger Alltag werden - und bei denen man gelegentlich sehr, sehr viel Humor braucht, um nicht in der MEP-Bar zur Flasche zu greifen. Oder die Sinnfrage zu stellen. Zum Glück hat Martin Sonneborn gute Ideen, um Europa in die richtige Richtung zu bewegen. Sein Vorschlag: EU-Verkleinerung statt EU-Erweiterung, Nobelpreise für Assange, Europa nicht den Leyen überlassen ... Das Hörbuch ist eine Reise in ein paralleles Universum - informativ, schockierend und lustig. Gelesen von Martin Wehrmann und Ulrike Kapfer.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796098Fri, 09 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796098 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Herr Sonneborn bleibt in Brüssel - Neue Abenteuer im Europaparlament (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Martin...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796098 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Herr Sonneborn bleibt in Brüssel - Neue Abenteuer im Europaparlament (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Martin Wehrmann, Ulrike Kapfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inzwischen ist Martin Sonneborn nicht mehr so naiv: Als er 2019 zum zweiten Mal ins Europaparlament gewählt wird, weiß er bereits, wie in der EU Politik gemacht wird - und kennt alle Tricks. Das ist auch gut so, denn in seiner zweiten Amtszeit geht es in Europa um alles. (Fast). Die Legislaturperiode beginnt mit einer Überraschung. Ursula von der Leyen wird Kommissionspräsidentin. Martin Sonneborn beschreibt, wie es dazu kommen konnte und stellt gleich noch die seltsamsten Kommissare vor. Und dann wird Politik gemacht: In Brüssel (und Straßburg) wird der Green Deal verhandelt, Position bezogen im Bergkarabach-Konflikt und die digitale Überwachung der Bürger in der EU neu geregelt. Hunderte Entscheidungen, die für Millionen EU-Bürgerinnen und -Bürger Alltag werden - und bei denen man gelegentlich sehr, sehr viel Humor braucht, um nicht in der MEP-Bar zur Flasche zu greifen. Oder die Sinnfrage zu stellen. Zum Glück hat Martin Sonneborn gute Ideen, um Europa in die richtige Richtung zu bewegen. Sein Vorschlag: EU-Verkleinerung statt EU-Erweiterung, Nobelpreise für Assange, Europa nicht den Leyen überlassen ... Das Hörbuch ist eine Reise in ein paralleles Universum - informativ, schockierend und lustig. Gelesen von Martin Wehrmann und Ulrike Kapfer.]]>185sselcleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dutch-flemish-de-zijderoutes-een-nieuwe-wereldgeschiedenis-by-peter-frankopan--65203558https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806179 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - De zijderoutes: Een nieuwe wereldgeschiedenis Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Carolina Mout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: De bestseller De zijderoutes van Peter Frankopan in een nieuw jasje 'Door terug te kijken, ver terug te kijken, houdt Frankopan ons een spiegel voor, die uiteindelijk haarscherp laat zien dat we ons zullen moeten aanpassen – of we nou willen of niet.' VPRO Tegenlicht De zijderoutes is een schitterende verkenning van de elementen die de stuwende kracht waren achter de opkomst en de ondergang van wereldrijken, die de stroom van ideeën en goederen bepaalden en nu een nieuw tijdperk inluiden in de internationale politiek. Het gebied ten oosten van de Middellandse en de Zwarte Zee tot aan de Himalaya, dwars door Centraal-Azië tot diep in China en India, was duizenden jaren het middelpunt van de aarde. Het is de bakermat van onze beschaving, waar meer dan 2500 jaar v.C. metropolen ontstonden als Harappa en Mohenjodaro met een bevolking die in de tienduizenden liep en met straten die waren aangesloten op een geavanceerd rioleringssysteem. Het is ook het gebied van de zijderoutes – handelsroutes maar ook verbindingswegen waarlangs opvattingen, religies, ideeën, cultuur én ziektes zich konden verspreiden. Hier begint Peter Frankopan zijn nieuwe wereldgeschiedenis. Na de eerste zijderoutes ontstonden er andere: de slavenroute, de goudroute, de route naar het zwarte goud. Maar in onze eenentwintigste eeuw zijn nieuwe routes aan het ontstaan die een grote gelijkenis vertonen met die allereerste, die Centraal-Azië doorkruisten. De zijderoutes komen terug! De pers over De zijderoutes: 'Briljante verhaallijnen (...) Een wereldgeschiedenis die het middelpunt van die wereld naar het oosten verplaatst.' The Economist 'Veel boeken beweren 'een nieuwe geschiedenis van de wereld' te zijn; dit boek heeft die benaming met recht.' The Times 'Frankopan schreef een erg stimulerend boek, dat tal van nieuwe inzichten biedt en bovendien bijzonder prettig leest.' Historisch Nieuwsblad Peter Frankopan is hoogleraar Wereldgeschiedenis aan Oxford University, waar hij ook Senior Research Fellow is aan Worcester College en directeur van het Centre for Byzantine Research. Hij is de auteur van de bestsellers De eerste kruistocht, De zijderoutes en De nieuwe zijderoutes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806179Fri, 09 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806179 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - De zijderoutes: Een nieuwe wereldgeschiedenis Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Carolina Mout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806179 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - De zijderoutes: Een nieuwe wereldgeschiedenis Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Carolina Mout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: De bestseller De zijderoutes van Peter Frankopan in een nieuw jasje 'Door terug te kijken, ver terug te kijken, houdt Frankopan ons een spiegel voor, die uiteindelijk haarscherp laat zien dat we ons zullen moeten aanpassen – of we nou willen of niet.' VPRO Tegenlicht De zijderoutes is een schitterende verkenning van de elementen die de stuwende kracht waren achter de opkomst en de ondergang van wereldrijken, die de stroom van ideeën en goederen bepaalden en nu een nieuw tijdperk inluiden in de internationale politiek. Het gebied ten oosten van de Middellandse en de Zwarte Zee tot aan de Himalaya, dwars door Centraal-Azië tot diep in China en India, was duizenden jaren het middelpunt van de aarde. Het is de bakermat van onze beschaving, waar meer dan 2500 jaar v.C. metropolen ontstonden als Harappa en Mohenjodaro met een bevolking die in de tienduizenden liep en met straten die waren aangesloten op een geavanceerd rioleringssysteem. Het is ook het gebied van de zijderoutes – handelsroutes maar ook verbindingswegen waarlangs opvattingen, religies, ideeën, cultuur én ziektes zich konden verspreiden. Hier begint Peter Frankopan zijn nieuwe wereldgeschiedenis. Na de eerste zijderoutes ontstonden er andere: de slavenroute, de goudroute, de route naar het zwarte goud. Maar in onze eenentwintigste eeuw zijn nieuwe routes aan het ontstaan die een grote gelijkenis vertonen met die allereerste, die Centraal-Azië doorkruisten. De zijderoutes komen terug! De pers over De zijderoutes: 'Briljante verhaallijnen (...) Een wereldgeschiedenis die het middelpunt van die wereld naar het oosten verplaatst.' The Economist 'Veel boeken beweren 'een nieuwe geschiedenis van de wereld' te zijn; dit boek heeft die benaming met recht.' The Times 'Frankopan schreef een erg stimulerend boek, dat tal van nieuwe inzichten biedt en bovendien bijzonder prettig leest.' Historisch Nieuwsblad Peter Frankopan is hoogleraar Wereldgeschiedenis aan Oxford University, waar hij ook Senior Research Fellow is aan Worcester College en directeur van het Centre for Byzantine Research. Hij is de auteur van de bestsellers De eerste kruistocht, De zijderoutes en De nieuwe zijderoutes.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-law-and-the-promise-by-neville-goddard--65203552https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law and The Promise Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mark Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Law and The Promise by Neville Goddard is a powerful exploration of the law of assumption and the creative power of the human imagination. Goddard presents compelling stories and practical techniques that illustrate how individuals can transform their lives by assuming the feeling of their wishes fulfilled. The book emphasizes the importance of faith and imagination in shaping reality, offering readers a clear roadmap for manifesting their desires. Through vivid examples and actionable advice, Goddard inspires readers to harness their inner creative power to achieve personal success and fulfillment, making this book a timeless guide to self-realization and transformation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807378Wed, 07 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law and The Promise Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mark Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law and The Promise Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mark Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Law and The Promise by Neville Goddard is a powerful exploration of the law of assumption and the creative power of the human imagination. Goddard presents compelling stories and practical techniques that illustrate how individuals can transform their lives by assuming the feeling of their wishes fulfilled. The book emphasizes the importance of faith and imagination in shaping reality, offering readers a clear roadmap for manifesting their desires. Through vivid examples and actionable advice, Goddard inspires readers to harness their inner creative power to achieve personal success and fulfillment, making this book a timeless guide to self-realization and transformation.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-tcu-mais-independente-criterio-de-escolha-dos-ministros-by-maria-zeferino--65203550https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - TCU mais independente: critério de escolha dos Ministros Author: Maria Zeferino Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: O presente trabalho tem por objetivo realizar uma análise crítica do sistema de nomeação dos ministros do Tribunal de Contas da União. Para que os julgadores das contas públicas exerçam sua missão constitucional, é importante que estejam livres de influências externas, a fim de não comprometer a imparcialidade de suas decisões. O atual sistema possibilita um controle externo parcial e ineficiente, uma vez que parte de seus ministros são escolhidos por quem irá fiscalizar suas próprias contas ou de seus aliados, estando na contramão do princípio da impessoalidade e da moralidade. Ademais, a escolha dos seus membros está em desarmonia com o princípio da igualdade, uma vez que dos 9 (nove) ministros, apenas 2 (dois) deverão ser concursados. Sendo assim, examinar-se-á o critério de escolha dos seus membros sob a ótica dos princípios da igualdade, da moralidade, da impessoalidade e da eficiência, bem como das Propostas de Emendas à Constituição Federal, as quais propõem uma modificação no critério de escolha dos membros do TCU.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807200Wed, 07 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - TCU mais independente: critério de escolha dos Ministros Author: Maria Zeferino Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - TCU mais independente: critério de escolha dos Ministros Author: Maria Zeferino Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: O presente trabalho tem por objetivo realizar uma análise crítica do sistema de nomeação dos ministros do Tribunal de Contas da União. Para que os julgadores das contas públicas exerçam sua missão constitucional, é importante que estejam livres de influências externas, a fim de não comprometer a imparcialidade de suas decisões. O atual sistema possibilita um controle externo parcial e ineficiente, uma vez que parte de seus ministros são escolhidos por quem irá fiscalizar suas próprias contas ou de seus aliados, estando na contramão do princípio da impessoalidade e da moralidade. Ademais, a escolha dos seus membros está em desarmonia com o princípio da igualdade, uma vez que dos 9 (nove) ministros, apenas 2 (dois) deverão ser concursados. Sendo assim, examinar-se-á o critério de escolha dos seus membros sob a ótica dos princípios da igualdade, da moralidade, da impessoalidade e da eficiência, bem como das Propostas de Emendas à Constituição Federal, as quais propõem uma modificação no critério de escolha dos membros do TCU.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-in-exile-by-meridith-mcgraw--65203674https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump in Exile Author: Meridith Mcgraw Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Filled with deep insights and never-before-seen details, Trump in Exile is an explosive, all-access account from behind the scenes at Mar-a-Lago as former president Donald Trump regroups from an election defeat that he refuses to acknowledge and plots his return. The Capitol riots on January 6, 2021, put a horrific closing note on a norm-shattering presidency, as the twice-impeached Donald Trump rode a wave of denial and resentment out of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue and crashed back at Mar-a-Lago—seemingly wounded, seemingly done.   But he wasn’t. And what, exactly, was he building in there?   Meridith McGraw vividly chronicles the incredible period of Trump’s exile in South Florida—a postpresidency like no other in American history—and brings us inside the gilded walls of his private club, where an alternate reality in which the 2020 election was stolen became Republican Party orthodoxy. How did the country go from Trump’s political banishment to his renewed dominance over his party, as he effortlessly destroyed the once-formidable Ron DeSantis and now stands on the verge of returning to the White House—all while facing the heavy shadow of multiple federal and state criminal indictments? The Mar-a-Lago period is essential for understanding Trump’s implausible resurgence and the many missed opportunities to stop him.   From a reporter who has covered the Trump era from its beginning, through the White House years, to his 2024 campaign, Meridith McGraw’s Trump in Exile is riveting contemporary history, vital to our understanding of this defining American moment.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775956Tue, 06 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump in Exile Author: Meridith Mcgraw Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump in Exile Author: Meridith Mcgraw Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Filled with deep insights and never-before-seen details, Trump in Exile is an explosive, all-access account from behind the scenes at Mar-a-Lago as former president Donald Trump regroups from an election defeat that he refuses to acknowledge and plots his return. The Capitol riots on January 6, 2021, put a horrific closing note on a norm-shattering presidency, as the twice-impeached Donald Trump rode a wave of denial and resentment out of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue and crashed back at Mar-a-Lago—seemingly wounded, seemingly done.   But he wasn’t. And what, exactly, was he building in there?   Meridith McGraw vividly chronicles the incredible period of Trump’s exile in South Florida—a postpresidency like no other in American history—and brings us inside the gilded walls of his private club, where an alternate reality in which the 2020 election was stolen became Republican Party orthodoxy. How did the country go from Trump’s political banishment to his renewed dominance over his party, as he effortlessly destroyed the once-formidable Ron DeSantis and now stands on the verge of returning to the White House—all while facing the heavy shadow of multiple federal and state criminal indictments? The Mar-a-Lago period is essential for understanding Trump’s implausible resurgence and the many missed opportunities to stop him.   From a reporter who has covered the Trump era from its beginning, through the White House years, to his 2024 campaign, Meridith McGraw’s Trump in Exile is riveting contemporary history, vital to our understanding of this defining American moment.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tech-monopoly-the-mit-press-essential-knowledge-series-by-herbert-hovenkamp--65203599https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Herbert Hovenkamp Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the astronomical rise of tech giants like Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft has been criticized as anticompetitive, and many have wondered if antitrust law can help protect workers and consumers. In Tech Monopoly, Herbert Hovenkamp explores competition problems in a wide range of high-tech firms—from those that sell purely digital products, such as video streaming, search, software, or email services, to others that sell more traditional 'tactile' products, such as hardware, clothing, groceries, or rides. He offers a realistic look at the powers and limitations of antitrust law in tech markets with an assessment that is as comprehensive as it is accessible. After a general introduction to antitrust law, Tech Monopoly considers how competitive harm should be assessed in these markets. Then Hovenkamp looks at the role of large digital platforms, including Amazon, Alphabet, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft, and considers whether their size alone is an antitrust problem or if the concern should be limited to market power. Finally, the author addresses the very difficult problem of remedies. Should we 'break up' big tech, and if so, how? What kind of breakup of these firms would make users or others better off? And if breakups are not the only possible antitrust fix, are there more effective and less disruptive alternatives?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346Tue, 06 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Herbert Hovenkamp Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Herbert Hovenkamp Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the astronomical rise of tech giants like Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft has been criticized as anticompetitive, and many have wondered if antitrust law can help protect workers and consumers. In Tech Monopoly, Herbert Hovenkamp explores competition problems in a wide range of high-tech firms—from those that sell purely digital products, such as video streaming, search, software, or email services, to others that sell more traditional 'tactile' products, such as hardware, clothing, groceries, or rides. He offers a realistic look at the powers and limitations of antitrust law in tech markets with an assessment that is as comprehensive as it is accessible. After a general introduction to antitrust law, Tech Monopoly considers how competitive harm should be assessed in these markets. Then Hovenkamp looks at the role of large digital platforms, including Amazon, Alphabet, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft, and considers whether their size alone is an antitrust problem or if the concern should be limited to market power. Finally, the author addresses the very difficult problem of remedies. Should we 'break up' big tech, and if so, how? What kind of breakup of these firms would make users or others better off? And if breakups are not the only possible antitrust fix, are there more effective and less disruptive alternatives?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-circle-processes-a-new-old-approach-to-peacemaking-by-kay-pranis--65203623https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Circle Processes: A New/Old Approach to Peacemaking Author: Kay Pranis Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our ancestors gathered around a fire in a circle, families gather around their kitchen tables in circles, and now we are gathering in circles as communities to solve problems. This peacemaking practice draws on the ancient Native American tradition of a talking piece and combines that with concepts of democracy and inclusivity. Peacemaking circles are used in neighborhoods to provide support for those harmed by crime and to decide sentences for those who commit crime, in schools to create positive classroom climates and resolve behavior problems, in the workplace to deal with conflict, and in social services to develop more organic support systems for people struggling to get their lives together. The circle process hinges on storytelling. It is an effort bringing astonishing results around the country. A title in The Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series, The Little Book of Circle Processes is wonderfully narrated by Karen Chilton. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with author Kay Pranis and series editor Howard Zehr. This audiobook was produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont ©2005 Good Books (P)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802336Mon, 05 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Circle Processes: A New/Old Approach to Peacemaking Author: Kay Pranis Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Circle Processes: A New/Old Approach to Peacemaking Author: Kay Pranis Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our ancestors gathered around a fire in a circle, families gather around their kitchen tables in circles, and now we are gathering in circles as communities to solve problems. This peacemaking practice draws on the ancient Native American tradition of a talking piece and combines that with concepts of democracy and inclusivity. Peacemaking circles are used in neighborhoods to provide support for those harmed by crime and to decide sentences for those who commit crime, in schools to create positive classroom climates and resolve behavior problems, in the workplace to deal with conflict, and in social services to develop more organic support systems for people struggling to get their lives together. The circle process hinges on storytelling. It is an effort bringing astonishing results around the country. A title in The Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series, The Little Book of Circle Processes is wonderfully narrated by Karen Chilton. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with author Kay Pranis and series editor Howard Zehr. This audiobook was produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont ©2005 Good Books (P)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/discourse-on-colonialism-by-aime-cesaire--65203586https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on Colonialism Author: Aimé Césaire Narrator: J. Keith Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Césaire's essay stands as an important document in the development of third world consciousness - a process in which [he] played a prominent role. (Library Journal) This classic work, first published in France in 1955, profoundly influenced the generation of scholars and activists at the forefront of liberation struggles in Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Nearly 20 years later, when published for the first time in English, Discourse on Colonialism inspired a new generation engaged in the Civil Rights, Black Power, and anti-war movements and has sold more than 75,000 copies to date. Aimé Césaire eloquently describes the brutal impact of capitalism and colonialism on both the colonizer and colonized, exposing the contradictions and hypocrisy implicit in western notions of progress and civilization upon encountering the savage, uncultured, or primitive. Here, Césaire reaffirms African values, identity, and culture, and their relevance, reminding us that the relationship between consciousness and reality are extremely complex. . . . It is equally necessary to decolonize our minds, our inner life, at the same time that we decolonize society. A reading of an interview with Césaire by the poet René Depestre is also included. ©1972, 2000 Monthly Review Press. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802334Mon, 05 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on Colonialism Author: Aimé Césaire Narrator: J. Keith Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on Colonialism Author: Aimé Césaire Narrator: J. Keith Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Césaire's essay stands as an important document in the development of third world consciousness - a process in which [he] played a prominent role. (Library Journal) This classic work, first published in France in 1955, profoundly influenced the generation of scholars and activists at the forefront of liberation struggles in Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Nearly 20 years later, when published for the first time in English, Discourse on Colonialism inspired a new generation engaged in the Civil Rights, Black Power, and anti-war movements and has sold more than 75,000 copies to date. Aimé Césaire eloquently describes the brutal impact of capitalism and colonialism on both the colonizer and colonized, exposing the contradictions and hypocrisy implicit in western notions of progress and civilization upon encountering the savage, uncultured, or primitive. Here, Césaire reaffirms African values, identity, and culture, and their relevance, reminding us that the relationship between consciousness and reality are extremely complex. . . . It is equally necessary to decolonize our minds, our inner life, at the same time that we decolonize society. A reading of an interview with Césaire by the poet René Depestre is also included. ©1972, 2000 Monthly Review Press. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-vidas-desplazadas-la-migracion-en-mexico-by-ana-mercedes-saiz-valenzuela--65203583https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803287 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vidas desplazadas: La migración en México Author: Ana Mercedes Saiz Valenzuela Narrator: Mabil Morales, Raúl Boxer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: LA MIGRACIÓN EN MÉXICO «Con esta obra se presenta un mosaico que ayuda a esclarecer la dinámica migratoria partiendo de una visión global, enfatizando la dinámica regional y poniendo el reflector sobre México como país de origen, tránsito, destino y retorno. Los artículos que integran el libro analizan cuestiones específicas que brindan una radiografía de las fallas y oportunidades que tiene nuestro sistema de gestión de los movimientos de población y que impactan en los aspectos más cotidianos y básicos de la vida de las personas migrantes y refugiadas. A partir de estos textos podemos comprender que las políticas migratorias no obedecen a la realidad de un mundo globalizado ni a las necesidades de los mercados laborales o a la economía, ni tampoco a la realidad demográfica del NorteGlobal. Se contraponen, incluso, al sentido común, y se basan en el miedo, la discriminación y los prejuicios. Así, esta obra es una oportunidad para mirar de manera diferente las migraciones, que deben ser gestionadas de una manera más humana y aprovechadas como motor de desarrollo.»]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803287Thu, 01 Aug 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803287 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vidas desplazadas: La migración en México Author: Ana Mercedes Saiz Valenzuela Narrator: Mabil Morales, Raúl Boxer Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803287 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vidas desplazadas: La migración en México Author: Ana Mercedes Saiz Valenzuela Narrator: Mabil Morales, Raúl Boxer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: LA MIGRACIÓN EN MÉXICO «Con esta obra se presenta un mosaico que ayuda a esclarecer la dinámica migratoria partiendo de una visión global, enfatizando la dinámica regional y poniendo el reflector sobre México como país de origen, tránsito, destino y retorno. Los artículos que integran el libro analizan cuestiones específicas que brindan una radiografía de las fallas y oportunidades que tiene nuestro sistema de gestión de los movimientos de población y que impactan en los aspectos más cotidianos y básicos de la vida de las personas migrantes y refugiadas. A partir de estos textos podemos comprender que las políticas migratorias no obedecen a la realidad de un mundo globalizado ni a las necesidades de los mercados laborales o a la economía, ni tampoco a la realidad demográfica del NorteGlobal. Se contraponen, incluso, al sentido común, y se basan en el miedo, la discriminación y los prejuicios. Así, esta obra es una oportunidad para mirar de manera diferente las migraciones, que deben ser gestionadas de una manera más humana y aprovechadas como motor de desarrollo.»]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/milton-friedman-on-economics-selected-papers-by-milton-friedman--65203707https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778492 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Milton Friedman on Economics: Selected Papers Author: Milton Friedman Narrator: Kyle Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On his death in the autumn of 2006, Milton Friedman was lauded as 'the grandmaster of free-market economic theory in the postwar era' by the New York Times and 'the most influential economist of the second half of the 20th century' by the Economist. Winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics in 1976, Friedman was both a highly respected economist and a prominent public intellectual, the leader of a revolution in economic and political thought that argued robustly in favor of virtues of free markets and laissez-faire policies. Milton Friedman on Economics: Selected Papers collects a variety of Friedman's papers on topics in economics that were originally published in the Journal of Political Economy. Opening with Friedman's 1977 Nobel Lecture, the volume spans nearly the whole of his career, incorporating papers from as early as 1948 and as late as 1990. An excellent introduction to Friedman's economic thought, Milton Friedman will be essential for anyone tracing the course of twentieth-century economics and politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778492Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778492 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Milton Friedman on Economics: Selected Papers Author: Milton Friedman Narrator: Kyle Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778492 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Milton Friedman on Economics: Selected Papers Author: Milton Friedman Narrator: Kyle Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On his death in the autumn of 2006, Milton Friedman was lauded as 'the grandmaster of free-market economic theory in the postwar era' by the New York Times and 'the most influential economist of the second half of the 20th century' by the Economist. Winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics in 1976, Friedman was both a highly respected economist and a prominent public intellectual, the leader of a revolution in economic and political thought that argued robustly in favor of virtues of free markets and laissez-faire policies. Milton Friedman on Economics: Selected Papers collects a variety of Friedman's papers on topics in economics that were originally published in the Journal of Political Economy. Opening with Friedman's 1977 Nobel Lecture, the volume spans nearly the whole of his career, incorporating papers from as early as 1948 and as late as 1990. An excellent introduction to Friedman's economic thought, Milton Friedman will be essential for anyone tracing the course of twentieth-century economics and politics.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-restorative-justice-for-campus-sexual-harms-a-holistic-approach-for-colleges-and-universities-to-address-sexual-miscondu--65203659https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice for Campus Sexual Harms: A Holistic Approach for Colleges and Universities to Address Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence Author: Mikayla W-C Mccray, Rachel Roth Sawatzky Narrator: Mikayla W-C Mccray, Rachel Roth Sawatzky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A restorative justice approach to addressing sexual misconduct in colleges and universities. Written for college and university practitioners and administrators, The Little Book of Restorative Justice for Campus Sexual Harms: A Holistic Approach to Address Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence for Colleges and Universities combines explanation, justification, and contextualization for the application of restorative justice (RJ) for sexual misconduct, including for alleged Title IX violations. This book outlines considerations, action steps, and best practices for campuses that are interested in exploring the successful implementation of RJ for sexual misconduct. The authors' backgrounds as practitioners within the higher education context grounds this work with personal reflections, experiences, and stories. This book provides a primer for colleges and universities who seek to move campus culture in a more restorative direction generally, and specifically for practitioners interested in exploring the possibility of amending existing sexual misconduct policies, including investigative-adjudicatory Title IX policy and procedures, through a restorative justice informed lens. Readers will explore why it makes all the difference (for both students and administrators) to add RJ resolution options.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792587Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice for Campus Sexual Harms: A Holistic Approach for Colleges and Universities to Address Sexual Misconduct and...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice for Campus Sexual Harms: A Holistic Approach for Colleges and Universities to Address Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence Author: Mikayla W-C Mccray, Rachel Roth Sawatzky Narrator: Mikayla W-C Mccray, Rachel Roth Sawatzky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A restorative justice approach to addressing sexual misconduct in colleges and universities. Written for college and university practitioners and administrators, The Little Book of Restorative Justice for Campus Sexual Harms: A Holistic Approach to Address Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence for Colleges and Universities combines explanation, justification, and contextualization for the application of restorative justice (RJ) for sexual misconduct, including for alleged Title IX violations. This book outlines considerations, action steps, and best practices for campuses that are interested in exploring the successful implementation of RJ for sexual misconduct. The authors' backgrounds as practitioners within the higher education context grounds this work with personal reflections, experiences, and stories. This book provides a primer for colleges and universities who seek to move campus culture in a more restorative direction generally, and specifically for practitioners interested in exploring the possibility of amending existing sexual misconduct policies, including investigative-adjudicatory Title IX policy and procedures, through a restorative justice informed lens. Readers will explore why it makes all the difference (for both students and administrators) to add RJ resolution options.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rage-of-replacement-far-right-politics-and-demographic-fear-by-michael-feola--65203645https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rage of Replacement: Far Right Politics and Demographic Fear Author: Michael Feola Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'Great Replacement' narrative, which imagines that historic white majorities are being intentionally replaced through immigration policies crafted by global elites, has effectively mobilized racist, nationalist, and nativist movements in the United States and Europe. The Rage of Replacement tracks how this narrative has shaped the politics and worldview of the far right, binding its various camps into a community of rage obsessed with nostalgia for a white-supremacist past. Showing how the replacement narrative has found significant purchase in recent mainstream discourse, Michael Feola diagnoses the dangers this racist theory poses as it shapes the far-right imagination, expands through civil society, and deforms political culture. In particular, he tracks how the replacement narrative has given rise to malignant political strategies designed to 'take back' the nation from its perceived enemies—by force if deemed necessary. Feola shows how it has motivated a variety of dangerous political projects in pursuit of illiberal, antidemocratic futures. From calls for the creation of segregated white ethnostates to extremist violence such as the mass shootings in Christchurch, El Paso, and Buffalo, The Rage of Replacement makes clear that replacement theory poses a dire threat to democracy and safety.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777198Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rage of Replacement: Far Right Politics and Demographic Fear Author: Michael Feola Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rage of Replacement: Far Right Politics and Demographic Fear Author: Michael Feola Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'Great Replacement' narrative, which imagines that historic white majorities are being intentionally replaced through immigration policies crafted by global elites, has effectively mobilized racist, nationalist, and nativist movements in the United States and Europe. The Rage of Replacement tracks how this narrative has shaped the politics and worldview of the far right, binding its various camps into a community of rage obsessed with nostalgia for a white-supremacist past. Showing how the replacement narrative has found significant purchase in recent mainstream discourse, Michael Feola diagnoses the dangers this racist theory poses as it shapes the far-right imagination, expands through civil society, and deforms political culture. In particular, he tracks how the replacement narrative has given rise to malignant political strategies designed to 'take back' the nation from its perceived enemies—by force if deemed necessary. Feola shows how it has motivated a variety of dangerous political projects in pursuit of illiberal, antidemocratic futures. From calls for the creation of segregated white ethnostates to extremist violence such as the mass shootings in Christchurch, El Paso, and Buffalo, The Rage of Replacement makes clear that replacement theory poses a dire threat to democracy and safety.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hijacked-how-neoliberalism-turned-the-work-ethic-against-workers-and-how-workers-can-take-it-back-by-elizabeth-anderson--65203627https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hijacked: How Neoliberalism Turned the Work Ethic Against Workers and How Workers Can Take It Back Author: Elizabeth Anderson Narrator: Carolyn Jania Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the work ethic? Does it justify policies that promote the wealth and power of the One Percent at workers' expense? Or does it advance policies that promote workers' dignity and standing? Hijacked explores how the history of political economy has been a contest between these two ideas about whom the work ethic is supposed to serve. Today's neoliberal ideology deploys the work ethic on behalf of the One Percent. However, workers and their advocates have long used the work ethic on behalf of ordinary people. By exposing the ideological roots of contemporary neoliberalism as a perversion of the seventeenth-century Protestant work ethic, Elizabeth Anderson shows how we can reclaim the original goals of the work ethic, and uplift ourselves again. Hijacked persuasively and powerfully demonstrates how ideas inspired by the work ethic informed debates among leading political economists of the past, and how these ideas can help us today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803860Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hijacked: How Neoliberalism Turned the Work Ethic Against Workers and How Workers Can Take It Back Author: Elizabeth Anderson Narrator: Carolyn Jania...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hijacked: How Neoliberalism Turned the Work Ethic Against Workers and How Workers Can Take It Back Author: Elizabeth Anderson Narrator: Carolyn Jania Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the work ethic? Does it justify policies that promote the wealth and power of the One Percent at workers' expense? Or does it advance policies that promote workers' dignity and standing? Hijacked explores how the history of political economy has been a contest between these two ideas about whom the work ethic is supposed to serve. Today's neoliberal ideology deploys the work ethic on behalf of the One Percent. However, workers and their advocates have long used the work ethic on behalf of ordinary people. By exposing the ideological roots of contemporary neoliberalism as a perversion of the seventeenth-century Protestant work ethic, Elizabeth Anderson shows how we can reclaim the original goals of the work ethic, and uplift ourselves again. Hijacked persuasively and powerfully demonstrates how ideas inspired by the work ethic informed debates among leading political economists of the past, and how these ideas can help us today.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mission-iran-special-forces-berlin-operation-eagle-claw-jtf-1-79-by-james-stejskal--65203624https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Iran: Special Forces Berlin & Operation Eagle Claw, JTF 1-79 Author: James Stejskal Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On November 4, 1979, 'student' supporters of the Ayatollah seized the U.S. Embassy with over sixty hostages. Although the Cold War was in full swing, the Iran hostage crisis was a watershed for the United States. Detachment A had been established in Berlin early in the Cold War to harass and delay any Soviet military advance west. This Special unit trained relentlessly for every aspect of unconventional warfare, and was later assigned a second mission of counterterrorism. The plan for Operation Eagle Claw, as it became known, was extremely complex. The first stage was intelligence gathering—no mean feat as most of the CIA's capabilities in the country had been eliminated. With operatives trained in intelligence work, fluent in many languages, and adept at blending in, Det A took on the advanced recon of the targets. Then, when Delta Force admitted that it could only manage the assault of the Embassy, Det A volunteered to rescue the three Americans at the Foreign Ministry. Veteran and historian James Stejskal details Det A's unique and integral role in Operation Eagle Claw, based upon firsthand accounts of the operatives involved.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800347Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Iran: Special Forces Berlin & Operation Eagle Claw, JTF 1-79 Author: James Stejskal Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Iran: Special Forces Berlin & Operation Eagle Claw, JTF 1-79 Author: James Stejskal Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On November 4, 1979, 'student' supporters of the Ayatollah seized the U.S. Embassy with over sixty hostages. Although the Cold War was in full swing, the Iran hostage crisis was a watershed for the United States. Detachment A had been established in Berlin early in the Cold War to harass and delay any Soviet military advance west. This Special unit trained relentlessly for every aspect of unconventional warfare, and was later assigned a second mission of counterterrorism. The plan for Operation Eagle Claw, as it became known, was extremely complex. The first stage was intelligence gathering—no mean feat as most of the CIA's capabilities in the country had been eliminated. With operatives trained in intelligence work, fluent in many languages, and adept at blending in, Det A took on the advanced recon of the targets. Then, when Delta Force admitted that it could only manage the assault of the Embassy, Det A volunteered to rescue the three Americans at the Foreign Ministry. Veteran and historian James Stejskal details Det A's unique and integral role in Operation Eagle Claw, based upon firsthand accounts of the operatives involved.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-antiracism-handbook-practical-tools-to-shift-your-mindset-and-uproot-racism-in-your-life-and-community-by-thema-bryant-phd-edith-g-ar--65203616https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antiracism Handbook: Practical Tools to Shift Your Mindset and Uproot Racism in Your Life and Community Author: Thema Bryant PhD, Edith G. Arrington PhD Narrator: Tyanni Mah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Racism has reached epidemic levels in our country, and every single day we see acts of racial injustice. From police brutality and the prison industrial complex, to crumbling infrastructure and toxic drinking water in predominantly Black neighborhoods—many people have finally opened their eyes to the harsh realities of inequality and systemic racism in America. But awareness isn't enough. We need to take action to create real change. Written by two psychologists and experts in race, identity, equity, and inclusion, The Antiracism Handbook will empower you to make your own personal contribution to creating an antiracist society. You'll find practical, evidence-based tools grounded in psychology to help you recognize and resist racial stereotypes in day-to-day interactions; and strategies to help you communicate with family, loved ones, and children about race and racism. You'll also learn skills to help you navigate race in professional workspaces, and advocate for antiracist politics, policies, and practices in your community, civic, and spiritual life. By shifting your thought patterns and behaviors to cultivate an antiracist mindset, you can actively change your community—and the world—beginning with yourself. This handbook will help you get started now.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801261Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antiracism Handbook: Practical Tools to Shift Your Mindset and Uproot Racism in Your Life and Community Author: Thema Bryant PhD, Edith G....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antiracism Handbook: Practical Tools to Shift Your Mindset and Uproot Racism in Your Life and Community Author: Thema Bryant PhD, Edith G. Arrington PhD Narrator: Tyanni Mah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Racism has reached epidemic levels in our country, and every single day we see acts of racial injustice. From police brutality and the prison industrial complex, to crumbling infrastructure and toxic drinking water in predominantly Black neighborhoods—many people have finally opened their eyes to the harsh realities of inequality and systemic racism in America. But awareness isn't enough. We need to take action to create real change. Written by two psychologists and experts in race, identity, equity, and inclusion, The Antiracism Handbook will empower you to make your own personal contribution to creating an antiracist society. You'll find practical, evidence-based tools grounded in psychology to help you recognize and resist racial stereotypes in day-to-day interactions; and strategies to help you communicate with family, loved ones, and children about race and racism. You'll also learn skills to help you navigate race in professional workspaces, and advocate for antiracist politics, policies, and practices in your community, civic, and spiritual life. By shifting your thought patterns and behaviors to cultivate an antiracist mindset, you can actively change your community—and the world—beginning with yourself. This handbook will help you get started now.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/exurbia-now-the-battleground-of-american-democracy-by-david-masciotra--65203580https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy Author: David Masciotra Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The suburbs have become too liberal and diverse for many white American conservatives, so 'exurbia'—areas outside the cities and their suburbs—are becoming the staging ground for the radical right extremist insurgency . . . Beyond a fanatical devotion to former president Donald Trump, one of the curious things that united the rank and file of the January 6 insurrectionist mob was that many of them were residents of one of America's fastest growing residential areas: Exurbia. In this brilliant work of political and cultural inquiry, veteran political journalist David Masciotra provides a definitive account of what exurbia is, how it came to be, and how it's transforming American life. Zooming in outside the greater metropolitan area of Chicago—where Masciotra grew up—he shows how exurbia has become a safe space to fly the MAGA flag and romanticize the mores of the pre-civil rights, pre-feminist, pre-gay rights 1950s. But, as Masciotra also shows, reactionary white flight is not the whole story of small-town America. The story often lost is the power and persistence of small-town liberals—people who believe in equality, celebrate diversity, and enroll in movements for justice. Exurbia, as it turns out, is ground zero for the fight over a democracy mightily beleaguered, yet still full of promise, and still worth fighting for.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803868Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy Author: David Masciotra Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy Author: David Masciotra Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The suburbs have become too liberal and diverse for many white American conservatives, so 'exurbia'—areas outside the cities and their suburbs—are becoming the staging ground for the radical right extremist insurgency . . . Beyond a fanatical devotion to former president Donald Trump, one of the curious things that united the rank and file of the January 6 insurrectionist mob was that many of them were residents of one of America's fastest growing residential areas: Exurbia. In this brilliant work of political and cultural inquiry, veteran political journalist David Masciotra provides a definitive account of what exurbia is, how it came to be, and how it's transforming American life. Zooming in outside the greater metropolitan area of Chicago—where Masciotra grew up—he shows how exurbia has become a safe space to fly the MAGA flag and romanticize the mores of the pre-civil rights, pre-feminist, pre-gay rights 1950s. But, as Masciotra also shows, reactionary white flight is not the whole story of small-town America. The story often lost is the power and persistence of small-town liberals—people who believe in equality, celebrate diversity, and enroll in movements for justice. Exurbia, as it turns out, is ground zero for the fight over a democracy mightily beleaguered, yet still full of promise, and still worth fighting for.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-vergessen-nicht-was-wir-in-der-coronazeit-erlebt-haben-by-annette-creft--65203581https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804020 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir vergessen nicht was wir in der Coronazeit erlebt haben Author: Annette Creft Narrator: Annette Creft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Jahre der Coronapolitik haben ihre Spuren hinterlassen. Lockdowns und andere Maßnahmen waren eine massive Belastung. Senioren vereinsamten, Kinder wurden isoliert, Ungeimpfte diffamiert – die Liste an Menschenrechtsverletzungen ist lang. Damit diese Zeit nie vergessen wird, hat die Autorin die persönlichen Erlebnisse von Menschen dokumentiert, die in den Medien nicht vorkommen. Annette Creft beschreibt die gesellschaftliche Seite der Coronazeit den Hauptteil aber bilden Menschen, die sonst keine Stimme in der Öffentlichkeit haben. Sie reden offen über die Ausgrenzung im Alltag und geben einen unverfälschten Blick in ihr Leben. Sie zeigen, wie die Coronazeit wirklich war und widerlegen damit die offensiv propagierten Narrative der Medien und Politik. Persönlich und direkt gewähren sie uns Einblicke in eine Zeit, die nie vergessen werden darf.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804020Mon, 29 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804020 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir vergessen nicht was wir in der Coronazeit erlebt haben Author: Annette Creft Narrator: Annette Creft Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804020 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir vergessen nicht was wir in der Coronazeit erlebt haben Author: Annette Creft Narrator: Annette Creft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Jahre der Coronapolitik haben ihre Spuren hinterlassen. Lockdowns und andere Maßnahmen waren eine massive Belastung. Senioren vereinsamten, Kinder wurden isoliert, Ungeimpfte diffamiert – die Liste an Menschenrechtsverletzungen ist lang. Damit diese Zeit nie vergessen wird, hat die Autorin die persönlichen Erlebnisse von Menschen dokumentiert, die in den Medien nicht vorkommen. Annette Creft beschreibt die gesellschaftliche Seite der Coronazeit den Hauptteil aber bilden Menschen, die sonst keine Stimme in der Öffentlichkeit haben. Sie reden offen über die Ausgrenzung im Alltag und geben einen unverfälschten Blick in ihr Leben. Sie zeigen, wie die Coronazeit wirklich war und widerlegen damit die offensiv propagierten Narrative der Medien und Politik. Persönlich und direkt gewähren sie uns Einblicke in eine Zeit, die nie vergessen werden darf.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-survive-protracted-civil-litigation-when-the-judicial-system-stopped-being-fair-and-impartial-by-claudia-a-barber--65203544https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Survive Protracted Civil Litigation When the Judicial System STOPPED Being Fair and Impartial Author: Claudia A Barber Narrator: Myriam Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The legal system was not designed for poor people. Yet, we ask citizens to use this system every day in spite of its shortcomings. If you have been sued or need to sue to seek legal redress, this book is for you. It will guide you through some of what to expect, and further explain why the system does not render justice every day.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805791Sun, 28 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Survive Protracted Civil Litigation When the Judicial System STOPPED Being Fair and Impartial Author: Claudia A Barber Narrator: Myriam Berger...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Survive Protracted Civil Litigation When the Judicial System STOPPED Being Fair and Impartial Author: Claudia A Barber Narrator: Myriam Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The legal system was not designed for poor people. Yet, we ask citizens to use this system every day in spite of its shortcomings. If you have been sued or need to sue to seek legal redress, this book is for you. It will guide you through some of what to expect, and further explain why the system does not render justice every day.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-only-way-is-up-the-way-forward-for-british-politics-by-polly-toynbee-david-walker--65203681https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791361 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Way is Up: The Way Forward for British Politics Author: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Narrator: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A new government takes office in 2024. What will it inherit? What's the state of Britain after these years of political mayhem, incompetence in high office and scarring austerity? And where do we go from here? Prosperity Measures presents a ready reckoner. As the new government sets out to repair the damage, rebuild trust and once again make social progress, ministers will take on a heavy burden. Combining the latest data with expert interviews from the health, policing, children's services, housing, transport, criminal justice and education sectors, Polly Toynbee and David Walker have compiled an essential guide to the state of the nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791361Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791361 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Way is Up: The Way Forward for British Politics Author: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Narrator: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791361 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Way is Up: The Way Forward for British Politics Author: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Narrator: Polly Toynbee, David Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A new government takes office in 2024. What will it inherit? What's the state of Britain after these years of political mayhem, incompetence in high office and scarring austerity? And where do we go from here? Prosperity Measures presents a ready reckoner. As the new government sets out to repair the damage, rebuild trust and once again make social progress, ministers will take on a heavy burden. Combining the latest data with expert interviews from the health, policing, children's services, housing, transport, criminal justice and education sectors, Polly Toynbee and David Walker have compiled an essential guide to the state of the nation.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-verwundbare-demokratie-strategien-gegen-die-populistische-ubernahme-by-maximilian-steinbeis--65203632https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die verwundbare Demokratie: Strategien gegen die populistische Übernahme Author: Maximilian Steinbeis Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Während Populisten überall auf der Welt die freiheitliche Rechtsordnung aushebeln, halten wir unsere Demokratie noch immer für unverwundbar. Die Feinde der demokratischen Vielfalt missbrauchen unter dem Vorwand, die wahren Interessen des Volkes zu vertreten, das Recht. Was droht Deutschland? Maximilian Steinbeis, Jurist und streitbarer Experte für alle Fragen zur Verfassung, zeigt am Beispiel Thüringen, wie Populisten den freiheitlichen Staat zerstören könnten, indem sie Gesetze und Institutionen missbrauchen: Schulen und Universitäten, Justiz und Polizei, Medien und Kunst. Es bleibt nur noch wenig Zeit, unsere Freiheit gegen diese Angriffe zu verteidigen. Maximilian Steinbeis schärft unser Bewusstsein für die Bedrohungen, denen unsere freie Gesellschaft ausgesetzt ist.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798374Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die verwundbare Demokratie: Strategien gegen die populistische Übernahme Author: Maximilian Steinbeis Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die verwundbare Demokratie: Strategien gegen die populistische Übernahme Author: Maximilian Steinbeis Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Während Populisten überall auf der Welt die freiheitliche Rechtsordnung aushebeln, halten wir unsere Demokratie noch immer für unverwundbar. Die Feinde der demokratischen Vielfalt missbrauchen unter dem Vorwand, die wahren Interessen des Volkes zu vertreten, das Recht. Was droht Deutschland? Maximilian Steinbeis, Jurist und streitbarer Experte für alle Fragen zur Verfassung, zeigt am Beispiel Thüringen, wie Populisten den freiheitlichen Staat zerstören könnten, indem sie Gesetze und Institutionen missbrauchen: Schulen und Universitäten, Justiz und Polizei, Medien und Kunst. Es bleibt nur noch wenig Zeit, unsere Freiheit gegen diese Angriffe zu verteidigen. Maximilian Steinbeis schärft unser Bewusstsein für die Bedrohungen, denen unsere freie Gesellschaft ausgesetzt ist.]]>185bernahmecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-war-by-niccolo-machiavelli--65203620https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Luke Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''The Art of War' is a treatise by the Italian Renaissance political philosopher and historian Niccolò Machiavelli. Written between 1519 and 1520, it was published the following year and remains one of his most important works. Unlike the more widely read 'The Prince' and 'The Discourses', this book focuses specifically on military matters. Here are the key features of 'The Art of War': Format: The book takes the form of a Socratic dialogue. Lord Fabrizio Colonna, perhaps Machiavelli's persona, declares the purpose at the outset: 'To honor and reward virtù, not to have contempt for poverty, to esteem the modes and orders of military discipline, to constrain citizens to love one another, to live without factions, to esteem less the private than the public good.' The military is likened to the roof of a palazzo protecting its contents. Setting: The dialogues occur in the Orti Oricellari, classical-style gardens built by Bernardo Rucellai in the 1490s for Florentine aristocrats and humanists. The discussions take place between Cosimo Rucellai and 'Lord Fabrizio Colonna,' with other patrizi and captains of the recent Florentine republic. Fabrizio's Wisdom: Fabrizio is enamored with the Roman Legions of the early to mid Roman Republic. He advocates adapting their strategies to the contemporary situation of Renaissance Florence. His knowledge dominates the discussions, often turning them into monologues where he details how an army should be raised, trained, organized, deployed, and employed. Practical Insights: Machiavelli's theories are not merely theoretical; they are based on his observations during his fourteen years as secretary to the Chancery of Florence. He reported on the size, composition, weaponry, morale, and logistical capabilities of the most effective militaries of his day. 'The Art of War' serves as a guide to military leaders, including Frederick the Great and Napoleon, and remains an authoritative treatise on the fundamentals of warfare. Its clear and concise style stands in contrast to that of 'The Prince'.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791335Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Luke Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Luke Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''The Art of War' is a treatise by the Italian Renaissance political philosopher and historian Niccolò Machiavelli. Written between 1519 and 1520, it was published the following year and remains one of his most important works. Unlike the more widely read 'The Prince' and 'The Discourses', this book focuses specifically on military matters. Here are the key features of 'The Art of War': Format: The book takes the form of a Socratic dialogue. Lord Fabrizio Colonna, perhaps Machiavelli's persona, declares the purpose at the outset: 'To honor and reward virtù, not to have contempt for poverty, to esteem the modes and orders of military discipline, to constrain citizens to love one another, to live without factions, to esteem less the private than the public good.' The military is likened to the roof of a palazzo protecting its contents. Setting: The dialogues occur in the Orti Oricellari, classical-style gardens built by Bernardo Rucellai in the 1490s for Florentine aristocrats and humanists. The discussions take place between Cosimo Rucellai and 'Lord Fabrizio Colonna,' with other patrizi and captains of the recent Florentine republic. Fabrizio's Wisdom: Fabrizio is enamored with the Roman Legions of the early to mid Roman Republic. He advocates adapting their strategies to the contemporary situation of Renaissance Florence. His knowledge dominates the discussions, often turning them into monologues where he details how an army should be raised, trained, organized, deployed, and employed. Practical Insights: Machiavelli's theories are not merely theoretical; they are based on his observations during his fourteen years as secretary to the Chancery of Florence. He reported on the size, composition, weaponry, morale, and logistical capabilities of the most effective militaries of his day. 'The Art of War' serves as a guide to military leaders, including Frederick the Great and Napoleon, and remains an authoritative treatise on the fundamentals of warfare. Its clear and concise style stands in contrast to that of 'The Prince'.']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-asi-no-es-no-creas-todo-lo-que-te-dicen-sobre-meritocracia-clase-media-clasismo-salarios-e-ingresos-by-viri-rios-ray-campos--65203611https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así no es: No creas todo lo que te dicen sobre meritocracia, clase media, clasismo, salarios e ingresos Author: Viri Ríos, Ray Campos Narrator: Kerygma Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ¿El pobre es pobre porque quiere? ¿Los jóvenes son más flojos que antes y por eso ganan menos? ¿Quienes reciben programas sociales los gastan en tonterías? ¿Los estados del norte trabajan más que los del sur? ¿Tu jefe ya no te puede subir el sueldo? NO, ASÍ NO ES Asíno es desmitifica conceptos equivocados y devela verdades incómodas que demasiados mexicanos creen, pero que son falsas.Ideas que asumimos sobre meritocracia, clase media, clasismo, salarios e impuestos, pero que son escandalosamente erradas. Burdas mentiras que sirven para justificar las más grandes injusticias de México. Con datos, evidencia científica e información, Viri Ríos y Ray Campos —dos destacadosacadémicos— te llevarán a desafiar tus propias creencias, desmontando cada prejuicio de la mano de relatos cautivadores.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802366Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así no es: No creas todo lo que te dicen sobre meritocracia, clase media, clasismo, salarios e ingresos Author: Viri Ríos, Ray Campos...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así no es: No creas todo lo que te dicen sobre meritocracia, clase media, clasismo, salarios e ingresos Author: Viri Ríos, Ray Campos Narrator: Kerygma Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ¿El pobre es pobre porque quiere? ¿Los jóvenes son más flojos que antes y por eso ganan menos? ¿Quienes reciben programas sociales los gastan en tonterías? ¿Los estados del norte trabajan más que los del sur? ¿Tu jefe ya no te puede subir el sueldo? NO, ASÍ NO ES Asíno es desmitifica conceptos equivocados y devela verdades incómodas que demasiados mexicanos creen, pero que son falsas.Ideas que asumimos sobre meritocracia, clase media, clasismo, salarios e impuestos, pero que son escandalosamente erradas. Burdas mentiras que sirven para justificar las más grandes injusticias de México. Con datos, evidencia científica e información, Viri Ríos y Ray Campos —dos destacadosacadémicos— te llevarán a desafiar tus propias creencias, desmontando cada prejuicio de la mano de relatos cautivadores.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-was-sie-schon-immer-ubers-klima-wissen-wollten-aber-bisher-nicht-zu-fragen-wagten-der-klimawandel-zwischen-lobbygruppen-und-wis--65203598https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Sie schon immer übers Klima wissen wollten, aber bisher nicht zu fragen wagten: Der Klimawandel zwischen Lobbygruppen und Wissenschaft Author: Axel Bojanowski Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es gibt massenhaft Lektüre über den Klimawandel, doch zwei Arten bestimmen das Genre: die eine, die auf dramatische Weise vor der Apokalypse warnt, und die andere, die den Alarmismus als trojanisches Pferd politischer Kräfte entlarven will. Beide blenden Wesentliches aus: Einerseits hat die Wissenschaft überzeugend dargelegt, dass es ein Klimaproblem gibt, andererseits wird es tatsächlich politisch ausgebeutet. Anstatt also eine der beiden Kategorien zu bedienen, erzählt dieses Buch, wie aus dem Nischenfach der Meteorologie das bestimmende Thema unserer Zeit wurde. Das liegt keineswegs nur daran, dass die globale Erwärmung manifeste Risiken mit sich bringt, sondern auch daran, dass Wissenschaft als Vehikel für Macht, Einfluss und Geld missbraucht wird. Während der Klimawandel voranschreitet, eskaliert zugleich ein Lobbykrieg, der Einzelinteressen dient, aber die Lösung des zugrundeliegenden Problems erschwert. Dubiose Studien und politisierte Wissenschaftler stärken global operierende Institutionen und unterwerfen Deutschland im Dienste des Umweltschutzes einer unbarmherzigen Agenda.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798372Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Sie schon immer übers Klima wissen wollten, aber bisher nicht zu fragen wagten: Der Klimawandel zwischen Lobbygruppen und Wissenschaft...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Sie schon immer übers Klima wissen wollten, aber bisher nicht zu fragen wagten: Der Klimawandel zwischen Lobbygruppen und Wissenschaft Author: Axel Bojanowski Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es gibt massenhaft Lektüre über den Klimawandel, doch zwei Arten bestimmen das Genre: die eine, die auf dramatische Weise vor der Apokalypse warnt, und die andere, die den Alarmismus als trojanisches Pferd politischer Kräfte entlarven will. Beide blenden Wesentliches aus: Einerseits hat die Wissenschaft überzeugend dargelegt, dass es ein Klimaproblem gibt, andererseits wird es tatsächlich politisch ausgebeutet. Anstatt also eine der beiden Kategorien zu bedienen, erzählt dieses Buch, wie aus dem Nischenfach der Meteorologie das bestimmende Thema unserer Zeit wurde. Das liegt keineswegs nur daran, dass die globale Erwärmung manifeste Risiken mit sich bringt, sondern auch daran, dass Wissenschaft als Vehikel für Macht, Einfluss und Geld missbraucht wird. Während der Klimawandel voranschreitet, eskaliert zugleich ein Lobbykrieg, der Einzelinteressen dient, aber die Lösung des zugrundeliegenden Problems erschwert. Dubiose Studien und politisierte Wissenschaftler stärken global operierende Institutionen und unterwerfen Deutschland im Dienste des Umweltschutzes einer unbarmherzigen Agenda.]]>185berscleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-krise-das-versagen-einer-republik-by-ulrich-schneider--65203595https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799667 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krise: Das Versagen einer Republik Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland hat versagt, schreibt Ulrich Schneider. Die Bundesrepublik stand mit Corona, Energiekrise und explodierenden Lebenshaltungskosten vor der größten Herausforderung ihrer Geschichte, es wurden unvorstellbare Summen in zahllosen Entlastungspaketen ausgegeben. Trotzdem gelang es nicht, die Gesellschaft in ihrer Krise zusammenzuhalten. Das Ergebnis ist ein sozial noch tiefer in Arm und Reich gespaltenes Land als zuvor. Der aus Talkshows bekannte Sozialexperte und Autor nimmt eine schonungslose Abrechnung mit einer Krisenpolitik von Großer Koalition und Ampel vor, die das Auseinanderdriften dieser Gesellschaft nicht nur hingenommen, sondern sogar noch gefördert hat. Das Buch für alle, die verstehen wollen, wie und warum die deutsche Regierung durch die Krisen der letzten Jahre gescheitert ist.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799667Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799667 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krise: Das Versagen einer Republik Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799667 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krise: Das Versagen einer Republik Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland hat versagt, schreibt Ulrich Schneider. Die Bundesrepublik stand mit Corona, Energiekrise und explodierenden Lebenshaltungskosten vor der größten Herausforderung ihrer Geschichte, es wurden unvorstellbare Summen in zahllosen Entlastungspaketen ausgegeben. Trotzdem gelang es nicht, die Gesellschaft in ihrer Krise zusammenzuhalten. Das Ergebnis ist ein sozial noch tiefer in Arm und Reich gespaltenes Land als zuvor. Der aus Talkshows bekannte Sozialexperte und Autor nimmt eine schonungslose Abrechnung mit einer Krisenpolitik von Großer Koalition und Ampel vor, die das Auseinanderdriften dieser Gesellschaft nicht nur hingenommen, sondern sogar noch gefördert hat. Das Buch für alle, die verstehen wollen, wie und warum die deutsche Regierung durch die Krisen der letzten Jahre gescheitert ist.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-restorative-justice-revised-and-updated-justice-and-peacebuilding-by-howard-zehr--65203642https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice: Revised and Updated (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Howard Zehr Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Zehr is the father of restorative justice and is known worldwide for his pioneering work in transforming understandings of justice. Here he proposes workable principles and practices for making restorative justice possible in this revised and updated edition of his best-selling, seminal book on the movement. (The original edition has sold more than 110,000 copies.) Restorative justice, with its emphasis on identifying the justice needs of everyone involved in a crime, is a worldwide movement of growing influence that is helping victims and communities heal, while holding criminals accountable for their actions. This is not soft-on-crime, feel-good philosophy, but rather a concrete effort to bring justice and healing to everyone involved in a crime. In The Little Book of Restorative Justice, Zehr first explores how restorative justice is different from criminal justice. Then, before letting those appealing observations drift out of reach into theoretical space, Zehr presents restorative justice practices. Zehr undertakes a massive and complex subject and puts it in graspable form, without reducing or trivializing it. The Little Book of Restorative Justice is wonderfully read by Karen Chilton, the acclaimed narrator of The New Jim Crow. This resource is suitable for academic classes and workshops, for conferences and trainings, as well as for the layperson interested in understanding this innovative and influential movement. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2002, 2015 Good Books.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798880Wed, 24 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice: Revised and Updated (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Howard Zehr Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Justice: Revised and Updated (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Howard Zehr Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Zehr is the father of restorative justice and is known worldwide for his pioneering work in transforming understandings of justice. Here he proposes workable principles and practices for making restorative justice possible in this revised and updated edition of his best-selling, seminal book on the movement. (The original edition has sold more than 110,000 copies.) Restorative justice, with its emphasis on identifying the justice needs of everyone involved in a crime, is a worldwide movement of growing influence that is helping victims and communities heal, while holding criminals accountable for their actions. This is not soft-on-crime, feel-good philosophy, but rather a concrete effort to bring justice and healing to everyone involved in a crime. In The Little Book of Restorative Justice, Zehr first explores how restorative justice is different from criminal justice. Then, before letting those appealing observations drift out of reach into theoretical space, Zehr presents restorative justice practices. Zehr undertakes a massive and complex subject and puts it in graspable form, without reducing or trivializing it. The Little Book of Restorative Justice is wonderfully read by Karen Chilton, the acclaimed narrator of The New Jim Crow. This resource is suitable for academic classes and workshops, for conferences and trainings, as well as for the layperson interested in understanding this innovative and influential movement. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2002, 2015 Good Books.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/digital-empires-the-global-battle-to-regulate-technology-by-anu-bradford--65203735https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology Author: Anu Bradford Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The global battle among the three dominant digital powers—the United States, China, and the European Union—is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires, her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come. Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches—the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model—and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology Author: Anu Bradford Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology Author: Anu Bradford Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The global battle among the three dominant digital powers—the United States, China, and the European Union—is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires, her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come. Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches—the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model—and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-machine-to-move-ocean-and-earth-the-making-of-the-port-of-los-angeles-and-america-by-james-tejani--65203726https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777212 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth: The Making of the Port of Los Angeles and America Author: James Tejani Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Port of Los Angeles is all around us. Objects we use on a daily basis pass through it: furniture, apparel, electronics, automobiles, and much more. Yet despite its centrality to our world, the port and the story of its making have been neglected in histories of the United States. In A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth, historian James Tejani corrects that significant omission, charting the port's rise out of the mud and salt marsh of San Pedro estuary. By the mid-nineteenth century, Americans had identified the West Coast as the republic's destiny, a gateway to the riches of the Pacific. Tejani demonstrates how San Pedro came to be seen as all-important to the nation's future. It was not virgin land, but dominated by powerful Mexican estates that would not be dislodged easily. Yet American scientists would wrest control of the estuary and set the scene for the violence, inequality, and engineering marvels to come. San Pedro was no place for a harbor, Tejani reveals. The port was carved in defiance of nature, using new engineering techniques and massive mechanical dredgers. Tejani vividly describes how a wild coast was made into the engine of American power. A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth is must-listen for anyone who seeks to understand what the United States was, what it is now, and what it will be.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777212Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777212 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth: The Making of the Port of Los Angeles and America Author: James Tejani Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777212 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth: The Making of the Port of Los Angeles and America Author: James Tejani Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Port of Los Angeles is all around us. Objects we use on a daily basis pass through it: furniture, apparel, electronics, automobiles, and much more. Yet despite its centrality to our world, the port and the story of its making have been neglected in histories of the United States. In A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth, historian James Tejani corrects that significant omission, charting the port's rise out of the mud and salt marsh of San Pedro estuary. By the mid-nineteenth century, Americans had identified the West Coast as the republic's destiny, a gateway to the riches of the Pacific. Tejani demonstrates how San Pedro came to be seen as all-important to the nation's future. It was not virgin land, but dominated by powerful Mexican estates that would not be dislodged easily. Yet American scientists would wrest control of the estuary and set the scene for the violence, inequality, and engineering marvels to come. San Pedro was no place for a harbor, Tejani reveals. The port was carved in defiance of nature, using new engineering techniques and massive mechanical dredgers. Tejani vividly describes how a wild coast was made into the engine of American power. A Machine to Move Ocean and Earth is must-listen for anyone who seeks to understand what the United States was, what it is now, and what it will be.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seeing-red-russian-propaganda-and-american-news-by-gordon-neil-ramsay-sarah-oates--65203717https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Red: Russian Propaganda and American News Author: Gordon Neil Ramsay, Sarah Oates Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The US media has been tainted with Russian disinformation, but the more significant threat is how the Right has embraced the Russian model of the news media as a vehicle for propaganda. This could not have happened without Donald Trump, who has been aided and abetted by politicians and news outlets that favor persuasion over information. From his inauguration onwards, Trump has shown allegiance to the Kremlin propaganda playbook—he consistently denies reality, amplifies lies, vilifies the free media, and broadcasts disinformation. Seeing Red breaks new ground in investigating the scope of Russian disinformation, arguing that key politicians and media outlets in the United States have facilitated the dissemination of Russian propaganda. From the 2020 elections to the Capitol Insurrection to the war in Ukraine, Sarah Oates and Gordon Neil Ramsay examine the penetration of key Kremlin strategic narratives that attempt to project Russian power, blame NATO for Russian aggression, and attack democracy via the US news. Despite knowledge of the risk and resourceful work on tracking down Russian propaganda in the United States, the problem of foreign disinformation continues to this day. As Oates and Ramsay argue, this is in part due to exploitation of the American tradition of free speech and the open nature of the US media system.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777167Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Red: Russian Propaganda and American News Author: Gordon Neil Ramsay, Sarah Oates Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Red: Russian Propaganda and American News Author: Gordon Neil Ramsay, Sarah Oates Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The US media has been tainted with Russian disinformation, but the more significant threat is how the Right has embraced the Russian model of the news media as a vehicle for propaganda. This could not have happened without Donald Trump, who has been aided and abetted by politicians and news outlets that favor persuasion over information. From his inauguration onwards, Trump has shown allegiance to the Kremlin propaganda playbook—he consistently denies reality, amplifies lies, vilifies the free media, and broadcasts disinformation. Seeing Red breaks new ground in investigating the scope of Russian disinformation, arguing that key politicians and media outlets in the United States have facilitated the dissemination of Russian propaganda. From the 2020 elections to the Capitol Insurrection to the war in Ukraine, Sarah Oates and Gordon Neil Ramsay examine the penetration of key Kremlin strategic narratives that attempt to project Russian power, blame NATO for Russian aggression, and attack democracy via the US news. Despite knowledge of the risk and resourceful work on tracking down Russian propaganda in the United States, the problem of foreign disinformation continues to this day. As Oates and Ramsay argue, this is in part due to exploitation of the American tradition of free speech and the open nature of the US media system.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-run-wars-a-confidential-playbook-for-the-national-security-elite-by-abigail-r-hall-christopher-j-coyne--65203690https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run Wars: A Confidential Playbook for the National Security Elite Author: Abigail R. Hall, Christopher J. Coyne Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A copy of the top-secret memo below recently came into our hands, and we thought we should bring it to your attention! “Dear National Security Elite: In an ideal world, the public would simply accept whatever their leaders—you, in other words—told them. They would comply with restrictions and mandates, not as a matter of mere obedience, but as a matter of unquestionable patriotic duty. But we don’t live in an ideal world. And with the fate of the world, especially the world’s wars, in the hands of our enlightened, benevolent, and eminently responsible national security elite—in your hands, in other words—we can’t afford to risk opening the conversation to an informed public. And we certainly can’t risk asking for anything so antiquated as “consent,” either. Not when the stakes are this high. You simply must learn: How to control the narrative—every narrative—in your favor; How to completely capture the media and effectively quash dissent; How destroying liberty creates more liberty in the long (long) run; Why top-down economic planning, here and abroad, is your best friend; How to flout international, and of course domestic, law and get away with it; And much, much more… The danger with any book like this is, obviously, that it may fall into the wrong hands. If any member of the general public should happen upon these pages, the consequences would be fatal. After all, people may realize that the national security elite—you, in other words—are not, in fact, all-powerful harbingers of peace… They may realize that you are, literally, a force for good… armed and relentlessly attempting to bend the planet to your noble will. And that realization would be nothing short of disastrous. Don’t let this book fall into the wrong hands!” Merciless in their penetrating analysis, Christopher J. Coyne and Abigail Hall have written the satirical portrait of America’s contemporary military-industrial complex. Drawing inspiration from the 1936 classic How to Run a War, by Bruce W. Knight, this book is a must-listen for anyone who would know the truth about America’s endless wars and the people who run them…. The truth might just set us free. It will certainly make you laugh. Then—really angry.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785587Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run Wars: A Confidential Playbook for the National Security Elite Author: Abigail R. Hall, Christopher J. Coyne Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run Wars: A Confidential Playbook for the National Security Elite Author: Abigail R. Hall, Christopher J. Coyne Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A copy of the top-secret memo below recently came into our hands, and we thought we should bring it to your attention! “Dear National Security Elite: In an ideal world, the public would simply accept whatever their leaders—you, in other words—told them. They would comply with restrictions and mandates, not as a matter of mere obedience, but as a matter of unquestionable patriotic duty. But we don’t live in an ideal world. And with the fate of the world, especially the world’s wars, in the hands of our enlightened, benevolent, and eminently responsible national security elite—in your hands, in other words—we can’t afford to risk opening the conversation to an informed public. And we certainly can’t risk asking for anything so antiquated as “consent,” either. Not when the stakes are this high. You simply must learn: How to control the narrative—every narrative—in your favor; How to completely capture the media and effectively quash dissent; How destroying liberty creates more liberty in the long (long) run; Why top-down economic planning, here and abroad, is your best friend; How to flout international, and of course domestic, law and get away with it; And much, much more… The danger with any book like this is, obviously, that it may fall into the wrong hands. If any member of the general public should happen upon these pages, the consequences would be fatal. After all, people may realize that the national security elite—you, in other words—are not, in fact, all-powerful harbingers of peace… They may realize that you are, literally, a force for good… armed and relentlessly attempting to bend the planet to your noble will. And that realization would be nothing short of disastrous. Don’t let this book fall into the wrong hands!” Merciless in their penetrating analysis, Christopher J. Coyne and Abigail Hall have written the satirical portrait of America’s contemporary military-industrial complex. Drawing inspiration from the 1936 classic How to Run a War, by Bruce W. Knight, this book is a must-listen for anyone who would know the truth about America’s endless wars and the people who run them…. The truth might just set us free. It will certainly make you laugh. Then—really angry.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unsettled-what-climate-science-tells-us-what-it-doesn-t-and-why-it-matters-updated-and-expanded-edition-by-steven-e-koonin--65203647https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn't, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Steven E. Koonin Narrator: Jay Aaseng Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this updated and expanded edition of climate scientist Steven Koonin’s groundbreaking book, go behind the headlines to discover the latest eye-opening data about climate change—with unbiased facts and realistic steps for the future.“Greenland’s ice loss is accelerating.”“Extreme temperatures are causing more fatalities.”“Rapid ‘climate action’ is essential to avoid a future climate disaster.”You’ve heard all this presented as fact. But according to science, all of these statements are profoundly misleading.With the new edition of Unsettled, Steven Koonin draws on decades of experience—including as a top science advisor to the Obama administration—to clear away the fog and explain what science really says (and doesn’t say). With a new introduction, this edition now features reflections on an additional three years of eye-opening data, alternatives to unrealistic “net zero” solutions, global energy inequalities, and the energy crisis arising from the war in Ukraine.When it comes to climate change, the media, politicians, and other prominent voices have declared that “the science is settled.” In reality, the climate is changing, but the why and how aren’t as clear as you’ve probably been led to believe.Koonin takes readers behind the headlines, dispels popular myths, and unveils little-known truths:• Despite rising greenhouse gas emissions, global temperatures decreased from 1940 to 1970• Models currently used to predict the future do not accurately describe the climate of the past, and modelers themselves strongly doubt their regional predictions• There is no compelling evidence that hurricanes are becoming more frequent—or that predictions of rapid sea level rise have any validityUnsettled is a reality check buoyed by hope, offering the truth about climate science—what we know, what we don’t, and what it all means for our future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn't, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Steven E. Koonin Narrator: Jay...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn't, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Steven E. Koonin Narrator: Jay Aaseng Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this updated and expanded edition of climate scientist Steven Koonin’s groundbreaking book, go behind the headlines to discover the latest eye-opening data about climate change—with unbiased facts and realistic steps for the future.“Greenland’s ice loss is accelerating.”“Extreme temperatures are causing more fatalities.”“Rapid ‘climate action’ is essential to avoid a future climate disaster.”You’ve heard all this presented as fact. But according to science, all of these statements are profoundly misleading.With the new edition of Unsettled, Steven Koonin draws on decades of experience—including as a top science advisor to the Obama administration—to clear away the fog and explain what science really says (and doesn’t say). With a new introduction, this edition now features reflections on an additional three years of eye-opening data, alternatives to unrealistic “net zero” solutions, global energy inequalities, and the energy crisis arising from the war in Ukraine.When it comes to climate change, the media, politicians, and other prominent voices have declared that “the science is settled.” In reality, the climate is changing, but the why and how aren’t as clear as you’ve probably been led to believe.Koonin takes readers behind the headlines, dispels popular myths, and unveils little-known truths:• Despite rising greenhouse gas emissions, global temperatures decreased from 1940 to 1970• Models currently used to predict the future do not accurately describe the climate of the past, and modelers themselves strongly doubt their regional predictions• There is no compelling evidence that hurricanes are becoming more frequent—or that predictions of rapid sea level rise have any validityUnsettled is a reality check buoyed by hope, offering the truth about climate science—what we know, what we don’t, and what it all means for our future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/think-it-over-how-to-use-critical-thinking-to-avoid-falsity-and-failure-by-oliver-l-north-david-l-goetsch--65203703https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think It Over: How To Use Critical Thinking To Avoid Falsity and Failure Author: Oliver L. North, David L. Goetsch Narrator: Rand Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the past, one of the most cherished American values was the truth. When people dealt with dilemmas, issues, opinions, and decisions, their first question was “What is the truth in this situation?” Now people are concerned only with what they think, feel, and want. We have lost touch with the importance of truth in our lives. This reality has resulted in a society in abject turmoil and confusion. Perhaps the greatest failure of the American school system is in turning out generations without the ability to carefully think through what they see, read, and hear. This book is the path for our return to truth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782982Mon, 22 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think It Over: How To Use Critical Thinking To Avoid Falsity and Failure Author: Oliver L. North, David L. Goetsch Narrator: Rand Archer Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think It Over: How To Use Critical Thinking To Avoid Falsity and Failure Author: Oliver L. North, David L. Goetsch Narrator: Rand Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the past, one of the most cherished American values was the truth. When people dealt with dilemmas, issues, opinions, and decisions, their first question was “What is the truth in this situation?” Now people are concerned only with what they think, feel, and want. We have lost touch with the importance of truth in our lives. This reality has resulted in a society in abject turmoil and confusion. Perhaps the greatest failure of the American school system is in turning out generations without the ability to carefully think through what they see, read, and hear. This book is the path for our return to truth.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tilak-the-empire-s-biggest-enemy-by-vaibhav-purandare--65203643https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilak: The Empire's Biggest Enemy Author: Vaibhav Purandare Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bal Gangadhar Tilak was considered to be the biggest threat to the British hegemony.He was prosecuted thrice for sedition.Was termed ‘the father of Indian unrest.’He was convicted for his fiery writings in his nationalist daily Kesari.Tilak, the first definitive biography of the man who raised the slogan that ‘freedom is my birthright and I shall have it.’Before Mahatma Gandhi, there was Bal Gangadhar Tilak – the revolutionary who ignited the spark of Indian nationalism. The Times, London, called him ‘the father of Indian unrest,’ and the one-time Secretary of State for India Edward Montagu felt he had ‘the greatest influence of any person’ on the Indian people. Above all, for the British Raj, Tilak was sedition-monger-in-chief, and it prosecuted him thrice for sedition.Hailed as ‘Lokmanya’ or ‘One Revered by the People,’ Tilak transformed India’s fight for freedom from polite discourse to a mass uprising. His fierce writings, relentless activism, and controversial stances earned him the title ‘enemy of the British government’ from the Raj, which saw him as its greatest threat. And at a time the British were undermining Indian self-esteem and dismissing Indians as ‘uncivilized heathens,’ Tilak argued powerfully and relentlessly that there was much of enormous value in India’s past, its culture, heritage and civilization, awakening Indians to a sense of their own identity. This definitive biography traces Tilak’s journey from his early days in Konkan to his influential role across India, highlighting his battles against the British, imprisonments, and commitment to Swaraj.Rediscover an icon of Indian history whose ideas and actions continue to resonate today. Bal Gangadhar Tilak’s story is not just a tale of resistance but a testament to perseverance and conviction.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795367Mon, 22 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilak: The Empire's Biggest Enemy Author: Vaibhav Purandare Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilak: The Empire's Biggest Enemy Author: Vaibhav Purandare Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bal Gangadhar Tilak was considered to be the biggest threat to the British hegemony.He was prosecuted thrice for sedition.Was termed ‘the father of Indian unrest.’He was convicted for his fiery writings in his nationalist daily Kesari.Tilak, the first definitive biography of the man who raised the slogan that ‘freedom is my birthright and I shall have it.’Before Mahatma Gandhi, there was Bal Gangadhar Tilak – the revolutionary who ignited the spark of Indian nationalism. The Times, London, called him ‘the father of Indian unrest,’ and the one-time Secretary of State for India Edward Montagu felt he had ‘the greatest influence of any person’ on the Indian people. Above all, for the British Raj, Tilak was sedition-monger-in-chief, and it prosecuted him thrice for sedition.Hailed as ‘Lokmanya’ or ‘One Revered by the People,’ Tilak transformed India’s fight for freedom from polite discourse to a mass uprising. His fierce writings, relentless activism, and controversial stances earned him the title ‘enemy of the British government’ from the Raj, which saw him as its greatest threat. And at a time the British were undermining Indian self-esteem and dismissing Indians as ‘uncivilized heathens,’ Tilak argued powerfully and relentlessly that there was much of enormous value in India’s past, its culture, heritage and civilization, awakening Indians to a sense of their own identity. This definitive biography traces Tilak’s journey from his early days in Konkan to his influential role across India, highlighting his battles against the British, imprisonments, and commitment to Swaraj.Rediscover an icon of Indian history whose ideas and actions continue to resonate today. Bal Gangadhar Tilak’s story is not just a tale of resistance but a testament to perseverance and conviction.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/gender-history-a-very-short-introduction-by-antoinette-burton--65203655https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Antoinette Burton Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This volume introduces the field of gender history—its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects. Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past—and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire. As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796838Tue, 16 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Antoinette Burton Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Antoinette Burton Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This volume introduces the field of gender history—its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects. Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past—and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire. As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-funkelstern-linus-by-jorg-janetzko--65203693https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Funkelstern Linus Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Funkelstern Linus ist eine kleine Gutenachtgeschichte über und für Kinder die anders sind und es deshalb oft schwer haben. Dabei leuchten sie oft heller. Gerade das macht das soziale Miteinander für diese Kinder nicht so einfach. Vielleicht ist diese kleine Geschichte ein Beitrag, dass sie sich bewusst werden, dass man auch stolz darauf sein darf.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784836Mon, 15 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Funkelstern Linus Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: July...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Funkelstern Linus Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Funkelstern Linus ist eine kleine Gutenachtgeschichte über und für Kinder die anders sind und es deshalb oft schwer haben. Dabei leuchten sie oft heller. Gerade das macht das soziale Miteinander für diese Kinder nicht so einfach. Vielleicht ist diese kleine Geschichte ein Beitrag, dass sie sich bewusst werden, dass man auch stolz darauf sein darf.]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-inside-sek-meine-erlebnisse-in-der-hartesten-einheit-der-polizei-by-kuni--65203666https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside SEK: Meine Erlebnisse in der härtesten Einheit der Polizei Author: Kuni Narrator: Rolf Berg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wenn es für die Polizei zu brenzlig wird, tritt das Spezialeinsatzkommando auf den Plan. Die anonymen Elitekräfte mit den Sturmmasken sind da, wenn die Gefährdung am größten ist: bei der Terrorismusbekämpfung, Geiselbefreiungen, Razzien und gefährlichen Zugriffen. Der ehemalige Polizist mit dem Decknamen »Kuni« war lange im SEK tätig. In 25 Episoden blickt er auf seine Zeit beim Kommando zurück und bietet einen fesselnden Blick hinter die Kulissen. Wie und mit welcher Motivation kam er zum SEK? Wie liefen Aufnahmeprüfung und Ausbildung ab? Welchen Herausforderungen musste er sich stellen? Kuni nimmt uns mit zu seinen spannendsten Einsätzen – von spektakulären Zugriffen, auch mit schwerem Gerät wie Granatwerfern, bis zum Kampf gegen Kinderpornografie. Inside SEK verrät, wie es bei der mythenumrankten Elitetruppe tatsächlich zugeht!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792802Mon, 15 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside SEK: Meine Erlebnisse in der härtesten Einheit der Polizei Author: Kuni Narrator: Rolf Berg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside SEK: Meine Erlebnisse in der härtesten Einheit der Polizei Author: Kuni Narrator: Rolf Berg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wenn es für die Polizei zu brenzlig wird, tritt das Spezialeinsatzkommando auf den Plan. Die anonymen Elitekräfte mit den Sturmmasken sind da, wenn die Gefährdung am größten ist: bei der Terrorismusbekämpfung, Geiselbefreiungen, Razzien und gefährlichen Zugriffen. Der ehemalige Polizist mit dem Decknamen »Kuni« war lange im SEK tätig. In 25 Episoden blickt er auf seine Zeit beim Kommando zurück und bietet einen fesselnden Blick hinter die Kulissen. Wie und mit welcher Motivation kam er zum SEK? Wie liefen Aufnahmeprüfung und Ausbildung ab? Welchen Herausforderungen musste er sich stellen? Kuni nimmt uns mit zu seinen spannendsten Einsätzen – von spektakulären Zugriffen, auch mit schwerem Gerät wie Granatwerfern, bis zum Kampf gegen Kinderpornografie. Inside SEK verrät, wie es bei der mythenumrankten Elitetruppe tatsächlich zugeht!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-amerikanische-versprechen-vom-streben-nach-gluck-in-einem-zerstrittenen-land-ungekurzt-by-kerstin-kohlenberg--65203605https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das amerikanische Versprechen. Vom Streben nach Glück in einem zerstrittenen Land (Ungekürzt) Author: Kerstin Kohlenberg Narrator: Sabina Godec Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Kapitolsstürmer, ein Black-Lives-Matter-Aktivist und eine Latina, deren Eltern illegal eingewandert sind. Drei Menschen, deren Geschichten zeigen, warum die Mitte nicht mehr hält und die Demokratie in Amerika vor dem Abgrund steht. Eine innere Geschichte Amerikas, erzählt von einer der besten deutschen Journalistinnen. Ein Must-Read für alle, die verstehen wollen, worum es wirklich geht, im US-Wahljahr 2024. Der Krankenpfleger Stephen wird der erste sein, der am 6. Januar 2021 die Absperrungen vor dem Kapitol überwindet. Drei Jahre später steht er vor Gericht, wie der Präsident, für den er das Kapitol gestürmt hat. Walter wächst in der Bronx, im Schatten des Trump Towers auf, und träumt von Ruhm und Erfolg. Erfolgreich wird er als Black-Lives-Matter-Aktivist, er traut keinem Politiker mehr, schon gar nicht den Demokraten. Magali ist das Kind einer mexikanischen Arbeiterin ohne Papiere. Im Sommer 2023 steht sie vor ihrem neuen Haus in Iowa, offene Küche, vier Schlafzimmer, Doppelgarage, der American Dream. In einem kleinen Ort, der mit großer Mehrheit Trump wählt. Warum steigt die Sympathie unter Latinos und Schwarzen für den Mann, der Mexikaner Vergewaltiger nannte und sich nie richtig von amerikanischen Neonazis distanziert hat? Wie kam es zur Erosion der bürgerlichen Mitte? Wer das verstehen will, muss dieses Hörbuch hören.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796147Sat, 13 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das amerikanische Versprechen. Vom Streben nach Glück in einem zerstrittenen Land (Ungekürzt) Author: Kerstin Kohlenberg Narrator: Sabina...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das amerikanische Versprechen. Vom Streben nach Glück in einem zerstrittenen Land (Ungekürzt) Author: Kerstin Kohlenberg Narrator: Sabina Godec Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Kapitolsstürmer, ein Black-Lives-Matter-Aktivist und eine Latina, deren Eltern illegal eingewandert sind. Drei Menschen, deren Geschichten zeigen, warum die Mitte nicht mehr hält und die Demokratie in Amerika vor dem Abgrund steht. Eine innere Geschichte Amerikas, erzählt von einer der besten deutschen Journalistinnen. Ein Must-Read für alle, die verstehen wollen, worum es wirklich geht, im US-Wahljahr 2024. Der Krankenpfleger Stephen wird der erste sein, der am 6. Januar 2021 die Absperrungen vor dem Kapitol überwindet. Drei Jahre später steht er vor Gericht, wie der Präsident, für den er das Kapitol gestürmt hat. Walter wächst in der Bronx, im Schatten des Trump Towers auf, und träumt von Ruhm und Erfolg. Erfolgreich wird er als Black-Lives-Matter-Aktivist, er traut keinem Politiker mehr, schon gar nicht den Demokraten. Magali ist das Kind einer mexikanischen Arbeiterin ohne Papiere. Im Sommer 2023 steht sie vor ihrem neuen Haus in Iowa, offene Küche, vier Schlafzimmer, Doppelgarage, der American Dream. In einem kleinen Ort, der mit großer Mehrheit Trump wählt. Warum steigt die Sympathie unter Latinos und Schwarzen für den Mann, der Mexikaner Vergewaltiger nannte und sich nie richtig von amerikanischen Neonazis distanziert hat? Wie kam es zur Erosion der bürgerlichen Mitte? Wer das verstehen will, muss dieses Hörbuch hören.]]>185ck,rztcleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-berg-und-sinn-im-nachstieg-von-viktor-frankl-by-michael-holzer-klaus-haselbock--65203648https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Berg und Sinn – Im Nachstieg von Viktor Frankl Author: Michael Holzer, Klaus Haselböck Narrator: Daniel Wandelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sich selbst finden in den Bergen: Klettern mit Viktor FranklKlettern als Parabel für das Leben: Wir werden mit unseren Ängsten konfrontiert, überwinden äußere und innere Hindernisse, trainieren unseren Körper und unseren Willen und lernen, absolut zu vertrauen – unseren eigenen Fähigkeiten, aber auch unserem Seilpartner.Der weltberühmte Psychiater Viktor Frankl stärkte über das Klettern seine innere Ressource, die er »Trotzmacht des Geistes« nannte. Gegen seine eigene Höhenangst. Gegen die Nazis. Für das Überleben in vier Konzentrationslagern.»Berg und Sinn – im Nachstieg von Viktor Frankl« zeigt die große Liebe des Begründers der Logotherapie und Existenzanalyse zu den Bergen und zum Klettern – und ist gleichzeitig eine Hommage an einen Alpinisten, der dem Sinn des Kletterns eine Sprache gab.- Die Berge als Ort der Inspiration: Portrait eines Vordenkers und Bergfreundes- Umgang mit Stress: Psychohygiene in der Kletterwand- wie eine Auszeit in der Natur unsere Resilienz stärkt- Im Nachstieg Frankls: Schneeberg, Rax, Peilstein und Große Zinne- alle Bergtouren zum Nachklettern- »… trotzdem Ja zum Leben sagen« – wie Viktor Frankl dank mentaler Stärke das KZ überlebteStärker als die Angst: Wie wir über uns selbst hinauswachsenDer Alpinismus verlangt viele mentale Kompetenzen, die auch im Leben nützlich sind: Risikobereitschaft, Mut, Konzentration, Zentrierung, Zielfokussierung, Durchhaltevermögen, Frustrationstoleranz. Beim Klettern lernen wir, dass wir unsere innere Einstellung frei wählen können: »Man muss sich ja nicht alles von sich gefallen lassen. Man kann auch stärker sein als die Angst«, schreibt Frankl.Michael Holzer und Klaus Haselböck verbinden biografische Verweise mit fundiertem Hintergrundwissen zum Bergsteigen. Elisabeth Lukas, Psychotherapeutin und Schülerin von Frankl, ergänzt logotherapeutische Grundlagen.So entsteht nicht nur ein Bild von Viktor Frankl als Bergfreund und Naturliebhaber, sondern eine Anleitung zum Leben: Nehmen Sie wertvolle Strategien mit, um die Bergtour des Lebens in jeder Etappe zu meistern!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793789Fri, 12 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Berg und Sinn – Im Nachstieg von Viktor Frankl Author: Michael Holzer, Klaus Haselböck Narrator: Daniel Wandelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Berg und Sinn – Im Nachstieg von Viktor Frankl Author: Michael Holzer, Klaus Haselböck Narrator: Daniel Wandelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sich selbst finden in den Bergen: Klettern mit Viktor FranklKlettern als Parabel für das Leben: Wir werden mit unseren Ängsten konfrontiert, überwinden äußere und innere Hindernisse, trainieren unseren Körper und unseren Willen und lernen, absolut zu vertrauen – unseren eigenen Fähigkeiten, aber auch unserem Seilpartner.Der weltberühmte Psychiater Viktor Frankl stärkte über das Klettern seine innere Ressource, die er »Trotzmacht des Geistes« nannte. Gegen seine eigene Höhenangst. Gegen die Nazis. Für das Überleben in vier Konzentrationslagern.»Berg und Sinn – im Nachstieg von Viktor Frankl« zeigt die große Liebe des Begründers der Logotherapie und Existenzanalyse zu den Bergen und zum Klettern – und ist gleichzeitig eine Hommage an einen Alpinisten, der dem Sinn des Kletterns eine Sprache gab.- Die Berge als Ort der Inspiration: Portrait eines Vordenkers und Bergfreundes- Umgang mit Stress: Psychohygiene in der Kletterwand- wie eine Auszeit in der Natur unsere Resilienz stärkt- Im Nachstieg Frankls: Schneeberg, Rax, Peilstein und Große Zinne- alle Bergtouren zum Nachklettern- »… trotzdem Ja zum Leben sagen« – wie Viktor Frankl dank mentaler Stärke das KZ überlebteStärker als die Angst: Wie wir über uns selbst hinauswachsenDer Alpinismus verlangt viele mentale Kompetenzen, die auch im Leben nützlich sind: Risikobereitschaft, Mut, Konzentration, Zentrierung, Zielfokussierung, Durchhaltevermögen, Frustrationstoleranz. Beim Klettern lernen wir, dass wir unsere innere Einstellung frei wählen können: »Man muss sich ja nicht alles von sich gefallen lassen. Man kann auch stärker sein als die Angst«, schreibt Frankl.Michael Holzer und Klaus Haselböck verbinden biografische Verweise mit fundiertem Hintergrundwissen zum Bergsteigen. Elisabeth Lukas, Psychotherapeutin und Schülerin von Frankl, ergänzt logotherapeutische Grundlagen.So entsteht nicht nur ein Bild von Viktor Frankl als Bergfreund und Naturliebhaber, sondern eine Anleitung zum Leben: Nehmen Sie wertvolle Strategien mit, um die Bergtour des Lebens in jeder Etappe zu meistern!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-tu-was-kurze-anleitung-zur-verteidigung-der-demokratie-by-ruprecht-polenz--65203639https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tu was!: Kurze Anleitung zur Verteidigung der Demokratie Author: Ruprecht Polenz Narrator: Jonas Baeck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: July 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ruprecht Polenz tritt rechtsextremen Schwurblern und Demokratieverächtern seit Jahren energisch entgegen, weil er glaubt, dass auch seine neun Enkel das Glück haben sollen, in einer Demokratie zu leben. Er ist einer der erfahrensten Influencer im Dienst von Freiheit und Vielfalt in Deutschland, seine engagierten Posts in den sozialen Medien werden täglich tausendfach kommentiert. In seinem kurzen, Mut machenden Buch ruft er uns zu: Es reicht heute nicht mehr, die Demokratie als gegeben hinzunehmen – tut etwas, um sie zu verteidigen! Das Vertrauen in unsere Demokratie ist erschüttert. Sie wird von inneren und äußeren Feinden bedrängt, die versuchen, ihr den Boden unter den Füßen wegzuziehen. Hunderttausende haben das verstanden und sind gegen rechtsextreme «Remigrationspläne» auf die Straße gegangen. Das darf kein Strohfeuer bleiben. Es steht viel auf dem Spiel, denn wir verdanken der Demokratie, dass wir ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben führen können. Damit das so bleibt, müssen wir aktiv werden: mitdiskutieren, wählen gehen, mitmachen. Tu was! Das ist die Losung des parteiübergreifend anerkannten Demokratie-Influencers Ruprecht Polenz. Er vermittelt in seiner kurzen Intervention den Wert unserer Staats- und Gesellschaftsform ganz neu und beschreibt mehr als ein Dutzend konkrete Möglichkeiten, um sich politisch zu engagieren. Die Widerstandsfähigkeit der Demokratien beginnt bei uns zu Hause. Polenz' Buch ist ein Mutmacher in dunklen Zeiten.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793768Thu, 11 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tu was!: Kurze Anleitung zur Verteidigung der Demokratie Author: Ruprecht Polenz Narrator: Jonas Baeck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tu was!: Kurze Anleitung zur Verteidigung der Demokratie Author: Ruprecht Polenz Narrator: Jonas Baeck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: July 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ruprecht Polenz tritt rechtsextremen Schwurblern und Demokratieverächtern seit Jahren energisch entgegen, weil er glaubt, dass auch seine neun Enkel das Glück haben sollen, in einer Demokratie zu leben. Er ist einer der erfahrensten Influencer im Dienst von Freiheit und Vielfalt in Deutschland, seine engagierten Posts in den sozialen Medien werden täglich tausendfach kommentiert. In seinem kurzen, Mut machenden Buch ruft er uns zu: Es reicht heute nicht mehr, die Demokratie als gegeben hinzunehmen – tut etwas, um sie zu verteidigen! Das Vertrauen in unsere Demokratie ist erschüttert. Sie wird von inneren und äußeren Feinden bedrängt, die versuchen, ihr den Boden unter den Füßen wegzuziehen. Hunderttausende haben das verstanden und sind gegen rechtsextreme «Remigrationspläne» auf die Straße gegangen. Das darf kein Strohfeuer bleiben. Es steht viel auf dem Spiel, denn wir verdanken der Demokratie, dass wir ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben führen können. Damit das so bleibt, müssen wir aktiv werden: mitdiskutieren, wählen gehen, mitmachen. Tu was! Das ist die Losung des parteiübergreifend anerkannten Demokratie-Influencers Ruprecht Polenz. Er vermittelt in seiner kurzen Intervention den Wert unserer Staats- und Gesellschaftsform ganz neu und beschreibt mehr als ein Dutzend konkrete Möglichkeiten, um sich politisch zu engagieren. Die Widerstandsfähigkeit der Demokratien beginnt bei uns zu Hause. Polenz' Buch ist ein Mutmacher in dunklen Zeiten.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-language-of-climate-politics-fossil-fuel-propaganda-and-how-to-fight-it-by-genevieve-guenther--65203720https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Climate Politics: Fossil-Fuel Propaganda and How to Fight It Author: Genevieve Guenther Narrator: Genevieve Guenther Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an illuminating analysis, Dr. Genevieve Guenther shows that the climate debate is not, in fact, neatly polarized, with Republicans obstructing climate action and Democrats advancing climate solutions. Partisans on the right and the left often repeat the same fossil-fuel talking points, and this repetition produces a centrist consensus upholding the status quo, even as global heating accelerates. Weaving this analysis through fascinating critical histories of the terms that dominate the language of climate politics—the words we, alarmist, cost, growth, 'India and China,' innovation, and resilience—Dr. Guenther shows how this consensus is established. Fossil-fuel interests weaponize the discourses of science, economics, and activism, co-opting and twisting climate language to help greenwash their plans for ongoing extraction. But all too often climate scientists, economists, and even advocates will unwittingly echo the false and dangerous assumptions of their supposed political opponents. This apparent agreement between foes, filtered through the news media, not only influences our commonsense yet mistaken views about the climate crisis but also enables powerful decisionmakers to justify the corporate and policy actions that threaten us all. Revealing this dynamic, Guenther shows how to transform it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777165Wed, 10 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Climate Politics: Fossil-Fuel Propaganda and How to Fight It Author: Genevieve Guenther Narrator: Genevieve Guenther Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Climate Politics: Fossil-Fuel Propaganda and How to Fight It Author: Genevieve Guenther Narrator: Genevieve Guenther Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an illuminating analysis, Dr. Genevieve Guenther shows that the climate debate is not, in fact, neatly polarized, with Republicans obstructing climate action and Democrats advancing climate solutions. Partisans on the right and the left often repeat the same fossil-fuel talking points, and this repetition produces a centrist consensus upholding the status quo, even as global heating accelerates. Weaving this analysis through fascinating critical histories of the terms that dominate the language of climate politics—the words we, alarmist, cost, growth, 'India and China,' innovation, and resilience—Dr. Guenther shows how this consensus is established. Fossil-fuel interests weaponize the discourses of science, economics, and activism, co-opting and twisting climate language to help greenwash their plans for ongoing extraction. But all too often climate scientists, economists, and even advocates will unwittingly echo the false and dangerous assumptions of their supposed political opponents. This apparent agreement between foes, filtered through the news media, not only influences our commonsense yet mistaken views about the climate crisis but also enables powerful decisionmakers to justify the corporate and policy actions that threaten us all. Revealing this dynamic, Guenther shows how to transform it.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/one-generation-away-why-now-is-the-time-to-restore-american-freedom-by-brilyn-hollyhand--65203671https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Generation Away: Why Now Is the Time to Restore American Freedom Author: Brilyn Hollyhand Narrator: Brilyn Hollyhand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rising teenage conservative star offers his battle plan in his debut book for Gen Z to reclaim this country by returning to faith, family, and freedom. When Ronald Reagan warned that freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction, was he pointing to Generation Z?   Today’s young adults have been indoctrinated since preschool in the lie that America is fundamentally unjust. They have watched their parents hand over their freedom to big government, and they themselves are captivated by a deceptive ideology of unprecedented radicalism.   Out of this confused and dispirited generation has risen Brilyn Hollyhand, who offers his peers a prophetic vision of the greatness of America and its heritage. Drawing on the wisdom of the generations that founded, fought for, and preserved this great nation, Hollyhand defies the poisonous anti-Americanism would cheat our youth out of their birthright of freedom.   Hollyhand explains how we got into this mess and presents a plan for turning the tide. Wise beyond his years, he is a happy warrior in the battle of ideas, inspiring his contemporaries and encouraging the older generations.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792583Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Generation Away: Why Now Is the Time to Restore American Freedom Author: Brilyn Hollyhand Narrator: Brilyn Hollyhand Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Generation Away: Why Now Is the Time to Restore American Freedom Author: Brilyn Hollyhand Narrator: Brilyn Hollyhand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rising teenage conservative star offers his battle plan in his debut book for Gen Z to reclaim this country by returning to faith, family, and freedom. When Ronald Reagan warned that freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction, was he pointing to Generation Z?   Today’s young adults have been indoctrinated since preschool in the lie that America is fundamentally unjust. They have watched their parents hand over their freedom to big government, and they themselves are captivated by a deceptive ideology of unprecedented radicalism.   Out of this confused and dispirited generation has risen Brilyn Hollyhand, who offers his peers a prophetic vision of the greatness of America and its heritage. Drawing on the wisdom of the generations that founded, fought for, and preserved this great nation, Hollyhand defies the poisonous anti-Americanism would cheat our youth out of their birthright of freedom.   Hollyhand explains how we got into this mess and presents a plan for turning the tide. Wise beyond his years, he is a happy warrior in the battle of ideas, inspiring his contemporaries and encouraging the older generations.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-outline-of-sanity-by-g-k-chesterton--65203625https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outline Of Sanity Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Seth Trey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The experiments of both Capitalism and Communism are almost complete, and they both lead to one big organization controlling everything you do. In 1925, when this book was first published, it was true, and it is even truer today. If you desire an alternative, consider this book, which considers Distributism, a philosophy whereby the actual people own the actual means of production, and produce and sustain themselves with it. A philosophy summed up in Chesterton's famous proposal of 'Three acres and a cow' as being catalyst to an ideal peasant state. For such a simple idea, it has proven very contrary to the ideas of those in power, which is to say, to those who want power. But for the rest of us, for the sane humans who desire peace and liberty, this book is a call to action against monopoly and the inevitability of global standardization, which the magazines call the Supply Chain and the Bible might call Babel and Babylon. Narrated in an accent based upon Chesterton's own, this performance expresses Chesterton's words as he himself might have, delivering them to an audience of his time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799922Mon, 08 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outline Of Sanity Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Seth Trey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/799922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outline Of Sanity Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Seth Trey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The experiments of both Capitalism and Communism are almost complete, and they both lead to one big organization controlling everything you do. In 1925, when this book was first published, it was true, and it is even truer today. If you desire an alternative, consider this book, which considers Distributism, a philosophy whereby the actual people own the actual means of production, and produce and sustain themselves with it. A philosophy summed up in Chesterton's famous proposal of 'Three acres and a cow' as being catalyst to an ideal peasant state. For such a simple idea, it has proven very contrary to the ideas of those in power, which is to say, to those who want power. But for the rest of us, for the sane humans who desire peace and liberty, this book is a call to action against monopoly and the inevitability of global standardization, which the magazines call the Supply Chain and the Bible might call Babel and Babylon. Narrated in an accent based upon Chesterton's own, this performance expresses Chesterton's words as he himself might have, delivering them to an audience of his time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-complete-book-of-grant-writing-learn-to-write-grants-like-a-professional-by-e-gabriel-works-nancy-burke-smith--65203619https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Book of Grant Writing: Learn to Write Grants Like a Professional Author: E. Gabriel Works, Nancy Burke Smith Narrator: Douglas James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: July 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn how to write grants that win funding fast! The Complete Book of Grant Writing is the ultimate grant book that shows you how to write a grant proposal if you're seeking funding through government grants, foundation grants, and specialty grants. Grant proposal writing is an intricate process where any bits of misinformation or formatting errors can mean the difference between securing funding or not. Professional grant writer Nancy Burke Smith and philanthropy consultant and grant maker E. Gabriel Works unveil the secrets behind how to find and successfully apply for grants. Topics include: - The five core components of every grant, including the statement of need, the evaluation plan, and budgets - What makes a grant compelling to funders - What to do when you are funded—and actions you can take if you are denied funding - How to become a professional grant writer - The grant writing timetable, from responding to requests for proposals to receiving funding - Grant writing in different fields of nonprofit practice, including educational, governmental, environmental, and faith-based organizations Packed with 20 samples to show you exactly how to get started, including full grant proposals, letters of inquiry, support letters, concept papers, and more! Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 Nancy Burke Smith and E. Gabriel Works (P)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794938Mon, 08 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Book of Grant Writing: Learn to Write Grants Like a Professional Author: E. Gabriel Works, Nancy Burke Smith Narrator: Douglas James...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Book of Grant Writing: Learn to Write Grants Like a Professional Author: E. Gabriel Works, Nancy Burke Smith Narrator: Douglas James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: July 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn how to write grants that win funding fast! The Complete Book of Grant Writing is the ultimate grant book that shows you how to write a grant proposal if you're seeking funding through government grants, foundation grants, and specialty grants. Grant proposal writing is an intricate process where any bits of misinformation or formatting errors can mean the difference between securing funding or not. Professional grant writer Nancy Burke Smith and philanthropy consultant and grant maker E. Gabriel Works unveil the secrets behind how to find and successfully apply for grants. Topics include: - The five core components of every grant, including the statement of need, the evaluation plan, and budgets - What makes a grant compelling to funders - What to do when you are funded—and actions you can take if you are denied funding - How to become a professional grant writer - The grant writing timetable, from responding to requests for proposals to receiving funding - Grant writing in different fields of nonprofit practice, including educational, governmental, environmental, and faith-based organizations Packed with 20 samples to show you exactly how to get started, including full grant proposals, letters of inquiry, support letters, concept papers, and more! Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 Nancy Burke Smith and E. Gabriel Works (P)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-izzi-und-fufu-frechheit-feuer-abenteuer-by-katharina-lingen--65203612https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801270 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Izzi und Fufu: Frechheit, Feuer, Abenteuer Series: #1 of Izzi und Fufu: Freundschaft, Feuer, Abenteuer Author: Katharina Lingen Narrator: Izzi Singt, Moritz Arlt, Karlotta Mononoke Menzel, Merle Menzel, Daria, Katharina Lingen, Eva Thärichen, Konrad Bösherz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unterhaltsame Abenteuergeschichte für Kids, liebevoll leichtfüßig erzählt: Die elfjährige Izzi, Longboardfahrerin, Schülerin und Teilzeit-Detektivin, findet eines Tages ein magisches Paket vor ihrer Haustür. Heraus klettert kurze Zeit später der kleine Drache Fufu. Er ist davon überzeugt, dass seine mysteriöse Ankunft in Izzis Zuhause kein Zufall war und beginnt, ihr Leben gehörig auf den Kopf zu stellen. Nicht, dass es vorher ruhig gewesen wäre. Denn mit dem neuem Wohnumfeld, der Scheidung ihrer Eltern und der gemeinen Marina in der Klasse, wünscht sich Izzi oft, auf ihrem Longboard vor allem wegfahren zu können. Aber der erste Schultag im neuen Schuljahr naht und so ein tollpatschiges Drachenkind will gut versteckt sein.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801270Fri, 05 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801270 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Izzi und Fufu: Frechheit, Feuer, Abenteuer Series: #1 of Izzi und Fufu: Freundschaft, Feuer, Abenteuer Author: Katharina Lingen Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801270 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Izzi und Fufu: Frechheit, Feuer, Abenteuer Series: #1 of Izzi und Fufu: Freundschaft, Feuer, Abenteuer Author: Katharina Lingen Narrator: Izzi Singt, Moritz Arlt, Karlotta Mononoke Menzel, Merle Menzel, Daria, Katharina Lingen, Eva Thärichen, Konrad Bösherz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unterhaltsame Abenteuergeschichte für Kids, liebevoll leichtfüßig erzählt: Die elfjährige Izzi, Longboardfahrerin, Schülerin und Teilzeit-Detektivin, findet eines Tages ein magisches Paket vor ihrer Haustür. Heraus klettert kurze Zeit später der kleine Drache Fufu. Er ist davon überzeugt, dass seine mysteriöse Ankunft in Izzis Zuhause kein Zufall war und beginnt, ihr Leben gehörig auf den Kopf zu stellen. Nicht, dass es vorher ruhig gewesen wäre. Denn mit dem neuem Wohnumfeld, der Scheidung ihrer Eltern und der gemeinen Marina in der Klasse, wünscht sich Izzi oft, auf ihrem Longboard vor allem wegfahren zu können. Aber der erste Schultag im neuen Schuljahr naht und so ein tollpatschiges Drachenkind will gut versteckt sein.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-niemand-kann-sagen-er-hatte-es-nicht-gewusst-die-ungeheuerlichen-plane-der-afd-ungekurzte-lesung-by-marcus-bensmann-correct--65203653https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794537 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Niemand kann sagen, er hätte es nicht gewusst - Die ungeheuerlichen Pläne der AfD (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marcus Bensmann, Correctiv Narrator: Günther Harder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In diesem Buch vereint Marcus Bensmann die Erkenntnisse vieljähriger Recherchen des CORRECTIV-Netzwerks über die AfD. Anhand ihrer eigenen Aussagen rekonstruiert er die Pläne der Partei: vom Potsdamer Geheimtreffen bis zur geplanten Abschaffung von Grundwerten. Als Rechtsextremismus-Experte des Recherchenetzwerks CORRECTIV war Marcus Bensmann über Jahre hinweg auf Parteitagen, Kreisversammlungen und anderen Treffen der rechten Szene dabei, analysierte die Verlautbarungen und Programme rechter Netzwerke und die Bücher ihrer Protagonisten, verfolgte die Entwicklung der AfD von der professoralen Anti-Euro-Partei bis zur rechtsradikalen Übernahme durch den völkischen Flügel und die immense Radikalisierung an der Parteispitze. Aus den Ergebnissen vieljähriger CORRECTIV-Recherchen setzt Bensmann in diesem Hörbuch zusammen, welche Pläne die Radikalen an der Parteispitze und ihre Einflüsterer verfolgen und was Deutschland blühen wird, sollten sie einst tatsächlich tun können, was sie wirklich wollen: Es geht um die Vertreibung von Millionen von Menschen, die Hinwendung zu Russland und China und die Abschaffung der universellen Menschenrechte. Gelesen von Günther Harder.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794537Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794537 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Niemand kann sagen, er hätte es nicht gewusst - Die ungeheuerlichen Pläne der AfD (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marcus Bensmann, Correctiv...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794537 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Niemand kann sagen, er hätte es nicht gewusst - Die ungeheuerlichen Pläne der AfD (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marcus Bensmann, Correctiv Narrator: Günther Harder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In diesem Buch vereint Marcus Bensmann die Erkenntnisse vieljähriger Recherchen des CORRECTIV-Netzwerks über die AfD. Anhand ihrer eigenen Aussagen rekonstruiert er die Pläne der Partei: vom Potsdamer Geheimtreffen bis zur geplanten Abschaffung von Grundwerten. Als Rechtsextremismus-Experte des Recherchenetzwerks CORRECTIV war Marcus Bensmann über Jahre hinweg auf Parteitagen, Kreisversammlungen und anderen Treffen der rechten Szene dabei, analysierte die Verlautbarungen und Programme rechter Netzwerke und die Bücher ihrer Protagonisten, verfolgte die Entwicklung der AfD von der professoralen Anti-Euro-Partei bis zur rechtsradikalen Übernahme durch den völkischen Flügel und die immense Radikalisierung an der Parteispitze. Aus den Ergebnissen vieljähriger CORRECTIV-Recherchen setzt Bensmann in diesem Hörbuch zusammen, welche Pläne die Radikalen an der Parteispitze und ihre Einflüsterer verfolgen und was Deutschland blühen wird, sollten sie einst tatsächlich tun können, was sie wirklich wollen: Es geht um die Vertreibung von Millionen von Menschen, die Hinwendung zu Russland und China und die Abschaffung der universellen Menschenrechte. Gelesen von Günther Harder.]]>185rztecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-contra-la-perfeccion-la-etica-en-la-era-de-la-ingenieria-genetica-by-michael-j-sandel--65203652https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la perfección: La ética en la era de la ingeniería genética Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tiene de malo manipular nuestra naturaleza? ¿Dónde están las líneas rojas, si las hay? El filósofo Michael Sandel trata de responder a esta pregunta a través de un ameno pero profundo repaso del campo de la bioética. «Un esclarecedor análisisético de la investigación con células madre cierra esta magnífica obra de filosofía pública». Ray Olson, Booklist Contra la perfección explora estos y otros dilemas morales relacionados con la búsqueda de nuestro propio perfeccionamiento. Michael Sandel argumenta que la búsqueda de la perfección es imperfecta por razones que van más allá de la seguridad y de la equidad, y nos lleva más allá de los familiares términos del discurso político para mostrarnos que la revolución genética transformará el modo en que se discute sobre cuestiones éticas y obligará a reintroducir las cuestiones de orden espiritual en el centro del debate político. La crítica ha dicho: «Uno de los filósofos políticos más interesantes del mundo.» The Guardian «Un libro indispensable para cualquiera que aspire a ser un buen ciudadano.» Walter Isaacson, presidente del Aspen Institute (sobre Justicia) «El profesor de filosofía más famoso del mundo nos ha vuelto a demostrar que es posible hablar de filosofía en la esfera pública sin insultar la inteligencia del público. Sandel está intentado incorporar al debate social el discurso de la virtud cívica abandonado tanto por la izquierda como por la derecha.» Michael Ignatieff (sobre Lo que el dinero no puede comprar)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792978Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la perfección: La ética en la era de la ingeniería genética Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la perfección: La ética en la era de la ingeniería genética Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tiene de malo manipular nuestra naturaleza? ¿Dónde están las líneas rojas, si las hay? El filósofo Michael Sandel trata de responder a esta pregunta a través de un ameno pero profundo repaso del campo de la bioética. «Un esclarecedor análisisético de la investigación con células madre cierra esta magnífica obra de filosofía pública». Ray Olson, Booklist Contra la perfección explora estos y otros dilemas morales relacionados con la búsqueda de nuestro propio perfeccionamiento. Michael Sandel argumenta que la búsqueda de la perfección es imperfecta por razones que van más allá de la seguridad y de la equidad, y nos lleva más allá de los familiares términos del discurso político para mostrarnos que la revolución genética transformará el modo en que se discute sobre cuestiones éticas y obligará a reintroducir las cuestiones de orden espiritual en el centro del debate político. La crítica ha dicho: «Uno de los filósofos políticos más interesantes del mundo.» The Guardian «Un libro indispensable para cualquiera que aspire a ser un buen ciudadano.» Walter Isaacson, presidente del Aspen Institute (sobre Justicia) «El profesor de filosofía más famoso del mundo nos ha vuelto a demostrar que es posible hablar de filosofía en la esfera pública sin insultar la inteligencia del público. Sandel está intentado incorporar al debate social el discurso de la virtud cívica abandonado tanto por la izquierda como por la derecha.» Michael Ignatieff (sobre Lo que el dinero no puede comprar)]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/whistle-stop-politics-campaign-trains-and-the-reporters-who-covered-them-by-edward-segal--65203640https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them Author: Edward Segal Narrator: Eric Anaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover the entertaining story of how campaigning by train shaped American politics, elections, journalism, and culture in Whistle-Stop Politics. Memories of the pivotal role campaign trains played in American elections fade with the passing of each generation. Also forgotten are the stories documented by the reporters who traveled with hundreds of whistle-stopping politicians, including Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Ronald Reagan. The trains were the backdrop of political drama, intrigue, humor, and triumph for more than 185 years. Campaign trains were an American invention that enabled politicians to connect with as many voters as possible in the country’s largest cities and smallest towns. This book is an exciting journey back into America’s political past, opening new windows into the personalities and political campaigns that shaped our history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them Author: Edward Segal Narrator: Eric Anaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them Author: Edward Segal Narrator: Eric Anaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover the entertaining story of how campaigning by train shaped American politics, elections, journalism, and culture in Whistle-Stop Politics. Memories of the pivotal role campaign trains played in American elections fade with the passing of each generation. Also forgotten are the stories documented by the reporters who traveled with hundreds of whistle-stopping politicians, including Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Ronald Reagan. The trains were the backdrop of political drama, intrigue, humor, and triumph for more than 185 years. Campaign trains were an American invention that enabled politicians to connect with as many voters as possible in the country’s largest cities and smallest towns. This book is an exciting journey back into America’s political past, opening new windows into the personalities and political campaigns that shaped our history.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-o-individuo-a-sociedade-e-o-estado-by-emma-goldman--65203587https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O indivíduo, a sociedade e o Estado Author: Emma Goldman Narrator: Beatriz Belintani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'O indivíduo, a sociedade e o Estado' é uma antologia de textos de Emma Goldman. Defesa intransigente da liberdade do indivíduo e crítica ferrenha à submissão ao poder estatal, o artigo que dá título ao conjunto já antecipava muitas das questões fundamentais do século XX, como a militarização estratégica dos EUA. A presente edição conta ainda com o posfácio do livro 'My disillusionment in Russia' (1923), e 'O comunismo não existe na Rússia', artigo publicado em 1935, no qual a autora critica o autoritarismo e a centralização de poder dos sovietes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800004Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O indivíduo, a sociedade e o Estado Author: Emma Goldman Narrator: Beatriz Belintani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O indivíduo, a sociedade e o Estado Author: Emma Goldman Narrator: Beatriz Belintani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'O indivíduo, a sociedade e o Estado' é uma antologia de textos de Emma Goldman. Defesa intransigente da liberdade do indivíduo e crítica ferrenha à submissão ao poder estatal, o artigo que dá título ao conjunto já antecipava muitas das questões fundamentais do século XX, como a militarização estratégica dos EUA. A presente edição conta ainda com o posfácio do livro 'My disillusionment in Russia' (1923), e 'O comunismo não existe na Rússia', artigo publicado em 1935, no qual a autora critica o autoritarismo e a centralização de poder dos sovietes.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/second-class-how-the-elites-betrayed-america-s-working-men-and-women-by-batya-ungar-sargon--65203714https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782444 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Class: How the Elites Betrayed America's Working Men and Women Author: Batya Ungar-Sargon Narrator: Batya Ungar-Sargon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Second Class is the most important book you will read all year. A political realignment is coming, and it’s my hope that the end result will work in favor of our all-too-neglected American working class. When that realignment comes, Batya and her book will help lead the way. — Greg Lukianoff, CEO of the Foundation for Individual Rights in Education, and co-author of The Coddling of the American Mind Who is the American working class? Do they still have a fair shot at the American Dream? What do they think about their chances to secure the hallmarks of a middle-class life?   While writing this book, Batya Ungar-Sargon visited states across the nation to speak with members of the American working-class fighting tooth and nail to survive. In Second Class, working-class Americans of all races, political orientations, and occupations share their stories—cleaning ladies, health care aides, cops, truck drivers, fast food workers, electricians, and more. In their own words, these working-class Americans explain the struggles and triumphs of their increasingly precarious lives—as well as what policies they think would improve them. Second Class combines deep reporting with a look at the data and expert opinion on America’s emergent class divide, in which the most basic elements of a secure and stable life are increasingly out of reach for those without a college education.   America has broken its contract with its laboring class. So, how do we get back to the American Dream? How do we once again become the land of opportunity, the promised land where hard work and commitment to family are enough to protect you from poverty? It’s not that hard actually. All it would take, as this book illustrates, is for those in power to once again respect the dignity of work—and the American worker.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782444Tue, 02 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782444 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Class: How the Elites Betrayed America's Working Men and Women Author: Batya Ungar-Sargon Narrator: Batya Ungar-Sargon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/782444 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Class: How the Elites Betrayed America's Working Men and Women Author: Batya Ungar-Sargon Narrator: Batya Ungar-Sargon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Second Class is the most important book you will read all year. A political realignment is coming, and it’s my hope that the end result will work in favor of our all-too-neglected American working class. When that realignment comes, Batya and her book will help lead the way. — Greg Lukianoff, CEO of the Foundation for Individual Rights in Education, and co-author of The Coddling of the American Mind Who is the American working class? Do they still have a fair shot at the American Dream? What do they think about their chances to secure the hallmarks of a middle-class life?   While writing this book, Batya Ungar-Sargon visited states across the nation to speak with members of the American working-class fighting tooth and nail to survive. In Second Class, working-class Americans of all races, political orientations, and occupations share their stories—cleaning ladies, health care aides, cops, truck drivers, fast food workers, electricians, and more. In their own words, these working-class Americans explain the struggles and triumphs of their increasingly precarious lives—as well as what policies they think would improve them. Second Class combines deep reporting with a look at the data and expert opinion on America’s emergent class divide, in which the most basic elements of a secure and stable life are increasingly out of reach for those without a college education.   America has broken its contract with its laboring class. So, how do we get back to the American Dream? How do we once again become the land of opportunity, the promised land where hard work and commitment to family are enough to protect you from poverty? It’s not that hard actually. All it would take, as this book illustrates, is for those in power to once again respect the dignity of work—and the American worker.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-presidents-and-the-people-five-leaders-who-threatened-democracy-and-the-citizens-who-fought-to-defend-it-by-corey-brettschneider--65203702https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidents and the People: Five Leaders Who Threatened Democracy and the Citizens Who Fought to Defend It Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Imagine an American president who imprisoned critics, spread a culture of white supremacy, and tried to upend the law so that he could commit crimes with impunity. In this propulsive history, constitutional law and political science professor Corey Brettschneider provides a thoroughly researched account of assaults on democracy by not one such president but five. John Adams waged war on the national press of the early republic. In the lead-up to the Civil War, James Buchanan colluded with the Supreme Court to deny constitutional personhood to African Americans. A decade later, Andrew Johnson urged violence against his political opponents after the Civil War. In the 1910s, Woodrow Wilson modernized, popularized, and nationalized Jim Crow laws. In the 1970s, Richard Nixon committed criminal acts that flowed from his corrupt ideas about presidential power. Corey Brettschneider shows that these presidents didn't have the last word; citizen movements brought the United States back from the precipice by appealing to a democratic understanding of the Constitution and pressuring subsequent reform-minded presidents to realize the promise of 'We the People.' This is a book about citizens who fought back against presidential abuses of power. Their examples give us hope about the possibilities of restoring a fragile democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778505Tue, 02 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidents and the People: Five Leaders Who Threatened Democracy and the Citizens Who Fought to Defend It Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidents and the People: Five Leaders Who Threatened Democracy and the Citizens Who Fought to Defend It Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Imagine an American president who imprisoned critics, spread a culture of white supremacy, and tried to upend the law so that he could commit crimes with impunity. In this propulsive history, constitutional law and political science professor Corey Brettschneider provides a thoroughly researched account of assaults on democracy by not one such president but five. John Adams waged war on the national press of the early republic. In the lead-up to the Civil War, James Buchanan colluded with the Supreme Court to deny constitutional personhood to African Americans. A decade later, Andrew Johnson urged violence against his political opponents after the Civil War. In the 1910s, Woodrow Wilson modernized, popularized, and nationalized Jim Crow laws. In the 1970s, Richard Nixon committed criminal acts that flowed from his corrupt ideas about presidential power. Corey Brettschneider shows that these presidents didn't have the last word; citizen movements brought the United States back from the precipice by appealing to a democratic understanding of the Constitution and pressuring subsequent reform-minded presidents to realize the promise of 'We the People.' This is a book about citizens who fought back against presidential abuses of power. Their examples give us hope about the possibilities of restoring a fragile democracy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-identitatspolitik-by-bernd-stegemann--65203664https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Identitätspolitik Author: Bernd Stegemann Narrator: Mike Maas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Identitätspolitik ist ein sperriges Wort und viele aufgeregte Debatten kreisen darum. Keiner vermag es so recht zu erklären, dabei ist der Kern dieses Kampfbegriffs so alt wie die Menschheit. »Wir zuerst!« ist ein Schlachtruf, der zu allen Zeiten ertönt ist. »America first« ist Identitätspolitik, aber auch »Black Lives Matter« nutzt die Schlagkraft, die von dem »Wir zuerst!« ausgeht. Beiden Parolen ist eine rätselhafte Mischung aus Plattitüde und Angriff zu eigen. Natürlich zählen Schwarze Leben. Doch der Ruf wird militant, wo die Aussage »All Lives Matter« nicht mehr akzeptiert wird. Warum sollen »alle Leben« nicht zählen, und warum sollen nur »Schwarze Leben« zählen? Oder geht es darum gar nicht? Mit diesen Fragen, die ins Herz der Identitätspolitik führen, beginnt Bernd Stegemann seinen ideengeschichtlich fundierten Essay, in dem er einen Blick auf die Kipppunkte der Identitätspolitik wie Opfermanagement, Intimkommunikation, Cancel Culture, Critical Race Theory oder Wokeness wirft und die Frage nach der Zukunft des Universalismus stellt.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795794Mon, 01 Jul 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Identitätspolitik Author: Bernd Stegemann Narrator: Mike Maas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Identitätspolitik Author: Bernd Stegemann Narrator: Mike Maas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Identitätspolitik ist ein sperriges Wort und viele aufgeregte Debatten kreisen darum. Keiner vermag es so recht zu erklären, dabei ist der Kern dieses Kampfbegriffs so alt wie die Menschheit. »Wir zuerst!« ist ein Schlachtruf, der zu allen Zeiten ertönt ist. »America first« ist Identitätspolitik, aber auch »Black Lives Matter« nutzt die Schlagkraft, die von dem »Wir zuerst!« ausgeht. Beiden Parolen ist eine rätselhafte Mischung aus Plattitüde und Angriff zu eigen. Natürlich zählen Schwarze Leben. Doch der Ruf wird militant, wo die Aussage »All Lives Matter« nicht mehr akzeptiert wird. Warum sollen »alle Leben« nicht zählen, und warum sollen nur »Schwarze Leben« zählen? Oder geht es darum gar nicht? Mit diesen Fragen, die ins Herz der Identitätspolitik führen, beginnt Bernd Stegemann seinen ideengeschichtlich fundierten Essay, in dem er einen Blick auf die Kipppunkte der Identitätspolitik wie Opfermanagement, Intimkommunikation, Cancel Culture, Critical Race Theory oder Wokeness wirft und die Frage nach der Zukunft des Universalismus stellt.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-socke-teil-1-socke-erobert-die-welt-by-jorg-janetzko--65203715https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 1 Socke erobert die Welt Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Inge Janetzko, Robert Steffens, Manuela Janetzko, Helene D., Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: June 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ,,Socke erobert die Welt'' ist die lustige und spannende Entdeckungsreise eines ganz besonderen Helden, einer Socke! Diese wird durch ein kleines Wunder, ausgelöst durch eine Sternschnuppe, zum Leben erweckt. Mit Hilfe seines ersten Freundes Linus, begibt sich Socke auf große Entdeckungsreise über Flüsse, durch tiefe Wälder und über das Meer. Dabei erlebt Socke viele spannende Abenteuer und erfährt viel Wissenswertes über diese Welt. Außerdem merkt er nach und nach wie wichtig es ist, Freunde zu haben. Mit Mut, lustigen Einfällen und der Hilfe seiner vielen neuen Freunde gelingt es Socke, allen Gefahren zu trotzen. Am Ende des ersten Abenteuers von Socke geht für ihn noch ein großer Wunsch in Erfüllung.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776225Fri, 28 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 1 Socke erobert die Welt Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Inge Janetzko, Robert Steffens, Manuela Janetzko, Helene D., Jörg...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Socke Teil 1 Socke erobert die Welt Author: Jörg Janetzko Narrator: Inge Janetzko, Robert Steffens, Manuela Janetzko, Helene D., Jörg Janetzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: June 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ,,Socke erobert die Welt'' ist die lustige und spannende Entdeckungsreise eines ganz besonderen Helden, einer Socke! Diese wird durch ein kleines Wunder, ausgelöst durch eine Sternschnuppe, zum Leben erweckt. Mit Hilfe seines ersten Freundes Linus, begibt sich Socke auf große Entdeckungsreise über Flüsse, durch tiefe Wälder und über das Meer. Dabei erlebt Socke viele spannende Abenteuer und erfährt viel Wissenswertes über diese Welt. Außerdem merkt er nach und nach wie wichtig es ist, Freunde zu haben. Mit Mut, lustigen Einfällen und der Hilfe seiner vielen neuen Freunde gelingt es Socke, allen Gefahren zu trotzen. Am Ende des ersten Abenteuers von Socke geht für ihn noch ein großer Wunsch in Erfüllung.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-selbstbetrug-wenn-migrationspolitik-die-realitat-ignoriert-by-ilgin-seren-evisen-ahmad-mansour-volker-resing-mathias-brod--65203630https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Selbstbetrug: Wenn Migrationspolitik die Realität ignoriert Author: Ilgin Seren Evisen, Ahmad Mansour, Volker Resing, Mathias Brodkorb, Ben Krischke, Alexander Marguier, Ruud Koopmans, Boris Palmer, Daniel Stelter, Thomas Mayer Narrator: Volker Resing, Marco Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Auseinandersetzung um Migration und Integration, um Flüchtlings- und Asylpolitik ist angesichts des neuen Zuwanderungshochs wieder in vollem Gange. Gleichzeitig aber gibt es keine europäische Asylpolitik, sind die Außengrenzen der EU löchrig, geht die Bundesregierung von überzogenen Zahlen für die qualifizierte Einwanderung aus, werden die Alarmrufe der Städte und Kommunen kleingeredet, wächst das Unbehagen von immer größeren Teilen der Bevölkerung. Die Autoren und Autorinnen dieses Bandes zeichnen die aktuellen Entwicklungen im Asylsystem, beim Thema Fachkräftezuwanderung oder bei der Versorgung von Flüchtlingen nach. Sie plädieren für eine realistische Perspektive, damit die humanitären Notwendigkeiten und die positiven Effekte von Zuwanderung ebenso wie die Belastungen und Gefährdungen für die Gesellschaft benannt und diskutiert werden können. Inhalt ALEXANDER MARGUIER: Krise der Migration – Krise der Berichterstattung THOMAS MAYER: Das Dilemma der Asylpolitik. Das Herz ist weit, doch die Mittel sind begrenzt VOLKER RESING: Die unheimliche Zeitenwende. Wie die Migrationspolitik der Ampel von der Realität eingeholt wurde Ein Gespräch mit Ruud Koopmans: 'Das derzeitige europäische Asylsystem ist unmoralisch.' DANIEL STELTER: Funktioniert Fachkräftezuwanderung? Deutschland braucht einen radikalen Kurswechsel BORIS PALMER: Erschöpfte Ressourcen. Die aktuelle Flüchtlingspolitik aus kommunaler Sicht MATHIAS BRODKORB: Die Selbsterdrosselung des Staates. Was Deutschland von ukrainischen Flüchtlingen über seinen bürokratischen Wahnsinn lernen kann AHMAD MANSOUR: Integration ist mehr als Sprache plus Arbeit minus Kriminalität ILGIN SEREN EVISEN: Die Unterlassungssünden deutscher Migrationspolitik. Das Beispiel der türkischen Einwanderung BEN KRISCHKE: Überall Rassisten. Wie die Diskussionsunkultur zur Flüchtlingskrise bis heute die Migrationsdebatte prägt]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796707Fri, 28 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Selbstbetrug: Wenn Migrationspolitik die Realität ignoriert Author: Ilgin Seren Evisen, Ahmad Mansour, Volker Resing, Mathias Brodkorb,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Selbstbetrug: Wenn Migrationspolitik die Realität ignoriert Author: Ilgin Seren Evisen, Ahmad Mansour, Volker Resing, Mathias Brodkorb, Ben Krischke, Alexander Marguier, Ruud Koopmans, Boris Palmer, Daniel Stelter, Thomas Mayer Narrator: Volker Resing, Marco Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Auseinandersetzung um Migration und Integration, um Flüchtlings- und Asylpolitik ist angesichts des neuen Zuwanderungshochs wieder in vollem Gange. Gleichzeitig aber gibt es keine europäische Asylpolitik, sind die Außengrenzen der EU löchrig, geht die Bundesregierung von überzogenen Zahlen für die qualifizierte Einwanderung aus, werden die Alarmrufe der Städte und Kommunen kleingeredet, wächst das Unbehagen von immer größeren Teilen der Bevölkerung. Die Autoren und Autorinnen dieses Bandes zeichnen die aktuellen Entwicklungen im Asylsystem, beim Thema Fachkräftezuwanderung oder bei der Versorgung von Flüchtlingen nach. Sie plädieren für eine realistische Perspektive, damit die humanitären Notwendigkeiten und die positiven Effekte von Zuwanderung ebenso wie die Belastungen und Gefährdungen für die Gesellschaft benannt und diskutiert werden können. Inhalt ALEXANDER MARGUIER: Krise der Migration – Krise der Berichterstattung THOMAS MAYER: Das Dilemma der Asylpolitik. Das Herz ist weit, doch die Mittel sind begrenzt VOLKER RESING: Die unheimliche Zeitenwende. Wie die Migrationspolitik der Ampel von der Realität eingeholt wurde Ein Gespräch mit Ruud Koopmans: 'Das derzeitige europäische Asylsystem ist unmoralisch.' DANIEL STELTER: Funktioniert Fachkräftezuwanderung? Deutschland braucht einen radikalen Kurswechsel BORIS PALMER: Erschöpfte Ressourcen. Die aktuelle Flüchtlingspolitik aus kommunaler Sicht MATHIAS BRODKORB: Die Selbsterdrosselung des Staates. Was Deutschland von ukrainischen Flüchtlingen über seinen bürokratischen Wahnsinn lernen kann AHMAD MANSOUR: Integration ist mehr als Sprache plus Arbeit minus Kriminalität ILGIN SEREN EVISEN: Die Unterlassungssünden deutscher Migrationspolitik. Das Beispiel der türkischen Einwanderung BEN KRISCHKE: Überall Rassisten. Wie die Diskussionsunkultur zur Flüchtlingskrise bis heute die Migrationsdebatte prägt]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wem-gehort-deutschland-die-bilanz-der-letzten-10-jahre-vollkommen-uberarbeitete-neuauflage-des-spiegel-bestsellers-by-jens-be--65203694https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wem gehört Deutschland?: Die Bilanz der letzten 10 Jahre - Vollkommen überarbeitete Neuauflage des Spiegel-Bestsellers Author: Jens Berger Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Traum einer Gesellschaft, in der jeder die gleichen Chancen hat und ohne materielle Sorgen sein Glück suchen kann, ist vorbei. Die Schere zwischen Arm und Reich klafft in Deutschland immer weiter auseinander. Die breite Mittelschicht, die einst unser Land gekennzeichnet und unsere Gesellschaft getragen hat, erodiert. Die Krisen der letzten Jahre haben diesen Trend verstärkt und die Politik will oder kann nicht gegensteuern. Jens Berger wirft einen schonungslosen Blick hinter die Statistiken, erklärt die Zusammenhänge und zeigt Lösungen, die unumgänglich sind, wenn wir den gesellschaftlichen Frieden im 21. Jahrhundert erhalten wollen.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783956Thu, 27 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wem gehört Deutschland?: Die Bilanz der letzten 10 Jahre - Vollkommen überarbeitete Neuauflage des Spiegel-Bestsellers Author: Jens Berger...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wem gehört Deutschland?: Die Bilanz der letzten 10 Jahre - Vollkommen überarbeitete Neuauflage des Spiegel-Bestsellers Author: Jens Berger Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Traum einer Gesellschaft, in der jeder die gleichen Chancen hat und ohne materielle Sorgen sein Glück suchen kann, ist vorbei. Die Schere zwischen Arm und Reich klafft in Deutschland immer weiter auseinander. Die breite Mittelschicht, die einst unser Land gekennzeichnet und unsere Gesellschaft getragen hat, erodiert. Die Krisen der letzten Jahre haben diesen Trend verstärkt und die Politik will oder kann nicht gegensteuern. Jens Berger wirft einen schonungslosen Blick hinter die Statistiken, erklärt die Zusammenhänge und zeigt Lösungen, die unumgänglich sind, wenn wir den gesellschaftlichen Frieden im 21. Jahrhundert erhalten wollen.]]>185berarbeitetecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/algorithms-of-armageddon-the-impact-of-artificial-intelligence-on-future-wars-by-sam-j-tangredi-george-galdorisi--65203728https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777221 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms of Armageddon: The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Future Wars Author: Sam J. Tangredi, George Galdorisi Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is unclear if U.S. policy makers and military leaders fully realize that we have already been thrust into an artificial intelligence race with authoritarian powers. The United States' peer adversaries—China and Russia—have made clear their intentions to make major investments in AI and insert this technology into their military systems, sensors, and weapons. Algorithms of Armageddon examines this most pressing security issue in a clear, insightful delivery by two experts. The authors cover in depth debates surrounding the AI 'genie out of the bottle' controversy, AI arms races, and the resulting impact on policy and the laws of war. Given that global powers are leading large-scale development of AI, it is likely that use of this technology will be global in extent. Will AI-enabled military weapons systems lead to full-scale global war? The later chapters of the work explore these questions, point to the possibility of humans failing to control military AI applications, and conclude that the dangers for the United States are real. Neither a protest against AI, nor a speculative work on how AI could replace humans, Algorithms of Armageddon provides a time-critical understanding of why AI is being implemented through state weaponization, the realities for the global power balance, and more importantly, U.S. national security.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777221Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777221 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms of Armageddon: The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Future Wars Author: Sam J. Tangredi, George Galdorisi Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777221 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms of Armageddon: The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Future Wars Author: Sam J. Tangredi, George Galdorisi Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is unclear if U.S. policy makers and military leaders fully realize that we have already been thrust into an artificial intelligence race with authoritarian powers. The United States' peer adversaries—China and Russia—have made clear their intentions to make major investments in AI and insert this technology into their military systems, sensors, and weapons. Algorithms of Armageddon examines this most pressing security issue in a clear, insightful delivery by two experts. The authors cover in depth debates surrounding the AI 'genie out of the bottle' controversy, AI arms races, and the resulting impact on policy and the laws of war. Given that global powers are leading large-scale development of AI, it is likely that use of this technology will be global in extent. Will AI-enabled military weapons systems lead to full-scale global war? The later chapters of the work explore these questions, point to the possibility of humans failing to control military AI applications, and conclude that the dangers for the United States are real. Neither a protest against AI, nor a speculative work on how AI could replace humans, Algorithms of Armageddon provides a time-critical understanding of why AI is being implemented through state weaponization, the realities for the global power balance, and more importantly, U.S. national security.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/true-west-myth-and-mending-on-the-far-side-of-america-by-betsy-gaines-quammen--65203723https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True West: Myth and Mending on the Far Side of America Author: Betsy Gaines Quammen Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Northern Rockies to the Southwest deserts, Betsy Gaines Quammen explores how myths shape our identities, heighten polarizations, and fracture our shared understanding of the world around us. As she investigates the origins and effects of myths of the American West, Gaines Quammen travels through small towns and big cities, engaging people and building relationships at every stop. Misperceptions about land, politics, liberty, and self-determination threaten the well-being of people and communities across the country, and Gaines Quammen interrogates it all as she seeks to reconcile the anger and misunderstandings that continue to be fueled by the West's enduring myths and complex history. Whether sitting down with a militia member seeking to protect his rural Utah town from Antifa or talking with grassroots organizers working across ideological divides, Gaines Quammen brings to life connections and contradictions that shape our politics and our lives far beyond the West.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777210Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True West: Myth and Mending on the Far Side of America Author: Betsy Gaines Quammen Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True West: Myth and Mending on the Far Side of America Author: Betsy Gaines Quammen Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Northern Rockies to the Southwest deserts, Betsy Gaines Quammen explores how myths shape our identities, heighten polarizations, and fracture our shared understanding of the world around us. As she investigates the origins and effects of myths of the American West, Gaines Quammen travels through small towns and big cities, engaging people and building relationships at every stop. Misperceptions about land, politics, liberty, and self-determination threaten the well-being of people and communities across the country, and Gaines Quammen interrogates it all as she seeks to reconcile the anger and misunderstandings that continue to be fueled by the West's enduring myths and complex history. Whether sitting down with a militia member seeking to protect his rural Utah town from Antifa or talking with grassroots organizers working across ideological divides, Gaines Quammen brings to life connections and contradictions that shape our politics and our lives far beyond the West.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/generative-artificial-intelligence-what-everyone-needs-to-know-by-jerry-kaplan--65203721https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Jerry Kaplan Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Advances in Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) have created a new class of computer systems that exhibit astonishing proficiency on a wide variety of tasks with superhuman performance, producing novel text, images, music, and software by analyzing enormous collections of digitized information. Soon, these systems will provide expert medical care; offer legal advice; draft documents; write computer programs; tutor our children; and generate music and art. These advances will accelerate progress in science, art, and human knowledge, but they will also bring new dangers. Have we finally discovered the holy grail of AI—machines that match or exceed human intelligence? Which industries and professions will thrive, and which will wither? What risks and dangers will it pose? How can we ensure that these systems respect our ethical principles? Will the benefits be broadly distributed or accrue to a lucky few? How will GAI alter our political systems and international conflicts? Are we merely a stepping stone to a new form of non-biological life, or are we just getting better at building useful gadgets? Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know® equips listeners with the knowledge to answer these pressing questions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Jerry Kaplan Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Jerry Kaplan Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Advances in Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) have created a new class of computer systems that exhibit astonishing proficiency on a wide variety of tasks with superhuman performance, producing novel text, images, music, and software by analyzing enormous collections of digitized information. Soon, these systems will provide expert medical care; offer legal advice; draft documents; write computer programs; tutor our children; and generate music and art. These advances will accelerate progress in science, art, and human knowledge, but they will also bring new dangers. Have we finally discovered the holy grail of AI—machines that match or exceed human intelligence? Which industries and professions will thrive, and which will wither? What risks and dangers will it pose? How can we ensure that these systems respect our ethical principles? Will the benefits be broadly distributed or accrue to a lucky few? How will GAI alter our political systems and international conflicts? Are we merely a stepping stone to a new form of non-biological life, or are we just getting better at building useful gadgets? Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know® equips listeners with the knowledge to answer these pressing questions.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/plenty-good-room-co-creating-an-economy-of-enough-for-all-by-andrew-wilkes--65203705https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plenty Good Room: Co-creating an Economy of Enough for All Author: Andrew Wilkes Narrator: Andrew Wilkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Plenty Good Room lays out in clear terms the hope of democratic socialism for a world ravaged by intensifying racial capitalism and social injustice. Unleash your ingenuity for systems that offer plenty good room—not for just a few but for all.Economic inequality yawns as wide as ever. Capitalism is working as it was designed: replicating an uneven balance of power, constraining life chances, and limiting imaginations. Those of us concerned about injustice often confine ourselves to issue-by-issue activism. The end result? Owners, investors, and a politics of inequality win.But what if there's another way to organize our common life—and what if it's as homegrown as sweet potato pie? What if we could become moral engineers who co-create the world we all deserve?Plenty Good Room helps readers understand Black Christian socialism, a stream of the Black radical tradition, from the perspective of a Brooklyn pastor and political scientist's civic awakening. As the former director of the Drum Major Institute, founded by America's most famous democratic socialist, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Rev. Andrew Wilkes mounts a challenge to the endless greed, inequality, and profiteering of racial capitalism.Tugging on the threads of history and scripture and pointing to the work of Black radicals like W. E. B. Du Bois, Rev. Addie Wyatt, and Fannie Lou Hamer, Wilkes weaves a narrative of 'plenty good room moments': times in which communities and individuals had sufficient resources, human rights, and beauty. He invites us to join a movement that a day-laboring Christ initiated as he organized the dispossessed, the disinherited, and those pushed to the edges of society. Wilkes also introduces contemporary efforts pushing for reparations, community ownership, participatory democracy, and solidarity economies. These stories show us that we can create a world of care and reciprocity by envisioning an economy of enough for all—one rooted in justice, equity, and the God whose spirit falls on all flesh.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790252Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plenty Good Room: Co-creating an Economy of Enough for All Author: Andrew Wilkes Narrator: Andrew Wilkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plenty Good Room: Co-creating an Economy of Enough for All Author: Andrew Wilkes Narrator: Andrew Wilkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Plenty Good Room lays out in clear terms the hope of democratic socialism for a world ravaged by intensifying racial capitalism and social injustice. Unleash your ingenuity for systems that offer plenty good room—not for just a few but for all.Economic inequality yawns as wide as ever. Capitalism is working as it was designed: replicating an uneven balance of power, constraining life chances, and limiting imaginations. Those of us concerned about injustice often confine ourselves to issue-by-issue activism. The end result? Owners, investors, and a politics of inequality win.But what if there's another way to organize our common life—and what if it's as homegrown as sweet potato pie? What if we could become moral engineers who co-create the world we all deserve?Plenty Good Room helps readers understand Black Christian socialism, a stream of the Black radical tradition, from the perspective of a Brooklyn pastor and political scientist's civic awakening. As the former director of the Drum Major Institute, founded by America's most famous democratic socialist, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Rev. Andrew Wilkes mounts a challenge to the endless greed, inequality, and profiteering of racial capitalism.Tugging on the threads of history and scripture and pointing to the work of Black radicals like W. E. B. Du Bois, Rev. Addie Wyatt, and Fannie Lou Hamer, Wilkes weaves a narrative of 'plenty good room moments': times in which communities and individuals had sufficient resources, human rights, and beauty. He invites us to join a movement that a day-laboring Christ initiated as he organized the dispossessed, the disinherited, and those pushed to the edges of society. Wilkes also introduces contemporary efforts pushing for reparations, community ownership, participatory democracy, and solidarity economies. These stories show us that we can create a world of care and reciprocity by envisioning an economy of enough for all—one rooted in justice, equity, and the God whose spirit falls on all flesh.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-weltreise-eines-kapitalisten-auf-der-suche-nach-den-ursachen-von-armut-und-reichtum-by-rainer-zitelmann--65203660https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltreise eines Kapitalisten: Auf der Suche nach den Ursachen von Armut und Reichtum Author: Rainer Zitelmann Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Asuncion, Bogota, Buenos Aires, Bukarest, Danzig, Hanoi, Kathmandu, Montevideo, Memphis, New York, Santiago de Chile, Seoul, Tiflis, Tirana, Ulaanbaatar, Zürich – das sind nur einige der Stationen auf der Weltreise von Rainer Zitelmann. Der Historiker und Soziologe hat in 20 Monaten 30 Länder auf vier Kontinenten bereist und dabei 260.000 Kilometer zurückgelegt. Der Autor präsentiert eine spannende Mischung aus persönlichen Reiseeindrücken, historischen Recherchen, Ergebnissen internationaler Umfragen und vor allem Hunderten von Gesprächen mit Ökonomen, Unternehmern, Journalisten, Politikern und einfachen Menschen in diesen Ländern. Dieses Hörbuch lässt die Hörer die 30 Länder gründlicher erfahren, als es jede touristische Visite vermag. Vorgestellt werden die Gesellschaften und ihre Hintergründe, die Nationen mit ihrer Geschichte und ihrer Zukunft. Aus der Perspektive eines intellektuellen Freiheitsfreundes wird gezeigt, wie Armut und Reichtum entstehen.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792425Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltreise eines Kapitalisten: Auf der Suche nach den Ursachen von Armut und Reichtum Author: Rainer Zitelmann Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltreise eines Kapitalisten: Auf der Suche nach den Ursachen von Armut und Reichtum Author: Rainer Zitelmann Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Asuncion, Bogota, Buenos Aires, Bukarest, Danzig, Hanoi, Kathmandu, Montevideo, Memphis, New York, Santiago de Chile, Seoul, Tiflis, Tirana, Ulaanbaatar, Zürich – das sind nur einige der Stationen auf der Weltreise von Rainer Zitelmann. Der Historiker und Soziologe hat in 20 Monaten 30 Länder auf vier Kontinenten bereist und dabei 260.000 Kilometer zurückgelegt. Der Autor präsentiert eine spannende Mischung aus persönlichen Reiseeindrücken, historischen Recherchen, Ergebnissen internationaler Umfragen und vor allem Hunderten von Gesprächen mit Ökonomen, Unternehmern, Journalisten, Politikern und einfachen Menschen in diesen Ländern. Dieses Hörbuch lässt die Hörer die 30 Länder gründlicher erfahren, als es jede touristische Visite vermag. Vorgestellt werden die Gesellschaften und ihre Hintergründe, die Nationen mit ihrer Geschichte und ihrer Zukunft. Aus der Perspektive eines intellektuellen Freiheitsfreundes wird gezeigt, wie Armut und Reichtum entstehen.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-big-book-of-restorative-justice-four-classic-justice-peacebuilding-books-in-one-volume-justice-and-peacebuilding-by-kay-pranis-how--65203689https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of Restorative Justice: Four Classic Justice & Peacebuilding Books in One Volume (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Kay Pranis, Howard Zehr, Allan Macrae, Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Adam Prugh, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the four most popular restorative justice audiobooks in the Justice & Peacebuilding series —The Little Book of Restorative Justice: Revised and Updated, The Little Book of Victim Offender Conferencing, The Little Book of Family Group Conferences, and The Little Book of Circle Processes — are available in one audio volume. Restorative justice, with its emphasis on identifying the justice needs of everyone involved in a crime, is a worldwide movement of growing influence that is helping victims and communities heal while holding criminals accountable for their actions. This is not a soft-on-crime, feel-good philosophy, but rather a concrete effort to bring justice and healing to everyone involved in a crime. Circle processes draw from the Native American tradition of gathering in a circle to solve problems as a community. Peacemaking circles are used in neighborhoods, in schools, in the workplace, and in social services to support victims of all kinds, resolve behavior problems, and create positive climates Each book is written by a scholar at the forefront of these movements, making this important listening for classrooms, community leaders, and anyone involved with conflict resolution. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2015 Good Books (P)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791217Mon, 24 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of Restorative Justice: Four Classic Justice & Peacebuilding Books in One Volume (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Kay Pranis,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of Restorative Justice: Four Classic Justice & Peacebuilding Books in One Volume (Justice and Peacebuilding) Author: Kay Pranis, Howard Zehr, Allan Macrae, Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Adam Prugh, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the four most popular restorative justice audiobooks in the Justice & Peacebuilding series —The Little Book of Restorative Justice: Revised and Updated, The Little Book of Victim Offender Conferencing, The Little Book of Family Group Conferences, and The Little Book of Circle Processes — are available in one audio volume. Restorative justice, with its emphasis on identifying the justice needs of everyone involved in a crime, is a worldwide movement of growing influence that is helping victims and communities heal while holding criminals accountable for their actions. This is not a soft-on-crime, feel-good philosophy, but rather a concrete effort to bring justice and healing to everyone involved in a crime. Circle processes draw from the Native American tradition of gathering in a circle to solve problems as a community. Peacemaking circles are used in neighborhoods, in schools, in the workplace, and in social services to support victims of all kinds, resolve behavior problems, and create positive climates Each book is written by a scholar at the forefront of these movements, making this important listening for classrooms, community leaders, and anyone involved with conflict resolution. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2015 Good Books (P)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/learning-by-doing-a-handbook-for-professional-learning-communities-at-worktm-an-actionable-guide-to-implementing-the-plc-process-and-effec--65203667https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning by Doing: A Handbook for Professional Learning Communities at WorkTM (An Actionable Guide to Implementing the PLC Process and Effective Teaching Methods) Author: Mike Mattos, Thomas W. Many, Rebecca Dufour, Richard Dufour, Robert Eaker Narrator: Douglas James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover how to close the knowing-doing gap and transform your school or district into a high-performing professional learning community (PLC). The powerful audiobook edition of this comprehensive action guide from experts Richard DuFour, Rebecca DuFour, Robert Eaker, Thomas W. Many, and Mike Mattos updates and expands on new and significant PLC topics. Explore fresh strategies, tools, and tips for hiring and retaining new staff, creating team-developed common formative assessment, implementing systematic interventions, and more. Learn how to establish professional learning communities in schools and: - Build a shared knowledge of critical vocabulary and the concepts underlying the PLC process - Equip yourself with the knowledge and tools necessary to model effective reciprocal accountability and collective teacher efficacy - Make honest assessments of your school and teaching methods by examining conventional practices from a fresh, critical perspective - Take immediate and specific steps to close the knowing-doing gap - Move beyond creating an action plan for school improvement, and start doing ©2006, 2010, 2016 Solution Tree Press. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791569Mon, 24 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning by Doing: A Handbook for Professional Learning Communities at WorkTM (An Actionable Guide to Implementing the PLC Process and Effective...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning by Doing: A Handbook for Professional Learning Communities at WorkTM (An Actionable Guide to Implementing the PLC Process and Effective Teaching Methods) Author: Mike Mattos, Thomas W. Many, Rebecca Dufour, Richard Dufour, Robert Eaker Narrator: Douglas James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover how to close the knowing-doing gap and transform your school or district into a high-performing professional learning community (PLC). The powerful audiobook edition of this comprehensive action guide from experts Richard DuFour, Rebecca DuFour, Robert Eaker, Thomas W. Many, and Mike Mattos updates and expands on new and significant PLC topics. Explore fresh strategies, tools, and tips for hiring and retaining new staff, creating team-developed common formative assessment, implementing systematic interventions, and more. Learn how to establish professional learning communities in schools and: - Build a shared knowledge of critical vocabulary and the concepts underlying the PLC process - Equip yourself with the knowledge and tools necessary to model effective reciprocal accountability and collective teacher efficacy - Make honest assessments of your school and teaching methods by examining conventional practices from a fresh, critical perspective - Take immediate and specific steps to close the knowing-doing gap - Move beyond creating an action plan for school improvement, and start doing ©2006, 2010, 2016 Solution Tree Press. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-walter-benjamin-denkbilder-ein-kaleidoskop-literarisch-philosophischer-miniaturen-by-walter-benjamin--65203683https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789603 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Denkbilder: Ein Kaleidoskop literarisch-philosophischer Miniaturen Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Benjamin (1892 - 1940), war vieles: Philosoph, Kulturkritiker, Übersetzer - aber auch ein Schriftsteller. Auf der Flucht vor den Nazis, die Frankreich besetzt hatten, nahm er sich an der spanischen Grenze das Leben. Seine 'Denkbilder' stellen in der Tat ein neues, eigenes Genre dar: Dort angesiedelt, wo Philosophie und Literatur ineinander fließen, dachte und schrieb er in Bildern. Ein Problem oder Thema versuchte er in bildhaften Aphorismen zu erklären. Faszinierende Miniaturen begegnen wir hier, einzigartig erzählt!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789603Fri, 21 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789603 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Denkbilder: Ein Kaleidoskop literarisch-philosophischer Miniaturen Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789603 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Denkbilder: Ein Kaleidoskop literarisch-philosophischer Miniaturen Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Benjamin (1892 - 1940), war vieles: Philosoph, Kulturkritiker, Übersetzer - aber auch ein Schriftsteller. Auf der Flucht vor den Nazis, die Frankreich besetzt hatten, nahm er sich an der spanischen Grenze das Leben. Seine 'Denkbilder' stellen in der Tat ein neues, eigenes Genre dar: Dort angesiedelt, wo Philosophie und Literatur ineinander fließen, dachte und schrieb er in Bildern. Ein Problem oder Thema versuchte er in bildhaften Aphorismen zu erklären. Faszinierende Miniaturen begegnen wir hier, einzigartig erzählt!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-je-langer-wir-schweigen-desto-mehr-mut-werden-wir-brauchen-wie-gefahrlich-die-afd-wirklich-ist-warum-wir-uns-jetzt-wehren-mu--65203651https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Je länger wir schweigen, desto mehr Mut werden wir brauchen: Wie gefährlich die AfD wirklich ist — Warum wir uns jetzt wehren müssen Author: Hendrik Cremer Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland rechts außen - eine Gefahr für uns alle Die Gefahr, die von der AfD ausgeht, wird im öffentlichen Diskurs nicht abgebildet. Die Partei wird verharmlost, indem sie etwa als »rechtspopulistisch« bezeichnet wird. Dabei hat sie sich längst zu einer rechtsextremen Partei entwickelt. Ihre Gewaltbereitschaft wird regelmäßig ausgespart. Zugleich erzielt sie hohe Zustimmungswerte, und Vertreter:innen demokratischer Parteien grenzen sich nicht genügend von ihr ab. Cremer zeigt eine Entwicklung, die angesichts der deutschen Geschichte lange nicht für möglich gehalten wurde. Die Strategie der AfD droht aufzugehen, wenn sich der Umgang mit ihr nicht grundlegend wandelt. Ein fundiertes Aufklärungsstück, um die Dimension des Angriffs auf die freiheitliche rechtsstaatliche Demokratie zu erkennen. »Käme die AfD an die Macht, würde sie die Prinzipien der Menschenrechte und Rechtsstaatlichkeit abschaffen, wonach jede(r) über eigene Rechte verfügt. Niemand in diesem Land würde mehr sicher sein.«]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793665Thu, 20 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Je länger wir schweigen, desto mehr Mut werden wir brauchen: Wie gefährlich die AfD wirklich ist — Warum wir uns jetzt wehren müssen...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Je länger wir schweigen, desto mehr Mut werden wir brauchen: Wie gefährlich die AfD wirklich ist — Warum wir uns jetzt wehren müssen Author: Hendrik Cremer Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland rechts außen - eine Gefahr für uns alle Die Gefahr, die von der AfD ausgeht, wird im öffentlichen Diskurs nicht abgebildet. Die Partei wird verharmlost, indem sie etwa als »rechtspopulistisch« bezeichnet wird. Dabei hat sie sich längst zu einer rechtsextremen Partei entwickelt. Ihre Gewaltbereitschaft wird regelmäßig ausgespart. Zugleich erzielt sie hohe Zustimmungswerte, und Vertreter:innen demokratischer Parteien grenzen sich nicht genügend von ihr ab. Cremer zeigt eine Entwicklung, die angesichts der deutschen Geschichte lange nicht für möglich gehalten wurde. Die Strategie der AfD droht aufzugehen, wenn sich der Umgang mit ihr nicht grundlegend wandelt. Ein fundiertes Aufklärungsstück, um die Dimension des Angriffs auf die freiheitliche rechtsstaatliche Demokratie zu erkennen. »Käme die AfD an die Macht, würde sie die Prinzipien der Menschenrechte und Rechtsstaatlichkeit abschaffen, wonach jede(r) über eigene Rechte verfügt. Niemand in diesem Land würde mehr sicher sein.«]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-d-e-w-directed-energy-weapon-by-clemens-aldenbrock--65203675https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - D.E.W.: Directed Energy Weapon Author: Clemens Aldenbrock Narrator: Sonja Heuser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das erste deutschsprachige Buch über DEWs! Überall auf der Welt erleben wir Angriffe mit Directed Energy Weapons (DEWs). Egal ob Hawaii, Kalifornien, Kanada, Australien oder China, weltweit gibt es unwiderlegbare Beweise, dass wir es hier nicht mit 'Waldbränden' zu tun haben, sondern mit hochentwickelten Waffen angegriffen werden! Diese Waffen sind unsichtbar, lautlos und absolut tödlich! Die letzten Angriffe auf Maui im Jahr 2023 haben gezeigt, dass die Kontrolleure dieser Welt vor nichts zurückschrecken, um ihre dunkle Agenda umzusetzen. Doch DEWs sind keine neue Technik, bereits in der Alten Welt wurden sie eingesetzt, sowie während des 2. Weltkriegs gegen Städte wie Hiroshima, Nagasaki oder Dresden.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792462Mon, 17 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - D.E.W.: Directed Energy Weapon Author: Clemens Aldenbrock Narrator: Sonja Heuser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - D.E.W.: Directed Energy Weapon Author: Clemens Aldenbrock Narrator: Sonja Heuser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das erste deutschsprachige Buch über DEWs! Überall auf der Welt erleben wir Angriffe mit Directed Energy Weapons (DEWs). Egal ob Hawaii, Kalifornien, Kanada, Australien oder China, weltweit gibt es unwiderlegbare Beweise, dass wir es hier nicht mit 'Waldbränden' zu tun haben, sondern mit hochentwickelten Waffen angegriffen werden! Diese Waffen sind unsichtbar, lautlos und absolut tödlich! Die letzten Angriffe auf Maui im Jahr 2023 haben gezeigt, dass die Kontrolleure dieser Welt vor nichts zurückschrecken, um ihre dunkle Agenda umzusetzen. Doch DEWs sind keine neue Technik, bereits in der Alten Welt wurden sie eingesetzt, sowie während des 2. Weltkriegs gegen Städte wie Hiroshima, Nagasaki oder Dresden.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/as-one-is-to-free-the-mind-from-all-conditioning-by-j-krishnamurti--65203673https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As One Is: To Free the Mind from All Conditioning Author: J. Krishnamurti Narrator: Mike Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: J. Krishnamurti (1895-1986) was a philosopher in the original sense of the word, not an academic or intellectual, but a lover of truth who raised essential questions of living. He spent his adult life speaking to people around the world about eternal questions of life. In this series of eight talks, given in Ojai, California, in 1955, he confronts the confusion, habits, and assumptions of the human mind, and claims these lie at the root of all violence and suffering in the world. While these reflections were offered over 50 years ago, their meaning is as fresh and as relevant heard today. Krishnamurti discusses a world in which booming productivity and scientific advancement promise a happy future, but don't provide it. He points to the ongoing escalation of war, competition, envy, and territoriality despite gains in education, religious ecumenism, and the technologies of self-improvement. Ultimately and throughout, he asks his listeners to consider that all apparent progress of the self is not progress toward freedom, but a treadmill of illusion. Knowing one's mind, he asserts, through diligent self-observation, is the only way to freedom. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2007 KFA (Krishnamurti Foundation of America) (P)2022 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789612Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As One Is: To Free the Mind from All Conditioning Author: J. Krishnamurti Narrator: Mike Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As One Is: To Free the Mind from All Conditioning Author: J. Krishnamurti Narrator: Mike Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: J. Krishnamurti (1895-1986) was a philosopher in the original sense of the word, not an academic or intellectual, but a lover of truth who raised essential questions of living. He spent his adult life speaking to people around the world about eternal questions of life. In this series of eight talks, given in Ojai, California, in 1955, he confronts the confusion, habits, and assumptions of the human mind, and claims these lie at the root of all violence and suffering in the world. While these reflections were offered over 50 years ago, their meaning is as fresh and as relevant heard today. Krishnamurti discusses a world in which booming productivity and scientific advancement promise a happy future, but don't provide it. He points to the ongoing escalation of war, competition, envy, and territoriality despite gains in education, religious ecumenism, and the technologies of self-improvement. Ultimately and throughout, he asks his listeners to consider that all apparent progress of the self is not progress toward freedom, but a treadmill of illusion. Knowing one's mind, he asserts, through diligent self-observation, is the only way to freedom. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2007 KFA (Krishnamurti Foundation of America) (P)2022 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-restorative-discipline-for-schools-teaching-responsibility-creating-caring-climates-by-judy-h-mullet-lorraine-stutzma--65203631https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Discipline for Schools: Teaching Responsibility; Creating Caring Climates Author: Judy H. Mullet, Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can community-building begin in a classroom? The authors of this audiobook believe that by applying restorative justice at school, we can build a healthier and more just society. Can an overworked teacher possibly turn an unruly incident with students into an opportunity for learning, growth, and community-building? If restorative justice has been able to salvage lives within the world of criminal behavior, why shouldn't its principles be applied in school classrooms and cafeterias? And if our children learn restorative practices early and daily, won't we be building a healthier, more just society? Two educators answer yes, yes, and yes in this new addition to The Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding series. Amstutz and Mullet offer applications and models. Discipline that restores is a process to make things as right as possible. This Little Book shows how to get there. The Little Book of Restorative Discipline is skillfully read by Karen Chilton, narrator of the audio edition of Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with series editor Howard Zehr and Sheryl Wilson, President of the Board of Directors of the National Association of Community and Restorative Justice. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2005, 2015 Good Books (P)2019 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789255Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Discipline for Schools: Teaching Responsibility; Creating Caring Climates Author: Judy H. Mullet, Lorraine Stutzman...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Restorative Discipline for Schools: Teaching Responsibility; Creating Caring Climates Author: Judy H. Mullet, Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can community-building begin in a classroom? The authors of this audiobook believe that by applying restorative justice at school, we can build a healthier and more just society. Can an overworked teacher possibly turn an unruly incident with students into an opportunity for learning, growth, and community-building? If restorative justice has been able to salvage lives within the world of criminal behavior, why shouldn't its principles be applied in school classrooms and cafeterias? And if our children learn restorative practices early and daily, won't we be building a healthier, more just society? Two educators answer yes, yes, and yes in this new addition to The Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding series. Amstutz and Mullet offer applications and models. Discipline that restores is a process to make things as right as possible. This Little Book shows how to get there. The Little Book of Restorative Discipline is skillfully read by Karen Chilton, narrator of the audio edition of Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with series editor Howard Zehr and Sheryl Wilson, President of the Board of Directors of the National Association of Community and Restorative Justice. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2005, 2015 Good Books (P)2019 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/diabolical-democracy-debunked-by-gregory-heary--65203661https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diabolical Democracy Debunked Author: Gregory Heary Narrator: Omar Abu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Do you ever wonder if modern democracy truly aligns with religious teachings? Can a system like Shariah law offer a more just governance according to divine principles? This book holds the key to understanding these pressing questions. Navigating the complex interplay between democracy and religion, this book critically examines the contrasts and conflicts between democratic ideals and Shariah law. It delves into the philosophical and practical flaws inherent in modern democratic systems, particularly critiquing the adherence to these ideals within the American framework. The author argues compellingly for the superiority of a governance system rooted in divine laws, as prescribed in the Quran. By exploring the narratives of believers and disbelievers, as well as lessons from Prophet Muhammad, this book offers a unique perspective on justice, faith, and governance. It encourages readers to reflect on historical prophets' teachings and the consequences of disregarding divine guidance. By bridging the gap between complex religious teachings and contemporary political systems, this book offers profound insights into forming a governance model that aligns with divine justice and guidance. It challenges you to rethink governance and justice through the lens of faith. This narrative details the destructive flawed foundations of Democracy, destroying the mythology behind the innovated political system which has become a valued religion to many voters and politicians. Armed with historical insights and religious teachings, this book challenges you to rethink the foundations of justice and governance and to consider the profound implications of integrating Shariah law into modern society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791114Sat, 08 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diabolical Democracy Debunked Author: Gregory Heary Narrator: Omar Abu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 8,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diabolical Democracy Debunked Author: Gregory Heary Narrator: Omar Abu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Do you ever wonder if modern democracy truly aligns with religious teachings? Can a system like Shariah law offer a more just governance according to divine principles? This book holds the key to understanding these pressing questions. Navigating the complex interplay between democracy and religion, this book critically examines the contrasts and conflicts between democratic ideals and Shariah law. It delves into the philosophical and practical flaws inherent in modern democratic systems, particularly critiquing the adherence to these ideals within the American framework. The author argues compellingly for the superiority of a governance system rooted in divine laws, as prescribed in the Quran. By exploring the narratives of believers and disbelievers, as well as lessons from Prophet Muhammad, this book offers a unique perspective on justice, faith, and governance. It encourages readers to reflect on historical prophets' teachings and the consequences of disregarding divine guidance. By bridging the gap between complex religious teachings and contemporary political systems, this book offers profound insights into forming a governance model that aligns with divine justice and guidance. It challenges you to rethink governance and justice through the lens of faith. This narrative details the destructive flawed foundations of Democracy, destroying the mythology behind the innovated political system which has become a valued religion to many voters and politicians. Armed with historical insights and religious teachings, this book challenges you to rethink the foundations of justice and governance and to consider the profound implications of integrating Shariah law into modern society.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-silla-embrujada-la-truculenta-historia-de-la-sucesion-presidencial-by-alejandro-rosas-carlos-silva--65203677https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla embrujada: La truculenta historia de la sucesión presidencial Author: Alejandro Rosas, Carlos Silva Narrator: Carlos Rivapalacio, Erick Trujillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «La silla presidencial está embrujada. Cualquier persona buena que se siente en ella se convierte en mala.» -Emiliano Zapata En2024 México cumple 200 años de haber adoptado la república como forma de gobierno. Y a pesar de intentar resolver —durante dos siglos— la sucesión presidencial a través del voto libre, la democracia ha resultado un galimatías que por momentos parece negada para los mexicanos. A gritos y sombrerazos (en el mejor de los casos) o a balazos y traiciones (en el peor) los avances en la democracia mexicana nos han costado sangre, sudor y lágrimas. La silla embrujada es un recorrido minucioso a través de cada una de las sucesiones presidenciales durante el siglo XX y las que llevamos en el XXI. Embrujada o no, la silla presidencial siempre ha sido la manzana de la discordia. Y tras cada sucesión surgen los cuestionamientos infaltables: ¿pudimos haberlo hecho diferente? ¿Acudir a las urnas sí marca una diferencia? ¿Esta vez no habrá fraude?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786781Thu, 06 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla embrujada: La truculenta historia de la sucesión presidencial Author: Alejandro Rosas, Carlos Silva Narrator: Carlos Rivapalacio,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla embrujada: La truculenta historia de la sucesión presidencial Author: Alejandro Rosas, Carlos Silva Narrator: Carlos Rivapalacio, Erick Trujillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «La silla presidencial está embrujada. Cualquier persona buena que se siente en ella se convierte en mala.» -Emiliano Zapata En2024 México cumple 200 años de haber adoptado la república como forma de gobierno. Y a pesar de intentar resolver —durante dos siglos— la sucesión presidencial a través del voto libre, la democracia ha resultado un galimatías que por momentos parece negada para los mexicanos. A gritos y sombrerazos (en el mejor de los casos) o a balazos y traiciones (en el peor) los avances en la democracia mexicana nos han costado sangre, sudor y lágrimas. La silla embrujada es un recorrido minucioso a través de cada una de las sucesiones presidenciales durante el siglo XX y las que llevamos en el XXI. Embrujada o no, la silla presidencial siempre ha sido la manzana de la discordia. Y tras cada sucesión surgen los cuestionamientos infaltables: ¿pudimos haberlo hecho diferente? ¿Acudir a las urnas sí marca una diferencia? ¿Esta vez no habrá fraude?]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-recabarren-drama-politico-deliberacion-soberania-tragedia-by-gabriel-salazar-nelda-muray--65203685https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Recabarren - Drama Político: Deliberación, Soberanía, Tragedia Author: Gabriel Salazar, Nelda Muray Narrator: La Dramática Nacional Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro, en registro teatral, apunta a 'pensar' la historia política del pueblo chileno a partir de su memoria y, sobre todo, de su deliberación soberana. Está focalizado en el período 1911-1924, cuando, al abrirse un proceso constituyente de cambios radicales, las bases populares y ciudadanas activaron a alto nivel sus vínculos solidarios y su capacidad deliberativa. En ese período y por su fondo social deliberativo, surgió el único 'intelectual orgánico' de la historia política del pueblo chileno: Luis Emilio Recabarren. La experiencia de Gabriel Salazar como asesor histórico de la compañía de teatro La Dramática Nacional, sugirió que la representación teatral es la que mejor reproduce el tempo de la deliberación sobre el destino político de un pueblo. Es decir, el movimiento dialéctico de las ideas que conducen a desenlaces significativos. Los autores decidieron exponer el proceso deliberativo de la época de Recabaren como en una obra de teatro que, a la vez, fuera una obra historiológica. Una dialéctica en vivo, para lograr la fluidez temporal, el desarrollo silogístico de los significados y la tensión dramática que acompaña a la construcción colectiva de las decisiones. Esta obra es, finalmente, la reproducción de la deliberación popular en vivo.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790254Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Recabarren - Drama Político: Deliberación, Soberanía, Tragedia Author: Gabriel Salazar, Nelda Muray Narrator: La Dramática Nacional Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Recabarren - Drama Político: Deliberación, Soberanía, Tragedia Author: Gabriel Salazar, Nelda Muray Narrator: La Dramática Nacional Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro, en registro teatral, apunta a 'pensar' la historia política del pueblo chileno a partir de su memoria y, sobre todo, de su deliberación soberana. Está focalizado en el período 1911-1924, cuando, al abrirse un proceso constituyente de cambios radicales, las bases populares y ciudadanas activaron a alto nivel sus vínculos solidarios y su capacidad deliberativa. En ese período y por su fondo social deliberativo, surgió el único 'intelectual orgánico' de la historia política del pueblo chileno: Luis Emilio Recabarren. La experiencia de Gabriel Salazar como asesor histórico de la compañía de teatro La Dramática Nacional, sugirió que la representación teatral es la que mejor reproduce el tempo de la deliberación sobre el destino político de un pueblo. Es decir, el movimiento dialéctico de las ideas que conducen a desenlaces significativos. Los autores decidieron exponer el proceso deliberativo de la época de Recabaren como en una obra de teatro que, a la vez, fuera una obra historiológica. Una dialéctica en vivo, para lograr la fluidez temporal, el desarrollo silogístico de los significados y la tensión dramática que acompaña a la construcción colectiva de las decisiones. Esta obra es, finalmente, la reproducción de la deliberación popular en vivo.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-service-of-the-republic-the-art-and-science-of-economic-policy-by-vijay-kelkar-ajay-shah--65203682https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Service of the Republic: The Art and Science of Economic Policy Author: Vijay Kelkar, Ajay Shah Narrator: Bhuvana Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a $3-trillion economy, India is on her way to becoming an economic superpower. Between 1991 and 2011, the period of our best growth, there was also a substantial decline in the number of people below the poverty line.Since 2011, however, there has been a marked retreat in the high growth performance of the previous two decades.What happened to the promise? Where have we faltered? How do we change course? How do we overcome the ever-present dangers of the middle-income trap, and get rich before we grow old? And one question above all else: What do we need to do to make our tryst with destiny?As professional economists as well as former civil servants, Vijay Kelkar and Ajay Shah have spent most of their lives thinking about and working on these questions. The result: In Service of the Republic, a meticulously researched work that stands at the intersection of economics, political philosophy and public administration. This highly readable book lays out the art and the science of the policymaking that we need, from the high ideas to the gritty practicalities that go into building the Republic.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791310Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Service of the Republic: The Art and Science of Economic Policy Author: Vijay Kelkar, Ajay Shah Narrator: Bhuvana Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Service of the Republic: The Art and Science of Economic Policy Author: Vijay Kelkar, Ajay Shah Narrator: Bhuvana Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a $3-trillion economy, India is on her way to becoming an economic superpower. Between 1991 and 2011, the period of our best growth, there was also a substantial decline in the number of people below the poverty line.Since 2011, however, there has been a marked retreat in the high growth performance of the previous two decades.What happened to the promise? Where have we faltered? How do we change course? How do we overcome the ever-present dangers of the middle-income trap, and get rich before we grow old? And one question above all else: What do we need to do to make our tryst with destiny?As professional economists as well as former civil servants, Vijay Kelkar and Ajay Shah have spent most of their lives thinking about and working on these questions. The result: In Service of the Republic, a meticulously researched work that stands at the intersection of economics, political philosophy and public administration. This highly readable book lays out the art and the science of the policymaking that we need, from the high ideas to the gritty practicalities that go into building the Republic.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-citizenship-test-study-guide-your-essential-study-guide-for-success-with-official-uscis-questions-answers-by-daniel-winslow--65203665https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791151 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Your Essential Study Guide for Success with Official USCIS Questions & Answers Author: Daniel Winslow Narrator: Eric Holt, Connor Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FREE printable Flashcards with 100 Civic questions INCLUDED! Do you feel daunted by the prospect of the US citizenship test, unsure of where to start or how to prepare effectively? Are you concerned about mastering the English proficiency and Civics topics required for the exam? Do you envision a smoother path to citizenship, equipped with the knowledge and strategies to succeed? Embark on a transformative journey towards US citizenship with our 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Comprehensive Prep for the Naturalization Test.' This guide is your ultimate resource, meticulously crafted to help you navigate and succeed in the naturalization process. Unlock Your Path to Citizenship: •Master every one of the 100 official USCIS questions and answers, guaranteeing thorough preparation and confidence for your naturalization test. •Develop a deep understanding of the interview process, essential documents, and procedures, navigating with ease. •Strengthen your English and Civics proficiency through targeted strategies and practice materials, optimizing your exam performance. Unique Features of Our Guide: •Tried-and-tested tips and strategies to enhance your test-taking abilities, guaranteeing confidence and achievement. •Expert advice on navigating interviews, comprehending crucial documents, and managing appeals. •Steer clear of common pitfalls and errors during the test, ensuring a seamless and triumphant experience. Begin your citizenship journey confidently with your 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide' today!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791151Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791151 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Your Essential Study Guide for Success with Official USCIS Questions & Answers Author: Daniel Winslow Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791151 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Your Essential Study Guide for Success with Official USCIS Questions & Answers Author: Daniel Winslow Narrator: Eric Holt, Connor Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FREE printable Flashcards with 100 Civic questions INCLUDED! Do you feel daunted by the prospect of the US citizenship test, unsure of where to start or how to prepare effectively? Are you concerned about mastering the English proficiency and Civics topics required for the exam? Do you envision a smoother path to citizenship, equipped with the knowledge and strategies to succeed? Embark on a transformative journey towards US citizenship with our 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Comprehensive Prep for the Naturalization Test.' This guide is your ultimate resource, meticulously crafted to help you navigate and succeed in the naturalization process. Unlock Your Path to Citizenship: •Master every one of the 100 official USCIS questions and answers, guaranteeing thorough preparation and confidence for your naturalization test. •Develop a deep understanding of the interview process, essential documents, and procedures, navigating with ease. •Strengthen your English and Civics proficiency through targeted strategies and practice materials, optimizing your exam performance. Unique Features of Our Guide: •Tried-and-tested tips and strategies to enhance your test-taking abilities, guaranteeing confidence and achievement. •Expert advice on navigating interviews, comprehending crucial documents, and managing appeals. •Steer clear of common pitfalls and errors during the test, ensuring a seamless and triumphant experience. Begin your citizenship journey confidently with your 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide' today!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-inteligencia-artificial-la-tecnologia-que-cambiara-el-mundo-by-roberto-velasco--65203557https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Artificial. La tecnología que cambiará el mundo Author: Roberto Velasco Narrator: Sergio Huescar (voz Digital) Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los avances tecnológicos invaden velozmente nuestras vidas y desbordan las capacidades normativas de las Administraciones públicas, todo bajo el control remoto de unos gigantes empresariales que pretenden rediseñar los hábitos sociales en función de sus intereses económicos. En este mundo de escasas reglas, se presenta la Inteligencia Artificial Generativa con una enorme potencia tecnológica e indudable capacidad para impulsar grandes avances sociales y económicos que, sin duda alguna, van a cambiar el mundo para mejorarlo. No obstante falta todavía un verdadero marco ético que vincule los niveles de responsabilidad de todos los actores y ayude a vencer la desafección de muchos ciudadanos. Una realidad esta última a veces alentada por visiones catastrofistas del futuro tecnológico y, en otras ocasiones, por los escandalosos daños causados impunemente y de continuo por la ciberdelincuencia. Estas circunstancias, junto al anonimato que tolera Internet, han convertido las Redes Sociales en verdaderas cloacas donde crecen las adicciones malsanas, el acoso y la pornografía, con los niños y adolescentes como víctimas principales. El ensayo del profesor Velasco aborda estos asuntos y también las perspectivas del Metaverso, el negativo balance climático de la digitalización y los peligros de la burbuja financiera creada en torno a las Criptomonedas, así como las desigualdades sociales provocadas por la «brecha digital». Finalmente, el libro describe el contenido de las normas regulatorias reclamadas para que la actual y futura realidad del mundo puedan ser legal y socialmente gobernables. Y resume el texto de la pionera Ley Europea de la Inteligencia Artificial.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805390Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Artificial. La tecnología que cambiará el mundo Author: Roberto Velasco Narrator: Sergio Huescar (voz Digital) Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Artificial. La tecnología que cambiará el mundo Author: Roberto Velasco Narrator: Sergio Huescar (voz Digital) Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los avances tecnológicos invaden velozmente nuestras vidas y desbordan las capacidades normativas de las Administraciones públicas, todo bajo el control remoto de unos gigantes empresariales que pretenden rediseñar los hábitos sociales en función de sus intereses económicos. En este mundo de escasas reglas, se presenta la Inteligencia Artificial Generativa con una enorme potencia tecnológica e indudable capacidad para impulsar grandes avances sociales y económicos que, sin duda alguna, van a cambiar el mundo para mejorarlo. No obstante falta todavía un verdadero marco ético que vincule los niveles de responsabilidad de todos los actores y ayude a vencer la desafección de muchos ciudadanos. Una realidad esta última a veces alentada por visiones catastrofistas del futuro tecnológico y, en otras ocasiones, por los escandalosos daños causados impunemente y de continuo por la ciberdelincuencia. Estas circunstancias, junto al anonimato que tolera Internet, han convertido las Redes Sociales en verdaderas cloacas donde crecen las adicciones malsanas, el acoso y la pornografía, con los niños y adolescentes como víctimas principales. El ensayo del profesor Velasco aborda estos asuntos y también las perspectivas del Metaverso, el negativo balance climático de la digitalización y los peligros de la burbuja financiera creada en torno a las Criptomonedas, así como las desigualdades sociales provocadas por la «brecha digital». Finalmente, el libro describe el contenido de las normas regulatorias reclamadas para que la actual y futura realidad del mundo puedan ser legal y socialmente gobernables. Y resume el texto de la pionera Ley Europea de la Inteligencia Artificial.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-machtubernahme-was-passiert-wenn-rechtsextreme-regieren-eine-anleitung-zum-widerstand-ungekurzte-lesung-by-arne-semsrott--65203692https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Machtübernahme - Was passiert, wenn Rechtsextreme regieren | Eine Anleitung zum Widerstand (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Arne Semsrott Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Demokratie in Gefahr - und was wir dagegen tun können Es sind beunruhigende Zeiten: Vor wenigen Jahren waren Rechtsextremisten im Parteienspektrum noch weitgehend isoliert. Heute denken Teile der Union offen über eine Koalition mit ihnen nach. Und während antidemokratische Positionen in der Breite der Gesellschaft stetig an Zustimmung gewinnen, verzeichnet die AfD in den Wahlumfragen für 2024 Spitzenwerte. Höchste Zeit, sich mit der realen Gefahr einer autoritären Machtübernahme auseinanderzusetzen. Der bekannte Politik-Aktivist Arne Semsrott schreibt das Buch der Stunde und zeigt, was passiert, wenn Rechtsextremisten an die Macht kommen. Und er liefert konkrete Strategien dafür, wie wir unsere demokratische Gesellschaft verteidigen können. Die Zeit des Handels ist jetzt Der Rechtsextremismus bedroht die Demokratie in Deutschland unmittelbar. Arne Semsrott zeigt eindrücklich: Unsere Institutionen sind angreifbar, Bürokratie und Verwaltung scheinen fragiler denn je. Schulen, Finanzämter, Ministerien, öffentlich-rechtlicher Rundfunk und Polizei bilden das demokratische Fundament unserer Gesellschaft - doch was geschieht, wenn sie fallen? Und wie lassen sich Verfassung und Gewaltenteilung verteidigen, wenn Rechte beginnen, den Staat umzubauen, um ihre Macht langfristig zu festigen? Semsrott zeigt in seinem brandaktuellen Sachbuch ganz konkret, welche Mittel Gewerkschaften, Beamte, Justiz, Medien, Unternehmen und die Zivilgesellschaft nutzen können, um einer rechten Machtübernahme zu begegnen. Er diskutiert unter anderem Generalstreiks, Streikpartnerschaften und politische Streiks,Möglichkeiten, um rechte Richter in der Justiz transparenter zu machen,ein AfD-Verbot,die Vorteile eines Demokratiefördergesetzes,das Remonstrationsrecht, das besagt, dass Beamte rechtswidrigen Befehlen nicht gehorchen dürfen,was eine Änderung des Wahlrechts bewirken könnte,das Leaken von Informationen und Whistleblowing,ein 'Sondervermögen Demokratie',wie solidarisches Prepping aussehen kann,warum Faschisten aus Talkshows ausgeladen werden sollten undwarum wir eine neu definierte Brandmauer nach rechts brauchen. Rechtsextremisten stehen kurz davor, Verantwortung in der Regierung zu übernehmen - wir sollten uns darauf vorbereiten, mit allen demokratischen Mitteln Widerstand zu leisten. Arne Semsrott legt die Sollbruchstellen der rechtsstaatlichen Institutionen offen und erkennt: Die Zeit des Handelns ist jetzt.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787549Mon, 03 Jun 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Machtübernahme - Was passiert, wenn Rechtsextreme regieren | Eine Anleitung zum Widerstand (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Arne Semsrott...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Machtübernahme - Was passiert, wenn Rechtsextreme regieren | Eine Anleitung zum Widerstand (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Arne Semsrott Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Demokratie in Gefahr - und was wir dagegen tun können Es sind beunruhigende Zeiten: Vor wenigen Jahren waren Rechtsextremisten im Parteienspektrum noch weitgehend isoliert. Heute denken Teile der Union offen über eine Koalition mit ihnen nach. Und während antidemokratische Positionen in der Breite der Gesellschaft stetig an Zustimmung gewinnen, verzeichnet die AfD in den Wahlumfragen für 2024 Spitzenwerte. Höchste Zeit, sich mit der realen Gefahr einer autoritären Machtübernahme auseinanderzusetzen. Der bekannte Politik-Aktivist Arne Semsrott schreibt das Buch der Stunde und zeigt, was passiert, wenn Rechtsextremisten an die Macht kommen. Und er liefert konkrete Strategien dafür, wie wir unsere demokratische Gesellschaft verteidigen können. Die Zeit des Handels ist jetzt Der Rechtsextremismus bedroht die Demokratie in Deutschland unmittelbar. Arne Semsrott zeigt eindrücklich: Unsere Institutionen sind angreifbar, Bürokratie und Verwaltung scheinen fragiler denn je. Schulen, Finanzämter, Ministerien, öffentlich-rechtlicher Rundfunk und Polizei bilden das demokratische Fundament unserer Gesellschaft - doch was geschieht, wenn sie fallen? Und wie lassen sich Verfassung und Gewaltenteilung verteidigen, wenn Rechte beginnen, den Staat umzubauen, um ihre Macht langfristig zu festigen? Semsrott zeigt in seinem brandaktuellen Sachbuch ganz konkret, welche Mittel Gewerkschaften, Beamte, Justiz, Medien, Unternehmen und die Zivilgesellschaft nutzen können, um einer rechten Machtübernahme zu begegnen. Er diskutiert unter anderem Generalstreiks, Streikpartnerschaften und politische Streiks,Möglichkeiten, um rechte Richter in der Justiz transparenter zu machen,ein AfD-Verbot,die Vorteile eines Demokratiefördergesetzes,das Remonstrationsrecht, das besagt, dass Beamte rechtswidrigen Befehlen nicht gehorchen dürfen,was eine Änderung des Wahlrechts bewirken könnte,das Leaken von Informationen und Whistleblowing,ein 'Sondervermögen Demokratie',wie solidarisches Prepping aussehen kann,warum Faschisten aus Talkshows ausgeladen werden sollten undwarum wir eine neu definierte Brandmauer nach rechts brauchen. Rechtsextremisten stehen kurz davor, Verantwortung in der Regierung zu übernehmen - wir sollten uns darauf vorbereiten, mit allen demokratischen Mitteln Widerstand zu leisten. Arne Semsrott legt die Sollbruchstellen der rechtsstaatlichen Institutionen offen und erkennt: Die Zeit des Handelns ist jetzt.]]>185bernahme,rztecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-feuer-israel-und-der-7-oktober-ungekurzte-lesung-by-ron-leshem--65203701https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer - Israel und der 7. Oktober (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ron Leshem Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ron Leshem ist Autor, Journalist und ehemaliger israelischer Geheimdienstoffizier, Verwandte von ihm wurden ermordet oder entführt. Hier schildert er ein zutiefst gespaltenes Land, den Tag des Terrors und seine unabsehbaren Folgen. Am 7. Oktober 2023 überzog die Hamas Israel mit Terror, seither hält die Welt den Atem an - und überschlagen sich die Ereignisse. Ron Leshem zeichnet in seinem bewegenden Text jenen Tag und die Entwicklungen seither nach - und führt ein zutiefst gespaltenes Land vor Augen. Gerade der liberale, auf Verständigung bedachte Teil der Gesellschaft wurde getroffen. Was werden die Folgen sein? Leshem, international bekannter Autor (Euphoria, Beaufort), Journalist und ehemaliger israelischer Geheimdienstoffizier, ist auch persönlich betroffen. Die Hamas ermordete seinen Onkel und seine Tante, verschleppte Leshems Cousin, der auch deutscher Staatsbürger ist. Ein Blick in die Wirklichkeit Israels, der uns das Land auf sehr persönliche Weise nahebringt und zugleich ein großes Bild vermittelt. Das Buch zur Stunde, das den Konflikt begreifbar macht. Das Hörbuch wird gelesen von Timo Weisschnur.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786272Fri, 31 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer - Israel und der 7. Oktober (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ron Leshem Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer - Israel und der 7. Oktober (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ron Leshem Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ron Leshem ist Autor, Journalist und ehemaliger israelischer Geheimdienstoffizier, Verwandte von ihm wurden ermordet oder entführt. Hier schildert er ein zutiefst gespaltenes Land, den Tag des Terrors und seine unabsehbaren Folgen. Am 7. Oktober 2023 überzog die Hamas Israel mit Terror, seither hält die Welt den Atem an - und überschlagen sich die Ereignisse. Ron Leshem zeichnet in seinem bewegenden Text jenen Tag und die Entwicklungen seither nach - und führt ein zutiefst gespaltenes Land vor Augen. Gerade der liberale, auf Verständigung bedachte Teil der Gesellschaft wurde getroffen. Was werden die Folgen sein? Leshem, international bekannter Autor (Euphoria, Beaufort), Journalist und ehemaliger israelischer Geheimdienstoffizier, ist auch persönlich betroffen. Die Hamas ermordete seinen Onkel und seine Tante, verschleppte Leshems Cousin, der auch deutscher Staatsbürger ist. Ein Blick in die Wirklichkeit Israels, der uns das Land auf sehr persönliche Weise nahebringt und zugleich ein großes Bild vermittelt. Das Buch zur Stunde, das den Konflikt begreifbar macht. Das Hörbuch wird gelesen von Timo Weisschnur.]]>185rztecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-obama-era-hopes-and-disappointments-political-historical-book-by-dr-ahmed-zaki--65203669https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - Obama Era Hopes And Disappointments: Political historical book Author: Dr. Ahmed Zaki Narrator: Pandarosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Secrets of American policies during the era of Obama and secret alliances with the regimes of Arab and Islamic countries The battles with organizations inside the Middle East and the threat from Russia]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789463Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - Obama Era Hopes And Disappointments: Political historical book Author: Dr. Ahmed Zaki Narrator: Pandarosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - Obama Era Hopes And Disappointments: Political historical book Author: Dr. Ahmed Zaki Narrator: Pandarosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Secrets of American policies during the era of Obama and secret alliances with the regimes of Arab and Islamic countries The battles with organizations inside the Middle East and the threat from Russia]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/capitalism-socialism-and-democracy-by-joseph-a-schumpeter--65203695https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786676 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy Author: Joseph A. Schumpeter Narrator: John Clickman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy,' authored by Joseph A. Schumpeter and first published in 1942, stands as a cornerstone in the study of economics and political science. In this profound and ambitious work, Schumpeter delves into the intricate mechanisms that drive capitalist economies and the transformative forces that shape them. Central to his analysis is the concept of 'creative destruction,' a process through which old industries and economic structures are continuously dismantled and replaced by innovative enterprises and technologies. This relentless cycle of innovation, while fostering economic growth and progress, also brings about significant disruption and dislocation, posing challenges to established businesses and labor markets. Schumpeter's exploration of capitalism is multifaceted. He acknowledges the system's remarkable capacity for innovation and wealth creation but also highlights its inherent vulnerabilities. These include tendencies toward monopolistic practices, social inequality, and cyclical crises. Schumpeter provocatively argues that capitalism, despite its successes, harbors the seeds of its own decay. As capitalism progresses, he suggests, it creates conditions—such as the rise of large corporations and bureaucratic structures—that may eventually undermine its dynamic and entrepreneurial spirit. Turning his attention to socialism, Schumpeter offers a nuanced examination of its potential as an alternative to capitalism. He considers socialism's promise to address the inequities and inefficiencies of capitalism, particularly through the redistribution of wealth and more centralized economic planning. However, he also recognizes significant obstacles, such as the potential stifling of individual initiative and the complexities of managing a planned economy on a large scale. Schumpeter's analysis of socialism is neither purely optimistic nor wholly dismissive; instead, it reflects a balanced inquiry into its feasibility and implications. A key component of Schumpeter's work is his discussion on democracy and its interaction with economic systems. He questions whether democratic institutions can withstand the pressures and demands of a rapidly evolving economic landscape. Schumpeter introduces the idea of 'democratic elitism,' suggesting that modern democracies are managed by a select group of individuals rather than by the populace at large. This perspective leads to critical reflections on the sustainability of democratic governance in the face of economic upheaval and social change. Overall, 'Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy' is a thought-provoking and comprehensive treatise that continues to resonate with scholars and policymakers. Schumpeter's insights into the dynamics of economic change, the potential trajectories of capitalist and socialist systems, and the challenges facing democratic governance remain relevant in understanding the complexities of contemporary economic and political life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786676Thu, 23 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786676 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy Author: Joseph A. Schumpeter Narrator: John Clickman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 23 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786676 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy Author: Joseph A. Schumpeter Narrator: John Clickman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy,' authored by Joseph A. Schumpeter and first published in 1942, stands as a cornerstone in the study of economics and political science. In this profound and ambitious work, Schumpeter delves into the intricate mechanisms that drive capitalist economies and the transformative forces that shape them. Central to his analysis is the concept of 'creative destruction,' a process through which old industries and economic structures are continuously dismantled and replaced by innovative enterprises and technologies. This relentless cycle of innovation, while fostering economic growth and progress, also brings about significant disruption and dislocation, posing challenges to established businesses and labor markets. Schumpeter's exploration of capitalism is multifaceted. He acknowledges the system's remarkable capacity for innovation and wealth creation but also highlights its inherent vulnerabilities. These include tendencies toward monopolistic practices, social inequality, and cyclical crises. Schumpeter provocatively argues that capitalism, despite its successes, harbors the seeds of its own decay. As capitalism progresses, he suggests, it creates conditions—such as the rise of large corporations and bureaucratic structures—that may eventually undermine its dynamic and entrepreneurial spirit. Turning his attention to socialism, Schumpeter offers a nuanced examination of its potential as an alternative to capitalism. He considers socialism's promise to address the inequities and inefficiencies of capitalism, particularly through the redistribution of wealth and more centralized economic planning. However, he also recognizes significant obstacles, such as the potential stifling of individual initiative and the complexities of managing a planned economy on a large scale. Schumpeter's analysis of socialism is neither purely optimistic nor wholly dismissive; instead, it reflects a balanced inquiry into its feasibility and implications. A key component of Schumpeter's work is his discussion on democracy and its interaction with economic systems. He questions whether democratic institutions can withstand the pressures and demands of a rapidly evolving economic landscape. Schumpeter introduces the idea of 'democratic elitism,' suggesting that modern democracies are managed by a select group of individuals rather than by the populace at large. This perspective leads to critical reflections on the sustainability of democratic governance in the face of economic upheaval and social change. Overall, 'Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy' is a thought-provoking and comprehensive treatise that continues to resonate with scholars and policymakers. Schumpeter's insights into the dynamics of economic change, the potential trajectories of capitalist and socialist systems, and the challenges facing democratic governance remain relevant in understanding the complexities of contemporary economic and political life.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-psychologie-der-massen-by-gustave-le-bon--65203688https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie der Massen Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Herbert Schäfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Psychologie der Massen' ist ein wegweisendes Werk von Gustave Le Bon, das die Dynamiken und Verhaltensweisen von Menschen in Massengesellschaften untersucht. Le Bon beschreibt, wie individuelle Rationalität und Kontrolle in der Masse oft durch Emotionen, Impulse und Ansteckungseffekte ersetzt werden. Er analysiert Phänomene wie Mobmentalität, Führerkult und die Manipulierbarkeit von Massen durch Propaganda. Le Bons Werk war wegweisend für die Sozialpsychologie und beeinflusste auch Bereiche wie politische Kommunikation und Massenbewegungen. Das Buch ist über 100 Jahre alt, aber aktueller denn je!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786355Wed, 22 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie der Massen Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Herbert Schäfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie der Massen Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Herbert Schäfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Psychologie der Massen' ist ein wegweisendes Werk von Gustave Le Bon, das die Dynamiken und Verhaltensweisen von Menschen in Massengesellschaften untersucht. Le Bon beschreibt, wie individuelle Rationalität und Kontrolle in der Masse oft durch Emotionen, Impulse und Ansteckungseffekte ersetzt werden. Er analysiert Phänomene wie Mobmentalität, Führerkult und die Manipulierbarkeit von Massen durch Propaganda. Le Bons Werk war wegweisend für die Sozialpsychologie und beeinflusste auch Bereiche wie politische Kommunikation und Massenbewegungen. Das Buch ist über 100 Jahre alt, aber aktueller denn je!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-gosudarstvo-by-platon--65203680https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Государство Author: платон Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Государство» — диалог Платона, посвящённый проблеме идеального государства. Написан в 360 г. до н. э. С точки зрения Платона, государство является выражением идеи справедливости. В диалоге впервые отчётливо определяются философы как люди,  способные постичь то, что вечно тождественно самому себе. В диалоге содержится систематика и краткий критический анализ видов государственного устройства (идеальное «государство будущего»,  которое пока не существует, в него не входит), размещённых Платоном на шкале постепенной деградации, которая выглядит как эволюция во времени, но необратимость такой эволюции прямо не утверждается, и сам вопрос неизбежности деградации не поставлен явно, так что при желании эту деградацию можно считать лишь описанием некоторой тенденции, весьма схожей с разложением строя первобытной демократии. Вот эта шкала типов государства (от наилучшего к худшему): Аристократия и монархия, Тимократия, Олигархия, Демократия, Тирания.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784849Fri, 17 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Государство Author: платон Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Государство Author: платон Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Государство» — диалог Платона, посвящённый проблеме идеального государства. Написан в 360 г. до н. э. С точки зрения Платона, государство является выражением идеи справедливости. В диалоге впервые отчётливо определяются философы как люди,  способные постичь то, что вечно тождественно самому себе. В диалоге содержится систематика и краткий критический анализ видов государственного устройства (идеальное «государство будущего»,  которое пока не существует, в него не входит), размещённых Платоном на шкале постепенной деградации, которая выглядит как эволюция во времени, но необратимость такой эволюции прямо не утверждается, и сам вопрос неизбежности деградации не поставлен явно, так что при желании эту деградацию можно считать лишь описанием некоторой тенденции, весьма схожей с разложением строя первобытной демократии. Вот эта шкала типов государства (от наилучшего к худшему): Аристократия и монархия, Тимократия, Олигархия, Демократия, Тирания.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-justicia-hacemos-lo-que-debemos-by-michael-j-sandel--65203725https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Justicia: ¿Hacemos lo que debemos? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un viaje fascinante y entretenido a través de los conceptos que subyacen en las controversias políticas y morales de la actualidad. PREMIO PRINCESA DE ASTURIAS DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES 2018 En Justicia, el prestigioso autor y profesor Michael Sandel examina el papel de la justicia en nuestras vidas y en la sociedad, y explica cómo la filosofía puede ayudar a entender la política, la religión o la moral, e incluso nuestras propias convicciones. Deteniéndose en cuestiones tan polémicas como el aborto, la eutanasia, el matrimonio homosexual, el patriotismo o la disidencia, Sandel muestra que las cuestiones más importantes que afrontamos como ciudadanos pueden someterse a un debate racional. Justicia garantiza a los lectores de todas las edades e ideas políticas un viaje fascinante a través de los conceptos que subyacen en las controversias políticas y morales de la actualidad. Un libro fundamental para nuestra vida en sociedad. Reseñas: «Un libro indispensable para cualquiera que aspire a ser un buen ciudadano.» Walter Isaacson, presidente del Aspen Institute «Sandel asombra en este amplio repaso de temas candentes. Erudito, ameno y muy humano, es una lectura que te cambiará.» Publishers Weekly «Uno de los filósofos políticos más interesantes del mundo.» The Guardian «Un manual repleto de aplicaciones para el día a día.» La Razón]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776461Thu, 16 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Justicia: ¿Hacemos lo que debemos? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Justicia: ¿Hacemos lo que debemos? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Alejandro Vargas-Lugo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un viaje fascinante y entretenido a través de los conceptos que subyacen en las controversias políticas y morales de la actualidad. PREMIO PRINCESA DE ASTURIAS DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES 2018 En Justicia, el prestigioso autor y profesor Michael Sandel examina el papel de la justicia en nuestras vidas y en la sociedad, y explica cómo la filosofía puede ayudar a entender la política, la religión o la moral, e incluso nuestras propias convicciones. Deteniéndose en cuestiones tan polémicas como el aborto, la eutanasia, el matrimonio homosexual, el patriotismo o la disidencia, Sandel muestra que las cuestiones más importantes que afrontamos como ciudadanos pueden someterse a un debate racional. Justicia garantiza a los lectores de todas las edades e ideas políticas un viaje fascinante a través de los conceptos que subyacen en las controversias políticas y morales de la actualidad. Un libro fundamental para nuestra vida en sociedad. Reseñas: «Un libro indispensable para cualquiera que aspire a ser un buen ciudadano.» Walter Isaacson, presidente del Aspen Institute «Sandel asombra en este amplio repaso de temas candentes. Erudito, ameno y muy humano, es una lectura que te cambiará.» Publishers Weekly «Uno de los filósofos políticos más interesantes del mundo.» The Guardian «Un manual repleto de aplicaciones para el día a día.» La Razón]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-gustave-le-bon-psychologie-der-massen-the-crowd-zweisprachige-bilingual-edition-by-gustave-le-bon--65203716https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778064 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave Le Bon: Psychologie der Massen / The Crowd: Zweisprachige / Bilingual Edition Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gustave Le Bons Meisterwerk in zweisprachiger Ausgabe! Gustave Le Bon's masterpiece in a bilingual edition! Deutsch: Was passiert mit dem Individuum, wenn es sich in einer Gruppe wiederfindet? Wie ist es zu erklären, dass intelligente Menschen sich in der Masse zu Dingen hinreißen lassen, die sie als Einzelne niemals tun würden? Gustave le Bon beschrieb 1895 in seinem Standardwerk diese Mechanismen. Es ist erstaunlich und spricht für den Autor, dass die eingängig erklärte Analyse zeitlos wirkt und die Hörer den Eindruck gewinnen, das Buch sei tatsächlich viel jünger. English:What happens to individuals when they become part of a crowd? How can it be explained that intelligent human beings commit unspeakable cruelties once they have become one with an anonymous mass of people? Le Bon's analysis dates back to 1895 - however, the razor-sharp analysis of human behavior is still valid today!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778064Thu, 16 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778064 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave Le Bon: Psychologie der Massen / The Crowd: Zweisprachige / Bilingual Edition Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778064 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave Le Bon: Psychologie der Massen / The Crowd: Zweisprachige / Bilingual Edition Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gustave Le Bons Meisterwerk in zweisprachiger Ausgabe! Gustave Le Bon's masterpiece in a bilingual edition! Deutsch: Was passiert mit dem Individuum, wenn es sich in einer Gruppe wiederfindet? Wie ist es zu erklären, dass intelligente Menschen sich in der Masse zu Dingen hinreißen lassen, die sie als Einzelne niemals tun würden? Gustave le Bon beschrieb 1895 in seinem Standardwerk diese Mechanismen. Es ist erstaunlich und spricht für den Autor, dass die eingängig erklärte Analyse zeitlos wirkt und die Hörer den Eindruck gewinnen, das Buch sei tatsächlich viel jünger. English:What happens to individuals when they become part of a crowd? How can it be explained that intelligent human beings commit unspeakable cruelties once they have become one with an anonymous mass of people? Le Bon's analysis dates back to 1895 - however, the razor-sharp analysis of human behavior is still valid today!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-derechairo-que-vendio-su-ferrari-by-jairo-calixto-albarran--65203710https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El derechairo que vendió su ferrari Author: Jairo Calixto Albarrán Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Con su sonrisa forzada y su inocultable asquito a los pobres, los derechairos salen a las calles a expresar su inconformidad por los demonios comunistas que solo aparecen en sus pesadillas, mítines y borracheras; como no se les da la simulación lloran cual desoladas Magdalenas por las injusticias que laceran al país y la violencia sin freno; así, los próceres de antaño: Fox, Calderón, Creel y los nuevo paladines como Marko Cortés, Alito Moreno y la salvadora del huipil, la inefable Xóchitl, bajo el liderazgo del santo patrono Don X, harán lo imposible por recuperar lo que tuvieron, era suyo y dejaron ir. Con el humor corrosivo que lo caracteriza y el implacable análisis político, Jairo Calixto Albarrán elabora una serie de perfiles de políticos y suspirantes que se mueven indignados por la escena política mexicana, ataviados de hipocresía, doble moraly clasismo se dicen defensores de la democracia y progresistas cuando han peleado con uñas y dientes por mantener sus privilegios, explotar a los trabajadores, aprovechar las desgracias del país para mostrar su indiferencia ante los menos favorecidos, soltar sus fake news e impulsar a sus periodistas vendidos al mejor postor: armadores de montajes y payasos vulgares venidos a menos cuya esencia misógina y resentida los perseguirá hasta sus últimos días. Celebridades como Verástegui y Milei, Lorenzo Córdova y la ministra Piña, Agustín Laje y otros más desfilan en este jardín de las delicias derechairas para confirmar que, hoy más que nunca, un fantasma recorre el mundo: el del derechairo sin Ferrari, sin congruencia social ni capacidad política.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778861Thu, 16 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El derechairo que vendió su ferrari Author: Jairo Calixto Albarrán Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El derechairo que vendió su ferrari Author: Jairo Calixto Albarrán Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Con su sonrisa forzada y su inocultable asquito a los pobres, los derechairos salen a las calles a expresar su inconformidad por los demonios comunistas que solo aparecen en sus pesadillas, mítines y borracheras; como no se les da la simulación lloran cual desoladas Magdalenas por las injusticias que laceran al país y la violencia sin freno; así, los próceres de antaño: Fox, Calderón, Creel y los nuevo paladines como Marko Cortés, Alito Moreno y la salvadora del huipil, la inefable Xóchitl, bajo el liderazgo del santo patrono Don X, harán lo imposible por recuperar lo que tuvieron, era suyo y dejaron ir. Con el humor corrosivo que lo caracteriza y el implacable análisis político, Jairo Calixto Albarrán elabora una serie de perfiles de políticos y suspirantes que se mueven indignados por la escena política mexicana, ataviados de hipocresía, doble moraly clasismo se dicen defensores de la democracia y progresistas cuando han peleado con uñas y dientes por mantener sus privilegios, explotar a los trabajadores, aprovechar las desgracias del país para mostrar su indiferencia ante los menos favorecidos, soltar sus fake news e impulsar a sus periodistas vendidos al mejor postor: armadores de montajes y payasos vulgares venidos a menos cuya esencia misógina y resentida los perseguirá hasta sus últimos días. Celebridades como Verástegui y Milei, Lorenzo Córdova y la ministra Piña, Agustín Laje y otros más desfilan en este jardín de las delicias derechairas para confirmar que, hoy más que nunca, un fantasma recorre el mundo: el del derechairo sin Ferrari, sin congruencia social ni capacidad política.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-despierta-y-combate-a-los-barbaros-que-arruinan-tu-vida-by-alex-rosal--65203699https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Despierta y combate a los bárbaros que arruinan tu vida Author: álex Rosal Narrator: Synthesized Voice - Female Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Desde hace décadas estamos metidos en una guerra sin saberlo. Es diferente a las conocidas: no se moviliza armamento pesado ni carros de combate. Tampoco los soldados entran en acción. Es una guerra más sutil que no pretende conquistar territorios, sino personas.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783817Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Despierta y combate a los bárbaros que arruinan tu vida Author: álex Rosal Narrator: Synthesized Voice - Female Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Despierta y combate a los bárbaros que arruinan tu vida Author: álex Rosal Narrator: Synthesized Voice - Female Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Desde hace décadas estamos metidos en una guerra sin saberlo. Es diferente a las conocidas: no se moviliza armamento pesado ni carros de combate. Tampoco los soldados entran en acción. Es una guerra más sutil que no pretende conquistar territorios, sino personas.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-family-group-conferences-new-zealand-style-by-howard-zehr-allan-macrae--65203704https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Family Group Conferences: New Zealand Style Series: Part of Little Books of Justice & Peacebuilding Series Author: Howard Zehr, Allan Macrae Narrator: Adam Prugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Family group conferences (FGCs) are the primary forum in New Zealand for dealing with juvenile crime, as well as child welfare issues. This third volume in the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series is about the juvenile justice system that is built around these conferences. Since their introduction in New Zealand, family group conferences have been adopted and adapted in many places throughout the world. They have been applied in many arenas including child welfare, school discipline, and criminal justice, both juvenile and adult. In fact, FGCs have emerged as one of the most promising models of restorative justice. A title in the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series, this Little Book describes the basics and rationale for this approach to juvenile justice, as well as how an FGC is conducted. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with series editor Howard Zehr and sujatha baliga, director and Just Beginnings collaborative fellow of the restorative justice project. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2004 Good Books §]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778325Wed, 08 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Family Group Conferences: New Zealand Style Series: Part of Little Books of Justice & Peacebuilding Series Author: Howard Zehr,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Family Group Conferences: New Zealand Style Series: Part of Little Books of Justice & Peacebuilding Series Author: Howard Zehr, Allan Macrae Narrator: Adam Prugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Family group conferences (FGCs) are the primary forum in New Zealand for dealing with juvenile crime, as well as child welfare issues. This third volume in the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series is about the juvenile justice system that is built around these conferences. Since their introduction in New Zealand, family group conferences have been adopted and adapted in many places throughout the world. They have been applied in many arenas including child welfare, school discipline, and criminal justice, both juvenile and adult. In fact, FGCs have emerged as one of the most promising models of restorative justice. A title in the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series, this Little Book describes the basics and rationale for this approach to juvenile justice, as well as how an FGC is conducted. This audiobook includes a bonus conversation with series editor Howard Zehr and sujatha baliga, director and Just Beginnings collaborative fellow of the restorative justice project. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2004 Good Books §]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/world-war-d-the-intersection-of-cyber-and-biological-pandemics-by-christopher-rence--65203678https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War ‘D’ The Intersection of Cyber and Biological Pandemics Author: Christopher Rence Narrator: Liam Alan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Life has never been easier thanks to the advancement of technology. However, with all new technological advancements also come new risks. The most drastically increasing issue in the world today is not biological warfare but cyber warfare. Data has become the single most valuable commodity in today’s world, and of course, there are always people lurking around the corner, trying to get their hands on it. As the world is evolving, so is everything in it. Although the digital world may not be safe, no one can run away from it. Therefore, it is better to accept the inevitable while taking the necessary precautions to avoid becoming the next victim of a cybercrime]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787679Wed, 08 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War ‘D’ The Intersection of Cyber and Biological Pandemics Author: Christopher Rence Narrator: Liam Alan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War ‘D’ The Intersection of Cyber and Biological Pandemics Author: Christopher Rence Narrator: Liam Alan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Life has never been easier thanks to the advancement of technology. However, with all new technological advancements also come new risks. The most drastically increasing issue in the world today is not biological warfare but cyber warfare. Data has become the single most valuable commodity in today’s world, and of course, there are always people lurking around the corner, trying to get their hands on it. As the world is evolving, so is everything in it. Although the digital world may not be safe, no one can run away from it. Therefore, it is better to accept the inevitable while taking the necessary precautions to avoid becoming the next victim of a cybercrime]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-victim-offender-conferencing-bringing-victims-and-offenders-together-in-dialogue-by-lorraine-stutzman-amstutz--65203637https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Victim Offender Conferencing: Bringing Victims and Offenders Together In Dialogue Series: Part of Little Books of Justice & Peacebuilding Series Author: Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Adam Prugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Victim offender dialogues have been developed as a way to hold offenders accountable to the person they have harmed and to give victims a voice about how to put things right. It is a way of acknowledging the importance of the relationship, of the connection which crime creates. Granted, the relationship is a negative one, but there is a relationship. Amstutz has been a practitioner and a teacher in the field for more than 20 years. This excellent audio resource draws on her experience and contributes indispensably to the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series. This audio edition includes a bonus conversation between Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz and fellow victim-offender conferencing practitioner Michelle Armster, executive director at Mennonite central committee, central states region, which addresses developments in the practice in the years since the book was first published. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2009 Good Books §]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778324Wed, 08 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Victim Offender Conferencing: Bringing Victims and Offenders Together In Dialogue Series: Part of Little Books of Justice &...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Victim Offender Conferencing: Bringing Victims and Offenders Together In Dialogue Series: Part of Little Books of Justice & Peacebuilding Series Author: Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz Narrator: Adam Prugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Victim offender dialogues have been developed as a way to hold offenders accountable to the person they have harmed and to give victims a voice about how to put things right. It is a way of acknowledging the importance of the relationship, of the connection which crime creates. Granted, the relationship is a negative one, but there is a relationship. Amstutz has been a practitioner and a teacher in the field for more than 20 years. This excellent audio resource draws on her experience and contributes indispensably to the Little Books of Justice and Peacebuilding Series. This audio edition includes a bonus conversation between Lorraine Stutzman Amstutz and fellow victim-offender conferencing practitioner Michelle Armster, executive director at Mennonite central committee, central states region, which addresses developments in the practice in the years since the book was first published. Produced and published by Echo Point Books & Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2009 Good Books §]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/god-and-government-breaking-the-myth-of-separation-and-the-deepening-evangelical-division-in-american-politics-by-joshua-m-ngoma--65203697https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and Government: Breaking the Myth of Separation and the Deepening Evangelical Division in American Politics Author: Joshua M Ngoma Narrator: Joshua M Ngoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Evangelical Church in the United States and other parts of the world, in general, is in a crisis of identity and stuck at a pivotal crossroads of history, conflicted about its God-given role and direction. This paralysis has been exposed and magnified by a renewed and raging debate about the role and relevance of Christianity in the governance and destiny of nations. “God and Government” establishes the truth about our role as Christians in the public affairs of nation states. It resolves one of the Church’s last frontiers yet to be conquered by Biblical truth: the old age conflict of the separation of God’s Word from the civil governance of nations. It explains why Evangelical Christians, between the so-called Religious Right and the Religious Left, are deeply divided about the role of the Church in the national politics of the United States. God’s blueprint guides the affairs of nations and He is not silent on matters of good governance, righteousness, and justice. Only God has unlimited power- His government rests on the shoulders of His Son Jesus Christ who has, in turn, delegated authority to the individual, family, Church and the State.  “God and Government” is the definite answer to the following questions, and much more.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780873Mon, 06 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and Government: Breaking the Myth of Separation and the Deepening Evangelical Division in American Politics Author: Joshua M Ngoma Narrator: Joshua...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and Government: Breaking the Myth of Separation and the Deepening Evangelical Division in American Politics Author: Joshua M Ngoma Narrator: Joshua M Ngoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Evangelical Church in the United States and other parts of the world, in general, is in a crisis of identity and stuck at a pivotal crossroads of history, conflicted about its God-given role and direction. This paralysis has been exposed and magnified by a renewed and raging debate about the role and relevance of Christianity in the governance and destiny of nations. “God and Government” establishes the truth about our role as Christians in the public affairs of nation states. It resolves one of the Church’s last frontiers yet to be conquered by Biblical truth: the old age conflict of the separation of God’s Word from the civil governance of nations. It explains why Evangelical Christians, between the so-called Religious Right and the Religious Left, are deeply divided about the role of the Church in the national politics of the United States. God’s blueprint guides the affairs of nations and He is not silent on matters of good governance, righteousness, and justice. Only God has unlimited power- His government rests on the shoulders of His Son Jesus Christ who has, in turn, delegated authority to the individual, family, Church and the State.  “God and Government” is the definite answer to the following questions, and much more.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-disability-politics-by-sami-schalk--65203731https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778138 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Disability Politics Author: Sami Schalk Narrator: Imani Barbarin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Black Disability Politics Sami Schalk explores how issues of disability have been and continue to be central to Black activism from the 1970s to the present. Schalk shows how Black people have long engaged with disability as a political issue deeply tied to race and racism. She points out that this work has not been recognized as part of the legacy of disability justice and liberation because Black disability politics differ in language and approach from the mainstream white-dominant disability rights movement. Drawing on the archives of the Black Panther Party and the National Black Women’s Health Project alongside interviews with contemporary Black disabled cultural workers, Schalk identifies common qualities of Black disability politics, including the need to ground public health initiatives in the experience and expertise of marginalized disabled people so that they can work in antiracist, feminist, and anti-ableist ways. Prioritizing an understanding of disability within the context of white supremacy, Schalk demonstrates that the work of Black disability politics not only exists but is essential to the future of Black liberation movements. This audiobook is narrated by disability activist and content creator Imani Barbarin, also known by her username Crutches and Spice. It was produced and published by Echo Point Books and Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778138Fri, 03 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778138 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Disability Politics Author: Sami Schalk Narrator: Imani Barbarin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778138 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Disability Politics Author: Sami Schalk Narrator: Imani Barbarin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Black Disability Politics Sami Schalk explores how issues of disability have been and continue to be central to Black activism from the 1970s to the present. Schalk shows how Black people have long engaged with disability as a political issue deeply tied to race and racism. She points out that this work has not been recognized as part of the legacy of disability justice and liberation because Black disability politics differ in language and approach from the mainstream white-dominant disability rights movement. Drawing on the archives of the Black Panther Party and the National Black Women’s Health Project alongside interviews with contemporary Black disabled cultural workers, Schalk identifies common qualities of Black disability politics, including the need to ground public health initiatives in the experience and expertise of marginalized disabled people so that they can work in antiracist, feminist, and anti-ableist ways. Prioritizing an understanding of disability within the context of white supremacy, Schalk demonstrates that the work of Black disability politics not only exists but is essential to the future of Black liberation movements. This audiobook is narrated by disability activist and content creator Imani Barbarin, also known by her username Crutches and Spice. It was produced and published by Echo Point Books and Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-citizenship-test-study-guide-naturalization-exam-prep-with-all-100-official-uscis-civic-questions-answers-by-benjamin-r-lott--65203679https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Naturalization Exam Prep with All 100 Official USCIS Civic Questions & Answers Author: Benjamin R Lott Narrator: Eric Bedell, Connor Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: May 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 100 FREE PRINTABLE FLASHCARDS for the USCIS civics test included! Are you uncertain about what to expect from the US citizenship test and how to prepare effectively? Do you find the interview process daunting and need guidance on essential documents? Are you looking to improve your English proficiency and Civics knowledge for the exam? Embark on your journey to US citizenship with confidence using our 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide.' This comprehensive guide is packed with official USCIS questions and answers, providing you with everything you need to ace the naturalization test. Unlock Your Path to Citizenship: •Understand the interview process and what documents to bring. •Prepare for interview questions and boost your confidence. •Master the English Proficiency Test and Civics and Government Test. Key Benefits of Our Guide: •Access 100 Civics (History and Government) questions and answers. •Tips and strategies to improve your test-taking skills. •Learn from common mistakes and avoid pitfalls during the test. •Comprehensive coverage of crucial documents and post-interview guidance. Join thousands who've achieved their American dream with our regularly updated guide! Start your journey today with your 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789570Fri, 03 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Naturalization Exam Prep with All 100 Official USCIS Civic Questions & Answers Author: Benjamin R Lott Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: US Citizenship Test Study Guide: Naturalization Exam Prep with All 100 Official USCIS Civic Questions & Answers Author: Benjamin R Lott Narrator: Eric Bedell, Connor Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: May 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 100 FREE PRINTABLE FLASHCARDS for the USCIS civics test included! Are you uncertain about what to expect from the US citizenship test and how to prepare effectively? Do you find the interview process daunting and need guidance on essential documents? Are you looking to improve your English proficiency and Civics knowledge for the exam? Embark on your journey to US citizenship with confidence using our 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide.' This comprehensive guide is packed with official USCIS questions and answers, providing you with everything you need to ace the naturalization test. Unlock Your Path to Citizenship: •Understand the interview process and what documents to bring. •Prepare for interview questions and boost your confidence. •Master the English Proficiency Test and Civics and Government Test. Key Benefits of Our Guide: •Access 100 Civics (History and Government) questions and answers. •Tips and strategies to improve your test-taking skills. •Learn from common mistakes and avoid pitfalls during the test. •Comprehensive coverage of crucial documents and post-interview guidance. Join thousands who've achieved their American dream with our regularly updated guide! Start your journey today with your 'US Citizenship Test Study Guide.']]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-historia-secreta-amlo-y-el-cartel-de-sinaloa-by-anabel-hernandez--65203711https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia secreta: AMLO y el Cártel de Sinaloa Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 2, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Esta periodista, Anabel Hernández, ha hecho trabajos de investigación de primer orden, es una mujer profesional en el periodismo y valiente, es una mujer excepcional.» -Andrés Manuel López Obrador Todo indica que en realidad AMLO no era el hombre que venía a romper el sistema criminal, sino que ha sido su Caballo de Troya, uno más de los instrumentos del Cártel de Sinaloa para culminar su plan de conquista de nuestra nación. Esta investigación periodística está basada en decenas de testimonios recabados entre 2020 y 2024 en diversos países. En expedientes judiciales de cortes federales de Estados Unidos y documentos internos de la Fiscalía del Distrito Sur de Nueva York y la dea relacionados con la investigación que realizaron en 2010 y 2011 sobre la campaña presidencial de AMLO en 2006. Así como en expedientes de la FGR en México. Recabé el testimonio de 20 personas clave, tanto del círculo cercano a AMLO que lo ha acompañado en su carrera política desde la jefatura de gobierno de la Ciudad de México, como miembros de su equipo de campaña en 2006, 2012 y 2018. Hablécon funcionarios estadounidenses de sus hallazgos sobre la primera vez que López Obrador buscó la presidencia, así como con Nicolás Mollinedo Bastar, quien afirmó ser la persona de mayor confianza de AMLO de 2000 a 2014. También entrevisté a cinco exmiembros del Cártel de Sinaloa en distintas ciudades y años, en su mayoría son testigos colaboradores de la justicia en Estados Unidos en diversas investigaciones en curso; otros están en cárceles pagando su condena. Las versiones de los entrevistados coinciden y se complementan entre sí, todas apuntando en la misma dirección: en las tres campañas presidenciales de López Obrador hubo apoyo económico u operativo del Cártel de Sinaloa, con el conocimiento del ahora presidente, quien incluso habría estado presente en al menos una de las entregas de dinero. La reconfirmación que dio punto final a mi indagatoria ocurrió a fines de 2023 y los primeros días de 2024, por eso ahora puedo publicar los resultados. No hay timing ni razón válida para posponer la divulgación de los vínculos de autoridades con el crimen organizado cuando en México estas complicidades resultan en la muerte, desaparición o sufrimiento de cientos de personas todos los días. Por eso, aquí revelo la historia secreta. -Anabel Hernández]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775522Thu, 02 May 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia secreta: AMLO y el Cártel de Sinaloa Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia secreta: AMLO y el Cártel de Sinaloa Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 2, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Esta periodista, Anabel Hernández, ha hecho trabajos de investigación de primer orden, es una mujer profesional en el periodismo y valiente, es una mujer excepcional.» -Andrés Manuel López Obrador Todo indica que en realidad AMLO no era el hombre que venía a romper el sistema criminal, sino que ha sido su Caballo de Troya, uno más de los instrumentos del Cártel de Sinaloa para culminar su plan de conquista de nuestra nación. Esta investigación periodística está basada en decenas de testimonios recabados entre 2020 y 2024 en diversos países. En expedientes judiciales de cortes federales de Estados Unidos y documentos internos de la Fiscalía del Distrito Sur de Nueva York y la dea relacionados con la investigación que realizaron en 2010 y 2011 sobre la campaña presidencial de AMLO en 2006. Así como en expedientes de la FGR en México. Recabé el testimonio de 20 personas clave, tanto del círculo cercano a AMLO que lo ha acompañado en su carrera política desde la jefatura de gobierno de la Ciudad de México, como miembros de su equipo de campaña en 2006, 2012 y 2018. Hablécon funcionarios estadounidenses de sus hallazgos sobre la primera vez que López Obrador buscó la presidencia, así como con Nicolás Mollinedo Bastar, quien afirmó ser la persona de mayor confianza de AMLO de 2000 a 2014. También entrevisté a cinco exmiembros del Cártel de Sinaloa en distintas ciudades y años, en su mayoría son testigos colaboradores de la justicia en Estados Unidos en diversas investigaciones en curso; otros están en cárceles pagando su condena. Las versiones de los entrevistados coinciden y se complementan entre sí, todas apuntando en la misma dirección: en las tres campañas presidenciales de López Obrador hubo apoyo económico u operativo del Cártel de Sinaloa, con el conocimiento del ahora presidente, quien incluso habría estado presente en al menos una de las entregas de dinero. La reconfirmación que dio punto final a mi indagatoria ocurrió a fines de 2023 y los primeros días de 2024, por eso ahora puedo publicar los resultados. No hay timing ni razón válida para posponer la divulgación de los vínculos de autoridades con el crimen organizado cuando en México estas complicidades resultan en la muerte, desaparición o sufrimiento de cientos de personas todos los días. Por eso, aquí revelo la historia secreta. -Anabel Hernández]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ukrainian-mistectvo-vijni-by-sun-czi--65203621https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Ukrainian] - Мистецтво війни Author: сун цзи Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Закони війни учителя Суня» (Так буквально перекладається всесвітновідоме «Мистецтво війни») — це стародавній (йому понад 2500 років!) китайський трактат, авторство якого приписується генералу й стратегу Сун Цзи, що жив наприкінці періоду Чуньцю або ж на початку періоду Чжаньго. Не треба думати, що цей текст –лише відголосок сивої давнини, цікавої лише історикам. Натомість його і сьогодні вивчають, наприклад, в армії США, на філософських та політологічних студіях провідних університетів світу. Сун Цзи вважав війну необхідним злом. Війну бажано вести швидко щоб уникнути економічних втрат та поступово зростаючого внутрішнього супротиву (опозиції знаті та невдоволення населення), або ж вести її на території супротивника задля використання його, а не власних ресурсів. Він вважав, що стратегія — це не є планування в сенсі роботи по розробленому списку завдань, але скоріше, що це вимагає швидкої та адекватної реакції на умови, які змінюються. Отже, цей трактат – не стільки про військові дії, скільки про організацію мислення і мас людей. (Искусство войны,The Art of War)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789892Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Ukrainian] - Мистецтво війни Author: сун цзи Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: April 25,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Ukrainian] - Мистецтво війни Author: сун цзи Narrator: руслан драпалюк Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Закони війни учителя Суня» (Так буквально перекладається всесвітновідоме «Мистецтво війни») — це стародавній (йому понад 2500 років!) китайський трактат, авторство якого приписується генералу й стратегу Сун Цзи, що жив наприкінці періоду Чуньцю або ж на початку періоду Чжаньго. Не треба думати, що цей текст –лише відголосок сивої давнини, цікавої лише історикам. Натомість його і сьогодні вивчають, наприклад, в армії США, на філософських та політологічних студіях провідних університетів світу. Сун Цзи вважав війну необхідним злом. Війну бажано вести швидко щоб уникнути економічних втрат та поступово зростаючого внутрішнього супротиву (опозиції знаті та невдоволення населення), або ж вести її на території супротивника задля використання його, а не власних ресурсів. Він вважав, що стратегія — це не є планування в сенсі роботи по розробленому списку завдань, але скоріше, що це вимагає швидкої та адекватної реакції на умови, які змінюються. Отже, цей трактат – не стільки про військові дії, скільки про організацію мислення і мас людей. (Искусство войны,The Art of War)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wenn-nur-das-bose-ubrig-bleibt-neue-falle-des-bekannten-strafrichters-by-zantke--65203722https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn nur das Böse übrig bleibt: Neue Fälle des bekannten Strafrichters Author: Zantke Narrator: Michael A. Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein brutaler Drogensüchtiger, der Rentner verprügelt und selbst vor seinen eigenen Großeltern nicht haltmacht. Amtsrichter Stephan Zantke hat tagtäglich mit unglaublichen Fällen wie diesem zu tun und trifft dabei auf menschliche Abgründe, die nur schwer zu ertragen sind – und bei denen manchmal nur das Böse übrig bleibt. Nach dem großen Erfolg seines ersten Hörbuches gewährt der bekannte »Klartext-Richter« erneut einen ehrlichen und unbeschönigten Blick in den Alltag deutscher Gerichte. Vom sexsüchtigen Krankenpfleger, dem Amokfahrer im geklauten Auto bis zur von Rache getriebenen Brandstifterin berichtet Zantke von seinen erschütterndsten Fällen. Und er erläutert, warum er welches Urteil gefällt hat – ohne dabei ein Blatt vor den Mund zu nehmen.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777076Wed, 24 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn nur das Böse übrig bleibt: Neue Fälle des bekannten Strafrichters Author: Zantke Narrator: Michael A. Grimm Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn nur das Böse übrig bleibt: Neue Fälle des bekannten Strafrichters Author: Zantke Narrator: Michael A. Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein brutaler Drogensüchtiger, der Rentner verprügelt und selbst vor seinen eigenen Großeltern nicht haltmacht. Amtsrichter Stephan Zantke hat tagtäglich mit unglaublichen Fällen wie diesem zu tun und trifft dabei auf menschliche Abgründe, die nur schwer zu ertragen sind – und bei denen manchmal nur das Böse übrig bleibt. Nach dem großen Erfolg seines ersten Hörbuches gewährt der bekannte »Klartext-Richter« erneut einen ehrlichen und unbeschönigten Blick in den Alltag deutscher Gerichte. Vom sexsüchtigen Krankenpfleger, dem Amokfahrer im geklauten Auto bis zur von Rache getriebenen Brandstifterin berichtet Zantke von seinen erschütterndsten Fällen. Und er erläutert, warum er welches Urteil gefällt hat – ohne dabei ein Blatt vor den Mund zu nehmen.]]>185brigcleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-putins-olygarch-wie-thomas-bach-und-das-ioc-die-olympischen-spiele-verraten-by-johannes-aumuller-thomas-kistner--65203724https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776186 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putins Olygarch: Wie Thomas Bach und das IOC die Olympischen Spiele verraten Author: Johannes Aumüller, Thomas Kistner Narrator: Bodo Henkel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sport, Geld, Macht – Thomas Bach Das Gesicht des IOC ist ein Deutscher. Seine Geschichte und die des immer wieder kriminellen IOC laufen seit Jahrzehnten parallel. Hier wird sie erstmals erzählt. Thomas Bach ist der Mann arabischer Scheichs und chinesischer Staatskommunisten, und vor allem: der Olygarch Putins. Dieser investigative Report verwebt die Stränge von Sport, Politik, Geld und Propaganda. Es ist eine Reise durch mehr als 40 Jahre IOC, die in der Wahl Bachs und dessen Russland-freundlicher Politik mündet. Die Autoren können dies nun präzise nachzeichnen, anhand zahlreicher Akten und Unterlagen sowie zahlreicher Gespräche mit einflussreichen Akteuren: nicht zuletzt aus den internationalen Sportverbänden, der russischen Politik und dem KGB.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776186Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776186 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putins Olygarch: Wie Thomas Bach und das IOC die Olympischen Spiele verraten Author: Johannes Aumüller, Thomas Kistner Narrator: Bodo Henkel...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776186 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putins Olygarch: Wie Thomas Bach und das IOC die Olympischen Spiele verraten Author: Johannes Aumüller, Thomas Kistner Narrator: Bodo Henkel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sport, Geld, Macht – Thomas Bach Das Gesicht des IOC ist ein Deutscher. Seine Geschichte und die des immer wieder kriminellen IOC laufen seit Jahrzehnten parallel. Hier wird sie erstmals erzählt. Thomas Bach ist der Mann arabischer Scheichs und chinesischer Staatskommunisten, und vor allem: der Olygarch Putins. Dieser investigative Report verwebt die Stränge von Sport, Politik, Geld und Propaganda. Es ist eine Reise durch mehr als 40 Jahre IOC, die in der Wahl Bachs und dessen Russland-freundlicher Politik mündet. Die Autoren können dies nun präzise nachzeichnen, anhand zahlreicher Akten und Unterlagen sowie zahlreicher Gespräche mit einflussreichen Akteuren: nicht zuletzt aus den internationalen Sportverbänden, der russischen Politik und dem KGB.]]>185llercleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/business-litigation-demystified-by-diane-cafferata--65203727https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776009 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Litigation Demystified Author: Diane Cafferata Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you are a business executive or manager, U.S. litigation is a part of your life. Whether your company is involved in litigation already, trying to avoid it, or trying to make decisions in the context of existing litigation trends, having a basic understanding of how the litigation process works is a must in today’s world. In Business Litigation Demystified, award-winning Quinn Emanuel trial lawyer Diane Cafferata walks U.S. and foreign corporate personnel through the U.S. litigation process. You will learn: • What to look for in selecting a litigation team and when to engage them • How to dismiss or narrow the claims against your company • How to keep the discovery process targeted and sensible • How to make the most of motion practice • What to consider in selecting expert witnesses • How trials work, and what your personnel should expect during the trial • How to reduce and manage litigation costs • How to create leverage for better settlements • What exit strategies are available along the way and ways to avoid litigation altogether • How to engage your company’s resources, including the litigation team, for maximal effect and minimal business disruption Armed with this knowledge, you and your team will have richer discussions with your outside litigators or in-house counsel, a deeper understanding of the strategic decisions being contemplated, better control over litigation expenditures, better settlement and avoidance opportunities, and more. Foreign business leaders and lawyers will especially enjoy this overview of the U.S. litigation process and what advantages and disadvantages it brings to litigants in comparison with other legal systems. Diane explains it all in plain, higher-level concepts, with legal terms and important points highlighted in callout boxes. Business Litigation Demystified is a practical and painless guide to understanding the dynamics of the U.S. litigation process.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776009Fri, 19 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776009 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Litigation Demystified Author: Diane Cafferata Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776009 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Litigation Demystified Author: Diane Cafferata Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you are a business executive or manager, U.S. litigation is a part of your life. Whether your company is involved in litigation already, trying to avoid it, or trying to make decisions in the context of existing litigation trends, having a basic understanding of how the litigation process works is a must in today’s world. In Business Litigation Demystified, award-winning Quinn Emanuel trial lawyer Diane Cafferata walks U.S. and foreign corporate personnel through the U.S. litigation process. You will learn: • What to look for in selecting a litigation team and when to engage them • How to dismiss or narrow the claims against your company • How to keep the discovery process targeted and sensible • How to make the most of motion practice • What to consider in selecting expert witnesses • How trials work, and what your personnel should expect during the trial • How to reduce and manage litigation costs • How to create leverage for better settlements • What exit strategies are available along the way and ways to avoid litigation altogether • How to engage your company’s resources, including the litigation team, for maximal effect and minimal business disruption Armed with this knowledge, you and your team will have richer discussions with your outside litigators or in-house counsel, a deeper understanding of the strategic decisions being contemplated, better control over litigation expenditures, better settlement and avoidance opportunities, and more. Foreign business leaders and lawyers will especially enjoy this overview of the U.S. litigation process and what advantages and disadvantages it brings to litigants in comparison with other legal systems. Diane explains it all in plain, higher-level concepts, with legal terms and important points highlighted in callout boxes. Business Litigation Demystified is a practical and painless guide to understanding the dynamics of the U.S. litigation process.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/for-god-country-and-sanity-how-catholics-can-save-america-by-catholicvote--65203712https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God, Country, and Sanity: How Catholics Can Save America Author: Catholicvote Narrator: Gift Orudo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Some elections really are huge turning points - and 2024 is one of them. A must-read for every Catholic American, For God, Country, & Sanity: How Catholics Can Save America offers 13 insightful chapters that take a deep dive into different aspects of the cultural, political, and religious landscapes of our rapidly declining country. Look no further to find exactly what you need to prepare you to take your place in the battle for America this election year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777566Fri, 19 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God, Country, and Sanity: How Catholics Can Save America Author: Catholicvote Narrator: Gift Orudo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God, Country, and Sanity: How Catholics Can Save America Author: Catholicvote Narrator: Gift Orudo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 19, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Some elections really are huge turning points - and 2024 is one of them. A must-read for every Catholic American, For God, Country, & Sanity: How Catholics Can Save America offers 13 insightful chapters that take a deep dive into different aspects of the cultural, political, and religious landscapes of our rapidly declining country. Look no further to find exactly what you need to prepare you to take your place in the battle for America this election year.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nikolai-drew-the-blue-recruit-by-r-e-livingston--65203732https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776017 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nikolai Drew: The Blue Recruit Author: R. E. Livingston Narrator: David Piper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nikolai Drew got tired of being told he 'Couldn't' be a lawman. As a sixth generation lawman, he knew this career was his calling...He decided to take the risk and put himself through the Sheriffs Academy as a college student, emptying his bank account. Little did he know what would happen next and what would become of him.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776017Tue, 16 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776017 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nikolai Drew: The Blue Recruit Author: R. E. Livingston Narrator: David Piper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776017 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nikolai Drew: The Blue Recruit Author: R. E. Livingston Narrator: David Piper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nikolai Drew got tired of being told he 'Couldn't' be a lawman. As a sixth generation lawman, he knew this career was his calling...He decided to take the risk and put himself through the Sheriffs Academy as a college student, emptying his bank account. Little did he know what would happen next and what would become of him.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/covid-lockdown-insanity-the-covid-deaths-it-prevented-the-depression-and-suicides-it-caused-what-we-should-have-done-and-what-it-shows-w--65203729https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: COVID Lockdown Insanity: The COVID Deaths It Prevented, the Depression and Suicides It Caused, What We Should Have Done, and What It Shows We Could Do Now to Address Real Crises Author: Hugh Mctavish Ph.D. Narrator: Hugh Mctavish Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Ph.D. biochemist and immunologist goes through the data on one of the greatest public policy disasters in human history—the lockdown response to COVID. How deadly was COVID originally and after it had evolved for a year or two? How many COVID deaths were prevented by the lockdowns? How many people did the lockdowns throw into depression? How many people did the lockdowns kill by deaths of despair? But the good news from the lockdowns is it shows citizens are willing to make enormous sacrifices for their society and that we can transform society on a dime. What if we used that for good purposes? What if we governed for the goal of happiness instead of maximizing GDP? What if we governed to protect the planet, instead of with the exclusive goal of extending the lives of the oldest and sickest people in society, even at the cost of killing the young and middle aged by deaths of despair and destroying the education and lives of children?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776073Fri, 12 Apr 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: COVID Lockdown Insanity: The COVID Deaths It Prevented, the Depression and Suicides It Caused, What We Should Have Done, and What It Shows We Could Do...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: COVID Lockdown Insanity: The COVID Deaths It Prevented, the Depression and Suicides It Caused, What We Should Have Done, and What It Shows We Could Do Now to Address Real Crises Author: Hugh Mctavish Ph.D. Narrator: Hugh Mctavish Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Ph.D. biochemist and immunologist goes through the data on one of the greatest public policy disasters in human history—the lockdown response to COVID. How deadly was COVID originally and after it had evolved for a year or two? How many COVID deaths were prevented by the lockdowns? How many people did the lockdowns throw into depression? How many people did the lockdowns kill by deaths of despair? But the good news from the lockdowns is it shows citizens are willing to make enormous sacrifices for their society and that we can transform society on a dime. What if we used that for good purposes? What if we governed for the goal of happiness instead of maximizing GDP? What if we governed to protect the planet, instead of with the exclusive goal of extending the lives of the oldest and sickest people in society, even at the cost of killing the young and middle aged by deaths of despair and destroying the education and lives of children?]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/strange-burdens-the-politics-and-predicaments-of-rahul-gandhi-by-sugata-srinivasaraju--65203709https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785184 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Burdens: The Politics and Predicaments of Rahul Gandhi Author: Sugata Srinivasaraju Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Strange Burdens is not a biography but a book of political commentary. It examines and analyses Rahul Gandhi's ideas and leadership since he officially entered politics in March 2004. It journeys all the way to the conclusion of the Bharat Jodo Yatra in Srinagar on 30 January 2023 and captures the dilemmas of hisdisqualification a couple of months later.The narrative here crawls across two decades with the intention of understanding Rahul Gandhi's politics and predicaments, confusions and contradictions, triteness and triumph, as well as his burdens and benignity. It is not the purpose of this book to understand his failures and successes in tabular columns but speculate in the best traditions of political commentary why he is where he is, both politically and as an individual. The book does not seek to answer questions about his suitability or unsuitability for a public role but is rather focused on how he has been caught in the currents of history. It is not a myth-busting or myth-making exercise, nor is it an inquisition; it is a pursuit of political insight.Since the book is about Rahul Gandhi and the Congress party, it cannot not be about Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party. Examining one automatically illuminates the other. The book looks at the contrasts and convergence of the two personalities and the two parties they represent.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785184Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785184 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Burdens: The Politics and Predicaments of Rahul Gandhi Author: Sugata Srinivasaraju Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785184 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Burdens: The Politics and Predicaments of Rahul Gandhi Author: Sugata Srinivasaraju Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Strange Burdens is not a biography but a book of political commentary. It examines and analyses Rahul Gandhi's ideas and leadership since he officially entered politics in March 2004. It journeys all the way to the conclusion of the Bharat Jodo Yatra in Srinagar on 30 January 2023 and captures the dilemmas of hisdisqualification a couple of months later.The narrative here crawls across two decades with the intention of understanding Rahul Gandhi's politics and predicaments, confusions and contradictions, triteness and triumph, as well as his burdens and benignity. It is not the purpose of this book to understand his failures and successes in tabular columns but speculate in the best traditions of political commentary why he is where he is, both politically and as an individual. The book does not seek to answer questions about his suitability or unsuitability for a public role but is rather focused on how he has been caught in the currents of history. It is not a myth-busting or myth-making exercise, nor is it an inquisition; it is a pursuit of political insight.Since the book is about Rahul Gandhi and the Congress party, it cannot not be about Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party. Examining one automatically illuminates the other. The book looks at the contrasts and convergence of the two personalities and the two parties they represent.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-write-what-i-like-by-steve-biko--65203686https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I write what I like Author: Steve Biko Narrator: Bonolo Kganyago-Murahwa, Asi Liphadzi, Hangwi Liphadzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ladies and gentlemen, prepare to immerse yourself in the powerful words of a true hero. 'I Write What I Like: by Steve Biko' is not just an audiobook; it's a journey through the inspiring writings of the renowned anti-apartheid activist, Steve Biko. Within these audio pages, you will discover a carefully curated collection of Biko's writings, spanning from 1969, when he assumed the presidency of the South African Student Organisation, to 1972, a year when he was silenced and prohibited from publishing his thoughts. Originally published in 1978, this profound work was republished in 1987 and April 2002, a testament to its enduring relevance. The title, 'I Write What I Like,' was inspired by the pseudonym Frank Talk, under which Biko boldly shared his writings in the SASO newsletter. It's a title that resonates with the fearless spirit of a man who dared to express his thoughts in the face of oppression. As you delve into these pages, you'll witness Steve Biko's unwavering belief that the liberation of black people in South Africa hinged on their unity in breaking free from the chains of servitude. This belief was a cornerstone of the Black Consciousness Movement, a movement he helped to establish. So, sit back, relax, and let the voice of Steve Biko guide you through the pages of 'I Write What I Like.' Experience his passion, his determination, and his unyielding commitment to justice in this extraordinary audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787707Mon, 06 Nov 2023 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I write what I like Author: Steve Biko Narrator: Bonolo Kganyago-Murahwa, Asi Liphadzi, Hangwi Liphadzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I write what I like Author: Steve Biko Narrator: Bonolo Kganyago-Murahwa, Asi Liphadzi, Hangwi Liphadzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ladies and gentlemen, prepare to immerse yourself in the powerful words of a true hero. 'I Write What I Like: by Steve Biko' is not just an audiobook; it's a journey through the inspiring writings of the renowned anti-apartheid activist, Steve Biko. Within these audio pages, you will discover a carefully curated collection of Biko's writings, spanning from 1969, when he assumed the presidency of the South African Student Organisation, to 1972, a year when he was silenced and prohibited from publishing his thoughts. Originally published in 1978, this profound work was republished in 1987 and April 2002, a testament to its enduring relevance. The title, 'I Write What I Like,' was inspired by the pseudonym Frank Talk, under which Biko boldly shared his writings in the SASO newsletter. It's a title that resonates with the fearless spirit of a man who dared to express his thoughts in the face of oppression. As you delve into these pages, you'll witness Steve Biko's unwavering belief that the liberation of black people in South Africa hinged on their unity in breaking free from the chains of servitude. This belief was a cornerstone of the Black Consciousness Movement, a movement he helped to establish. So, sit back, relax, and let the voice of Steve Biko guide you through the pages of 'I Write What I Like.' Experience his passion, his determination, and his unyielding commitment to justice in this extraordinary audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/korean-chainaneun-keullaseu-gugga-beob-lideo-yeogsa-pyeon-by-joyeongtae-gimjongdae-johanhyejeong-bagjun-yeong-gimjunhyeog-munjeong-in-hwangseog-yeong-jtbc-igug-un--65203566https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801443 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 차이나는 클라스 국가.법.리더.역사 편 Series: #4 of 차이나는 클라스 Author: 조영태, 김종대, 조한혜정, 박준영, 김준혁, 문정인, 황석영, Jtbc, 이국운 Narrator: 장병관, 이지선 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 꽉 막힌 한국 사회에 던지는 변화의 메시지 '질문 있습니다!' 오늘의 문제를 바로잡고, 내일의 불확실성에 대비하기 위해 대한민국을 대표하는 석학들과 나누는 날카로운 성찰들 JTBC 대표 시사교양 프로그램이자, 불통의 시대를 지나 더 이상 침묵하지 않는 질문의 시대를 이끌어갈 대표 교양 도서 『차이나는 클라스』가 출간됐다. 국가·법·리더·역사 분야를 대표하는 9명의 강연자(문정인, 조한혜정, 조영태, 박준영, 이국운, 김준혁, 김종대, 한명기, 황석영)들은 중국과 미국의 패권 사이에서 우리가 어떤 선택을 해야 하는지, 저출산 위기 속에서 우리는 어떤 미래를 준비해야 하는지, 헌법에 담긴 국가의 정체성과 기본권은 무엇인지, 법의 진정한 주인은 누구인지, 국가를 이끄는 지도자들이 갖춰야 할 미덕은 무엇인지, 외세침략과 민주화의 역사를 통해 우리가 가슴 깊이 새겨야 할 것은 무엇인지 등 지금 우리에게 필요한 생존의 해법을, 질문자들과 함께 쌍방향 토론식 수업을 통해 모색한다. 목차 1장 국가 문정인 한국의 생존 전략은 무엇인가 조한혜정 선망하는 국가가 되기 위한 조건은 무엇인가 조영태 대한민국은 소멸할 것인가 2장 법 박준영 법은 누구의 편인가 이국운 헌법이란 무엇인가 3장 리더 김준혁 정조는 우리에게 무엇을 전하는가 김종대 왜 지금 이순신인가 4장 역사 한명기 민족에게 역사란 무엇인가 황석영 우리는 왜 그날을 잊어서는 안 되는가 저자: JTBC 차이나는 클라스 제작진 *제작진 기획_신예리 책임 연출_송원섭 연출_이상현, 송광호, 김선희, 조치호, 윤해양 작가_서자영, 민경은, 방소이, 박혜성, 김현주, 김동희, 신하람, 황효서 조연출_한지혜, 차예슬, 엄지수, 김수경, 박지수 저자들: 문정인 (文正仁) 연세대학교 명예특임 교수, 캘리포니아대 샌디에고 분교(UCSD) Krause 석좌 펠로우이며, 2017년 문재인 대통령 취임 이후 대통령 통일외교안보 특보로 활동 중이다. 연세대학교 철학과를 졸업하고 미국 메릴랜드 대학에서 정치학 석사와 박사 학위를 취득하였다. 미국 켄터키 대학과 윌리엄스 대학, 그리고 듀크 대학 등에서 교수직을 맡았으며 이후 연세대학 국제학대학원과 통일연구원 원장, 그리고 대통령 자문 동북아시대위원회 위원장과 외교통상부 국제안보대사를 역임했다. 김대중 대통령 도서관장과 다보스 포럼 교수 요원을 지낸 바 있다. 2000년과 2007년 남북정상회담에 특별수행원으로 참가한 유일한 학자로서, 미국, 중국, 일본, 유럽, 중동은 물론 북한에 이르기까지 경계를 가늠하기 어려울 만큼 다양하고 폭넓은 인적 연계망을 가진 '국제적 마당발'이다. 세계적인 저명 학술지와 각종 논문집에 300여 편의 학술 논문을 발표했다. The Future of East Asia (2018), The Sunshine Policy (2012), 그리고 『중국의 내일을 묻다』(2010)를 비롯해 50여 편의 영문 저서와 편저가 있다. 조한혜정 (Cho, Hae-joang,趙惠貞) 문화인류학자. 연세대 명예교수. 시대 흐름을 읽고 실천적 담론을 생산해온 학자로서 제도와 생활세계가 만나는 지점에서 문화해석적 시대 탐구를 해왔다. 1980년대에는 '또 하나의 문화'와 함께 창의적 공공지대를 만들어 여성주의적 공론의 장을 열어갔으며, 1990년대에는 '하자센터'를 설립해 입시교육에 묶인 청소년들이 벌이는 '반란'을 따라가면서 대안교육의 장을 여는 데 참여했다.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801443Sat, 05 Mar 2022 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801443 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 차이나는 클라스 국가.법.리더.역사 편 Series: #4 of 차이나는 클라스 Author: 조영태, 김종대, 조한혜정, 박준영, 김준혁, 문정인, 황석영, Jtbc, 이국운 Narrator: 장병관, 이지선 Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801443 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 차이나는 클라스 국가.법.리더.역사 편 Series: #4 of 차이나는 클라스 Author: 조영태, 김종대, 조한혜정, 박준영, 김준혁, 문정인, 황석영, Jtbc, 이국운 Narrator: 장병관, 이지선 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 꽉 막힌 한국 사회에 던지는 변화의 메시지 '질문 있습니다!' 오늘의 문제를 바로잡고, 내일의 불확실성에 대비하기 위해 대한민국을 대표하는 석학들과 나누는 날카로운 성찰들 JTBC 대표 시사교양 프로그램이자, 불통의 시대를 지나 더 이상 침묵하지 않는 질문의 시대를 이끌어갈 대표 교양 도서 『차이나는 클라스』가 출간됐다. 국가·법·리더·역사 분야를 대표하는 9명의 강연자(문정인, 조한혜정, 조영태, 박준영, 이국운, 김준혁, 김종대, 한명기, 황석영)들은 중국과 미국의 패권 사이에서 우리가 어떤 선택을 해야 하는지, 저출산 위기 속에서 우리는 어떤 미래를 준비해야 하는지, 헌법에 담긴 국가의 정체성과 기본권은 무엇인지, 법의 진정한 주인은 누구인지, 국가를 이끄는 지도자들이 갖춰야 할 미덕은 무엇인지, 외세침략과 민주화의 역사를 통해 우리가 가슴 깊이 새겨야 할 것은 무엇인지 등 지금 우리에게 필요한 생존의 해법을, 질문자들과 함께 쌍방향 토론식 수업을 통해 모색한다. 목차 1장 국가 문정인 한국의 생존 전략은 무엇인가 조한혜정 선망하는 국가가 되기 위한 조건은 무엇인가 조영태 대한민국은 소멸할 것인가 2장 법 박준영 법은 누구의 편인가 이국운 헌법이란 무엇인가 3장 리더 김준혁 정조는 우리에게 무엇을 전하는가 김종대 왜 지금 이순신인가 4장 역사 한명기 민족에게 역사란 무엇인가 황석영 우리는 왜 그날을 잊어서는 안 되는가 저자: JTBC 차이나는 클라스 제작진 *제작진 기획_신예리 책임 연출_송원섭 연출_이상현, 송광호, 김선희, 조치호, 윤해양 작가_서자영, 민경은, 방소이, 박혜성, 김현주, 김동희, 신하람, 황효서 조연출_한지혜, 차예슬, 엄지수, 김수경, 박지수 저자들: 문정인 (文正仁) 연세대학교 명예특임 교수, 캘리포니아대 샌디에고 분교(UCSD) Krause 석좌 펠로우이며, 2017년 문재인 대통령 취임 이후 대통령 통일외교안보 특보로 활동 중이다. 연세대학교 철학과를 졸업하고 미국 메릴랜드 대학에서 정치학 석사와 박사 학위를 취득하였다. 미국 켄터키 대학과 윌리엄스 대학, 그리고 듀크 대학 등에서 교수직을 맡았으며 이후 연세대학 국제학대학원과 통일연구원 원장, 그리고 대통령 자문 동북아시대위원회 위원장과 외교통상부 국제안보대사를 역임했다. 김대중 대통령 도서관장과 다보스 포럼 교수 요원을 지낸 바 있다. 2000년과 2007년 남북정상회담에 특별수행원으로 참가한 유일한 학자로서, 미국, 중국, 일본, 유럽, 중동은 물론 북한에 이르기까지 경계를 가늠하기 어려울 만큼 다양하고 폭넓은 인적 연계망을 가진 '국제적 마당발'이다. 세계적인 저명 학술지와 각종 논문집에 300여 편의 학술 논문을 발표했다. The Future of East Asia (2018), The Sunshine Policy (2012), 그리고 『중국의 내일을 묻다』(2010)를 비롯해 50여 편의 영문 저서와 편저가 있다. 조한혜정 (Cho, Hae-joang,趙惠貞) 문화인류학자. 연세대 명예교수. 시대 흐름을 읽고 실천적 담론을 생산해온 학자로서 제도와 생활세계가 만나는 지점에서 문화해석적 시대 탐구를 해왔다. 1980년대에는 '또 하나의 문화'와 함께 창의적 공공지대를 만들어 여성주의적 공론의 장을 열어갔으며, 1990년대에는 '하자센터'를 설립해 입시교육에 묶인 청소년들이 벌이는 '반란'을 따라가면서 대안교육의 장을 여는 데 참여했다.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/korean-him-ui-yeogjeon-2-poseuteu-kolona-dallajineun-tongsangjilseoui-gil-eul-ttulhda-by-yumyeonghui--65203614https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 포스트 코로나, 달라지는 통상질서의 길을 뚫다 Series: #5 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 유명희 Narrator: 김경진 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 유명희 - 포스트 코로나, 달라지는 통상질서의 길을 뚫다 저자: 유명희 산업통상자원부 통상교섭본부장 초유의 통상위기. 무역 길이 막힌 상태, 정부가 나설 수밖에 없다. 글로벌 통상 공조는 과거와 또 다르다. 다자체제, 역내 통상 활성화로 새로운 기회를 만들 수 있을까. 낭독자: 김경진 KBS 39기 성우로, 닥터후 시리즈 10에 출연했고, KBS 무대, 라디오 독서실, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 오디오드라마 작업에 참여했다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다. 세계 질서가 재편되는 흐름 속에서 패권의 역전 그리고 아시아의 역전은 가능할지, 거대 여당으로 21대 국회가 출범한 이후 보수의 역전은 일어날 것인지, 세계화의 최대 수혜자인 대한민국이 반세계화의 위기를 어떤 전략으로 돌파할 수 있고 또 이 위기를 기회로 삼으려면 어떻게 대비해야 하는지, 무너진 생태계와 기후 위기를 겪는 우리의 일상은 어떻게 지구의 미래와 공존할 수 있는지, 뉴노멀의 시대 국가와 정부의 존재 이유는 어떻게 달라질지를 각 분야 최고의 전문가들이 모여 단 25분이라는 발표에 압축하여, 우리가 만들어가야 할 '힘의 역전'에 대해 이야기 했다.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801481Wed, 10 Nov 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 포스트 코로나, 달라지는 통상질서의 길을 뚫다 Series: #5 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 유명희 Narrator: 김경진 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 포스트 코로나, 달라지는 통상질서의 길을 뚫다 Series: #5 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 유명희 Narrator: 김경진 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 유명희 - 포스트 코로나, 달라지는 통상질서의 길을 뚫다 저자: 유명희 산업통상자원부 통상교섭본부장 초유의 통상위기. 무역 길이 막힌 상태, 정부가 나설 수밖에 없다. 글로벌 통상 공조는 과거와 또 다르다. 다자체제, 역내 통상 활성화로 새로운 기회를 만들 수 있을까. 낭독자: 김경진 KBS 39기 성우로, 닥터후 시리즈 10에 출연했고, KBS 무대, 라디오 독서실, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 오디오드라마 작업에 참여했다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다. 세계 질서가 재편되는 흐름 속에서 패권의 역전 그리고 아시아의 역전은 가능할지, 거대 여당으로 21대 국회가 출범한 이후 보수의 역전은 일어날 것인지, 세계화의 최대 수혜자인 대한민국이 반세계화의 위기를 어떤 전략으로 돌파할 수 있고 또 이 위기를 기회로 삼으려면 어떻게 대비해야 하는지, 무너진 생태계와 기후 위기를 겪는 우리의 일상은 어떻게 지구의 미래와 공존할 수 있는지, 뉴노멀의 시대 국가와 정부의 존재 이유는 어떻게 달라질지를 각 분야 최고의 전문가들이 모여 단 25분이라는 발표에 압축하여, 우리가 만들어가야 할 '힘의 역전'에 대해 이야기 했다.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/korean-him-ui-yeogjeon-2-gajang-keun-jeongbuga-gajang-jayuloun-simin-eul-mannal-ttae-by-iwonjae--65203608https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 가장 큰 정부가 가장 자유로운 시민을 만날 때 Series: #8 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 이원재 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 이원재 - 가장 큰 정부가 가장 자유로운 시민을 만날 때 저자: 이원재 LAB2050의 대표이자 경제평론가다. 연구, 칼럼, 방송, 강연 등 다양한 경로를 통해 다가올 미래를 예측하고 더 나은 사회에 대한 비전을 설파하고 있다. 쓴 책으로는 《이상한 나라의 경제학》, 《아버지의 나라, 아들의 나라》, 《이원재의 5분 경영학》, 《MIT MBA 강의노트》, 《소득의 미래》 등이 있다. 한겨레 경제부 기자로 일하던 중 유학을 떠나 미국 MIT 슬론스쿨 MBA 과정을 이수하고, 한국에 독립적인 싱크탱크를 세우겠다는 꿈을 안고 귀국했다. 삼성경제연구소 수석연구원으로 일했고, 한겨레경제연구소를 설립해 5년 반 동안 소장을 지냈다. 이후 희망제작소 소장, 여시재 기획이사, 대통령 직속 저출산고령사회위원회 위원을 역임하였다. 낭독자: 하지형 KBS 42기 성우로, 소설극장, KBS 라디오 문학관, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 작품 낭독에 참여하고 있다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801477Wed, 10 Nov 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 가장 큰 정부가 가장 자유로운 시민을 만날 때 Series: #8 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 이원재 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 가장 큰 정부가 가장 자유로운 시민을 만날 때 Series: #8 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 이원재 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 이원재 - 가장 큰 정부가 가장 자유로운 시민을 만날 때 저자: 이원재 LAB2050의 대표이자 경제평론가다. 연구, 칼럼, 방송, 강연 등 다양한 경로를 통해 다가올 미래를 예측하고 더 나은 사회에 대한 비전을 설파하고 있다. 쓴 책으로는 《이상한 나라의 경제학》, 《아버지의 나라, 아들의 나라》, 《이원재의 5분 경영학》, 《MIT MBA 강의노트》, 《소득의 미래》 등이 있다. 한겨레 경제부 기자로 일하던 중 유학을 떠나 미국 MIT 슬론스쿨 MBA 과정을 이수하고, 한국에 독립적인 싱크탱크를 세우겠다는 꿈을 안고 귀국했다. 삼성경제연구소 수석연구원으로 일했고, 한겨레경제연구소를 설립해 5년 반 동안 소장을 지냈다. 이후 희망제작소 소장, 여시재 기획이사, 대통령 직속 저출산고령사회위원회 위원을 역임하였다. 낭독자: 하지형 KBS 42기 성우로, 소설극장, KBS 라디오 문학관, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 작품 낭독에 참여하고 있다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/korean-him-ui-yeogjeon-2-jasan-inpeulleisyeon-ui-sidae-gaein-ui-yeogjeon-eun-ganeunghanga-by-gimdonghwan--65203602https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 자산 인플레이션의 시대, 개인의 역전은 가능한가 Series: #6 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 김동환 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 김동환 - 자산 인플레이션의 시대, 개인의 역전은 가능한가 저자: 김동환 대안금융경제연구소장. 팬데믹은 다른 위기와 마찬가지로 부와 가난의 변곡점을 만든다. 세계화 최대 수혜자인 대한민국은 어떻게 위기를 돌파할 수 있을까, 또 우리는 자산을 어떻게 분배하고 관리할 것인가. 낭독자: 하지형 KBS 42기 성우로, 소설극장, KBS 라디오 문학관, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 작품 낭독에 참여하고 있다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다. 세계 질서가 재편되는 흐름 속에서 패권의 역전 그리고 아시아의 역전은 가능할지, 거대 여당으로 21대 국회가 출범한 이후 보수의 역전은 일어날 것인지, 세계화의 최대 수혜자인 대한민국이 반세계화의 위기를 어떤 전략으로 돌파할 수 있고 또 이 위기를 기회로 삼으려면 어떻게 대비해야 하는지, 무너진 생태계와 기후 위기를 겪는 우리의 일상은 어떻게 지구의 미래와 공존할 수 있는지, 뉴노멀의 시대 국가와 정부의 존재 이유는 어떻게 달라질지를 각 분야 최고의 전문가들이 모여 단 25분이라는 발표에 압축하여, 우리가 만들어가야 할 '힘의 역전'에 대해 이야기 했다.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801496Wed, 10 Nov 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 자산 인플레이션의 시대, 개인의 역전은 가능한가 Series: #6 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 김동환 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Korean] - 힘의 역전 2 : 자산 인플레이션의 시대, 개인의 역전은 가능한가 Series: #6 of 힘의 역전 2 Author: 김동환 Narrator: 하지형 Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 더 강력한 대격변이 시작됐다 2020년 코로나 19라는 초유의 사태로, 일찍이 경험해 보지 못한 일들이 잇달아 일어나고 있다. 모든 것이 그 이전과는 다른, 우리가 경험해보지 못한 '달라진 세계'에 대한 전망과 담론장이 폭발하고 있다. 하지만 그런 담론의 범람 속에서 고민의 '방향'을 함께 질문하려는 시도가 드문 것이 사실이다. 메디치미디어는 2020년 6월에 제2회 '메디치포럼-힘의 역전2, 달라진 세계'를 개최하여 세상의 변화에 어떻게 적응할 지에 대한 고민을 뛰어넘어, 팬데믹을 어떤 분기점으로 만들 것인가라는 문제를 던진 바 있다. 바야흐로 변화를 향한 의지의 방향을 찾으려는 것이다. 완전히 달라진 세계에서 우리가 만들어야 할 미래와 우리의 과제는 무엇일까. 각 분야의 '힘의 역전'을 위해 필요한 태도와 전략을 제안하는 문정인, 다니엘 튜더, 김세연, 유명희, 김동환, 민금채, 이원재의 포럼 발표와 인터뷰를 이 책에 담았다. 목차 김동환 - 자산 인플레이션의 시대, 개인의 역전은 가능한가 저자: 김동환 대안금융경제연구소장. 팬데믹은 다른 위기와 마찬가지로 부와 가난의 변곡점을 만든다. 세계화 최대 수혜자인 대한민국은 어떻게 위기를 돌파할 수 있을까, 또 우리는 자산을 어떻게 분배하고 관리할 것인가. 낭독자: 하지형 KBS 42기 성우로, 소설극장, KBS 라디오 문학관, 라디오 극장을 통해 다수의 작품 낭독에 참여하고 있다. 출판사 서평 달라진 세계 속 '힘의 역전' 메디치미디어의 과학 기술의 변화로 생겨난 '힘의 역전'을 주제로 했다. 포럼과 그 포럼을 담은 책은 새로운 시대의 변화를 모색하는 많은 이들에게 호평을 받았다. 그 첫 번째 포럼 이후 6개월. 예상하지 못했던 대격변이 세계를 휩쓸었고 한국을 둘러싼 많은 것들이 뒤집혔다. 이제 한국 사회는 누구도 예상하지 못했던 순간에 생각지 못했던 위치에서 극적인 변화를 요구받고 있다. 메디치미디어는 위기를 기회로 바꾸려면 스스로 내일을 만들 수밖에 없다는 생각으로 두 번째 '메디치포럼'을 통해 한층 더 불안정하고 불확실해진 세상만사 속의 변수를 점검하고, 변화의 속도와 방향을 모색하기로 했다. 2020년 06월, 서소문성지역사박물관 명례방에서 열린 제2회 '메디치포럼'은 코로나 19의 영향으로 방역수칙을 지켜 원래 예정보다 1/3로 축소된 규모로 진행되었다. 하지만 발표자들의 문제의식은 심도 깊었고, 참가자들의 반응은 진지했다. 7가지의 주제는 우리 사회의 이념적 대립을 넘어서는 본질적인 문제를 물었다. 세계 질서가 재편되는 흐름 속에서 패권의 역전 그리고 아시아의 역전은 가능할지, 거대 여당으로 21대 국회가 출범한 이후 보수의 역전은 일어날 것인지, 세계화의 최대 수혜자인 대한민국이 반세계화의 위기를 어떤 전략으로 돌파할 수 있고 또 이 위기를 기회로 삼으려면 어떻게 대비해야 하는지, 무너진 생태계와 기후 위기를 겪는 우리의 일상은 어떻게 지구의 미래와 공존할 수 있는지, 뉴노멀의 시대 국가와 정부의 존재 이유는 어떻게 달라질지를 각 분야 최고의 전문가들이 모여 단 25분이라는 발표에 압축하여, 우리가 만들어가야 할 '힘의 역전'에 대해 이야기 했다.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-arbeitsschutz-und-unfallverhutung-arbschg-asig-sgb-7-dguv-v1-by-alexander-forster--65203545https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsschutz und Unfallverhütung: ArbSchG, ASiG,SGB 7, DGUV-V1 Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 6 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches führen Sie durch alle relevanten Themen zum Arbeitsschutz. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über den Arbeitsschutz erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Das Arbeitsschutz- und Arbeitssicherheitsgesetz, Inhalte aus dem siebten Sozialgesetzbuch, Forderungen aus der DGUV V1 Grundsätze der Prävention. Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806229Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsschutz und Unfallverhütung: ArbSchG, ASiG,SGB 7, DGUV-V1 Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsschutz und Unfallverhütung: ArbSchG, ASiG,SGB 7, DGUV-V1 Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 6 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches führen Sie durch alle relevanten Themen zum Arbeitsschutz. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über den Arbeitsschutz erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Das Arbeitsschutz- und Arbeitssicherheitsgesetz, Inhalte aus dem siebten Sozialgesetzbuch, Forderungen aus der DGUV V1 Grundsätze der Prävention. Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.]]>185tungcleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-arbeitsrecht-individual-und-kollektiv-arbeitsrecht-schutzbestimmungen-by-alexander-forster--65203554https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsrecht: Individual und kollektiv Arbeitsrecht, Schutzbestimmungen Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 8 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches geben Ihnen einen Überblick über die wichtigsten Regelungen zum Arbeitsrecht. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über die Grundlagen des Arbeitsrechtes erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Individualarbeitsrecht und kollektives Arbeitsrecht, sowie Arbeitsrechtliche Schutzbestimmungen aus dem MuSchG sowie JuSchG. Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806779Mon, 21 Jun 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsrecht: Individual und kollektiv Arbeitsrecht, Schutzbestimmungen Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Arbeitsrecht: Individual und kollektiv Arbeitsrecht, Schutzbestimmungen Author: Alexander Förster Narrator: Alexander Förster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 8 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches geben Ihnen einen Überblick über die wichtigsten Regelungen zum Arbeitsrecht. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über die Grundlagen des Arbeitsrechtes erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Individualarbeitsrecht und kollektives Arbeitsrecht, sowie Arbeitsrechtliche Schutzbestimmungen aus dem MuSchG sowie JuSchG. Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-im-karussell-des-wahnsinns-zeitkritische-betrachtungen-von-corona-bis-erdogan-by-gerald-grosz--65203541https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Karussell des Wahnsinns: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen von Corona bis Erdogan Author: Gerald Grosz Narrator: Gerald Grosz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Seine Selbstbeschreibung ist Programm: 'Unabhängig, kritisch, direkt' – das ist der Ex-Nationalratsabgeordnete, Unternehmer und streitbare Publizist Gerald Grosz. Und das mit großem Erfolg: 'Was zu sagen ist …', die Sammlung der kontroversen Texte, mit denen er 2017–2019 das Zeitgeschehen aufgespießt hat, hat binnen weniger Wochen nach Erscheinen zwei weitere Auflagen erlebt. Und schon wieder gibt es viel zu klären: Drehte sich in der ersten Jahreshälfte 2020 zwischen fragwürdigen 'Flüchtlingsdeals' mit dem türkischen Machthaber Erdoğan und der weltweiten Coronavirus-Pandemie doch mehr denn je das 'Karussell des Wahnsinns'! Der Sammelband vereint Kolumnen und Meinungsbeiträge von Erfolgsautor Gerald Grosz aus dem ersten Halbjahr 2020 mit eigens für dieses Buch verfassten Grundlagentexten, in denen der Autor die derzeit besonders brisanten Themen vom politischen Umgang mit dem Coronavirus über die globalisierte Wirtschaft bis hin zur Skandalherrschaft der Massenmedien analysiert und in gewohnt scharfem Ton kommentiert.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806210Fri, 30 Apr 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Karussell des Wahnsinns: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen von Corona bis Erdogan Author: Gerald Grosz Narrator: Gerald Grosz Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Karussell des Wahnsinns: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen von Corona bis Erdogan Author: Gerald Grosz Narrator: Gerald Grosz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Seine Selbstbeschreibung ist Programm: 'Unabhängig, kritisch, direkt' – das ist der Ex-Nationalratsabgeordnete, Unternehmer und streitbare Publizist Gerald Grosz. Und das mit großem Erfolg: 'Was zu sagen ist …', die Sammlung der kontroversen Texte, mit denen er 2017–2019 das Zeitgeschehen aufgespießt hat, hat binnen weniger Wochen nach Erscheinen zwei weitere Auflagen erlebt. Und schon wieder gibt es viel zu klären: Drehte sich in der ersten Jahreshälfte 2020 zwischen fragwürdigen 'Flüchtlingsdeals' mit dem türkischen Machthaber Erdoğan und der weltweiten Coronavirus-Pandemie doch mehr denn je das 'Karussell des Wahnsinns'! Der Sammelband vereint Kolumnen und Meinungsbeiträge von Erfolgsautor Gerald Grosz aus dem ersten Halbjahr 2020 mit eigens für dieses Buch verfassten Grundlagentexten, in denen der Autor die derzeit besonders brisanten Themen vom politischen Umgang mit dem Coronavirus über die globalisierte Wirtschaft bis hin zur Skandalherrschaft der Massenmedien analysiert und in gewohnt scharfem Ton kommentiert.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-frei-vom-alkohol-mit-hypnose-und-visualisierung-by-norman-wiehe--65203543https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Frei vom Alkohol: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alkohol ist selbstverständlich geworden. Es ist eher ungewöhnlich, wenn mal jemand nicht trinkt. So wird aus dem gelegentlichen Getränk, schnell eine Trinkgewohnheit aus der man nur noch schwer ausbrechen kann. Denn alles, was wir ständig wiederholen, wird in unserem Unterbewusstsein gespeichert. Das bewusste Denken hat hier kaum noch Einfluss. Hier hilft die Hypnose alte Verhaltensmuster aufzubrechen und zu verändern. Damit sie ihre volle Wirksamkeit entfalten kann, hörst Du sie am besten täglich, über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen. Diese Audiodatei kann Dir dabei helfen, frei vom Alkohol zu werden. Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keine Therapie oder Arztbesuche. Bei starkem Alkoholkonsum, kann ein stationärer Entzug notwendig sein.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806758Fri, 23 Apr 2021 01:22:01 +0000Mack LuettgenPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Frei vom Alkohol: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Frei vom Alkohol: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alkohol ist selbstverständlich geworden. Es ist eher ungewöhnlich, wenn mal jemand nicht trinkt. So wird aus dem gelegentlichen Getränk, schnell eine Trinkgewohnheit aus der man nur noch schwer ausbrechen kann. Denn alles, was wir ständig wiederholen, wird in unserem Unterbewusstsein gespeichert. Das bewusste Denken hat hier kaum noch Einfluss. Hier hilft die Hypnose alte Verhaltensmuster aufzubrechen und zu verändern. Damit sie ihre volle Wirksamkeit entfalten kann, hörst Du sie am besten täglich, über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen. Diese Audiodatei kann Dir dabei helfen, frei vom Alkohol zu werden. Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keine Therapie oder Arztbesuche. Bei starkem Alkoholkonsum, kann ein stationärer Entzug notwendig sein.]]>185cleanfull